pg prospectus 2013

Postgraduate Prospectus

2013

University of Bedfordshire

Together...U

niversity of B

edfordshire

w

ww

.be

ds.a

c.uk

Postgradu

ate Prosp

ectus 2

013

greatwww.beds.ac.uk

...we achieve

1. Great location We’re right next to national

and international transport links, including London Luton Airport, and central London can be reached in only 30 minutes by train from our Luton campus, and 40 minutes from Bedford. Find out more on page 13.

2. High-quality teaching We have been awarded top marks –

a “confidence” rating – in the recent UK Government’s Quality Assurance Agency audit, which checks how UK universities maintain their own academic standards and quality. And, many of our academics are still actively involved in industry, providing you with up-to-the-minute knowledge and experience. Find out more on page 8.

FIVE REASONS TO BEGIN YOUR FUTURE WITH US

2

Un

iver

sity

of B

edfo

rdsh

ire

things.

We understand how important it is that we work together with you to ensure that you get the best possible return, both personally and professionally, on the huge investment in your future that you make by opting to study a postgraduate qualification. More importantly, we’ll help you get the job you really want!

facebook.com/bedsuni

@uniofbeds @uobelife

www.youtube.com/uobvideos

3. World-leading research

In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 we were commended for our “world-leading” and “internationally excellent” research in several areas. Our research activity is shared with our students to create a cutting-edge educational environment. Find out more on page 9.

4. Fantastic financial support

Continuing your studies is indeed an investment, but not one that has to hit you hard financially. Here at the University of Bedfordshire we try to make financing your studies as simple and affordable as possible by offering a variety of scholarships and tuition fee discounts. Find out more on page 15.

5. Outstanding student support

From the moment you apply to study with us right up until when you graduate, and beyond, we offer a whole host of practical support services at each of our campus locations to ensure you have help every step of the way. Find out more on page 14.

3

Scan this code for Postgraduate Open Day information, or visit: http://uob.cc/pg-openevent

Come along to one of our Postgraduate Open Events and discover for yourself why Bedfordshire is best for you.

4 www.beds.ac.uk

The University of Bedfordshire has an excellent reputation for postgraduate study so, whatever your ambitions, choosing to study here will enhance your future opportunities.

Students who come to Bedfordshire can benefit from enhanced job prospects, outstanding support, recognised strength in applicable research, access to world-class facilities and dedicated teaching staff, many of whom are still practising in industry. You may think “he would say that” but I make the point simply because students past and present genuinely believe it to be the case.

This prospectus covers the benefits and scope of study at Bedfordshire in depth, so I shall limit my welcome to a few key points:

Firstly, the decision you are about to make is a life-changing one. We know that many of you will already have professional positions and personal commitments that have to be factored in to your day-to-day life. But from the day you arrive on campus we will help support you through your studies and build on your confidence,

independence and experience to develop your prospects.

Secondly, you will have all the resources you need to make your further study a success. When it opens in early 2013, our purpose-built Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre will be the culmination of £180m worth of investment since 2006, all designed with our student community in mind.

Thirdly, and most importantly, it’s important to know that 90% of our graduates from postgraduate courses entered work or further study within six months of graduating (DLHE 2010). This is testament to the quality of our courses and teaching team as they fully prepare you to progress your career.

We all look forward to welcoming you and seeing first-hand how Bedfordshire will help you to get the job you have always wanted.

Professor Les Ebdon CBE DLVice Chancellor and Chief Executive

“Our vision is of a world where all are able to benefit from transformational educational experiences.”

The best career move you’ll ever make

Message from our Vice and Deputy Vice Chancellor

We are very proud that more than 4,000 international students choose to join us each year and believe that this is because we can offer you more than a degree.

We want you to complement your academic achievements with the skills employers really want, and develop a genuine appreciation of international cultures, to ensure you become a lifelong learner, ready for the competition of today’s dynamic global marketplace. That’s why we are committed to maintaining our strong links with industry, collaborating with institutions all over the world, and are ensuring you have an experience that will enrich both your personal and professional lives, long after your graduate.

I look forward to meeting you when you arrive here.

Professor Ashraf Jawaid OBEDeputy Vice Chancellor

5

Inside...

Course entries by subject area start with Business on page:

All you need to get started begins on page:

Why we believe it is all about you starts on page:

24

180

06

From August 2012, the Postgraduate Prospectus 2013 will be available online. Go to: www.beds.ac.uk/prospectus

Why choose the University of Bedfordshire?

It’s all about you and your career 6

High-quality teaching 8

World-leading research 9

The international experience 10-12

Where we are: location 13

Outstanding student support 14

Financing your studies 15

First-class facilities for you 16-17

What our students say... 18-21

What courses are on offer?

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics 22

Computer Science & Technology 62

Education & Teaching 76

Health & Biological Sciences 98

Exercise Science, Sport & PE 122

Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management 134

Media, Arts & Performance 144

Psychology & Social Studies 164

What else do you need to know before you join us?

Getting started 180

Your postgraduate qualification 182

Short professional courses 183Taught courses 184

Research degrees 185

Part-time study 186

Return to learning 187

Fees and funding 188-189

How to apply 190

Accommodation 191

Learning resources 192

Student support 193

Town life 194-195

Get involved in culture and the arts 196

Get involved in the University 197

Get involved in the Students’ Union 198

Get involved in Sport 199

Investing in your career 200

Take me to Beds: Directions 201

A-Z course index 202

6 www.beds.ac.uk

A postgraduate degree shows current and future employers that you hold the discipline-specific and transferable skills which they so highly value, and that you are committed to your continuous personal and professional development – thus differentiating yourself in an increasingly competitive employment market.

It’s all about you and your career

At Bedfordshire we aim to ensure that you make the best career move by choosing to study with us. The careers and employability theme is an integrated key feature of all our postgraduate courses. From the day you arrive at the University to the time after you graduate and beyond, we provide a range of employability services to help you develop as a professional. Plus we have an active alumni association which offers networking opportunities for life.

Employability services We offer an extensive range of services to help you enter and progress further in the workplace including:

n Postgraduate induction fairs, competitions and careers fairs to quickly orientate you with academic and support services

n Dedicated employability advisers for each academic department

n Employability Fellows who ensure that career-focused activities and study units are integrated into your teaching and learning in each subject area

n Access to a wealth of careers information and resources online

n ‘JobSavviGrad’ – our online opportunity search engine and application management system – which you can use throughout your time at the University, and after you graduate

n Help with securing graduate internships, part-time jobs and volunteering opportunities

n Different awards which show off your skills and ‘stand-out values’ when competing for jobs – the ‘Bedfordshire Edge’ is our new Employability Award, launched in 2011

n Chamber Futures – a new membership scheme giving students and graduates access to training and networking opportunities

Your personal development We make it our mission to ensure that you succeed in a complex, competitive and rapidly changing environment – not only when you leave the University, but for the rest of your life.

Academic performance is one measure employers will use to weigh up your suitability for employment. But it is the interpersonal and practical problem-solving skills you will gain at Bedfordshire which will make you stand out from the crowd.

Our skills-rich curriculum, strong career focus and specialist learning environments will help you develop confidence, ambition and the skills to succeed.

Great partnerships make for great career success…

“We believe in empowering our students and instilling

in each and every one of them the confidence to

succeed in the world of work and to progress further in

their chosen career. The work we do pays off even in

economically challenging times – our postgraduates

enjoy excellent employment rates, with 90 per cent either

in work and/or further study within six months

of graduating.”

Mark Diggle Head of Careers and Employment Services

Our graduates enjoy excellent employment rates, with 90 per cent either in work and/or further study within six months of graduating (DLHE 2010).90%

7

It’s

all

abo

ut

you

an

d y

ou

r ca

reer

We work closely with more than 4,000 UK organisations to prepare you for employment

“We were looking for a graduate from the University of Bedfordshire to add value to the service we provide. The role involved managing client projects and exploring new techniques to provide functionality to the business systems. The outcomes were definitely achieved, highly recommended!”Fourth Monkey Ltd

“The MBA taught me how to play a part in a growing organisation. The units I studied helped me understand accounting concepts and prepare business plans, which I was later able to apply in the workplace. At the end of my course the University helped me secure an internship – which was crucial in securing a job, and the perfect chance for me to acquire practical experience and relate real-world situations to coursework.”Rohit RansariaMaster of Business Administration graduate and Finance Manager, Vedhas Limited

“We are lucky to have found people who we can work with and rely on. If the University can keep providing people like Rohit, we would not think twice but to employ them full-time.”Sunny Sahdev Vedhas Limited

“As an International Business and Management graduate I found that my position as a Business/Marketing Intern perfectly relates to my degree. All the knowledge and skills that I learnt during my Master’s Degree greatly helped me to manage all the tasks.”Lukas KenderaMSc International Business & Management

Accreditation from professional bodies – which is the main route of entry into some professions – including:

8 www.beds.ac.uk

The University of Bedfordshire’s state-of-the-art facilities and innovative teaching methods support a range of learning styles. The quality of our teaching is highly regarded, and our achievements most definitely speak for themselves.

High-quality teaching

n A number of our staff have received National Teaching Fellowship Awards for their outstanding contributions to teaching and learning

n We were awarded top marks – a “confidence” rating – in our Quality Assurance Agency audit 2009, which checks how UK universities maintain their own academic standards and quality

n Our Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) has been rated as “outstanding” by Ofsted 2010

n The Government chose us as a Centre of Excellence in 2005, awarding us £3.3m over five years. The Centre of Excellence

in Teaching and Learning (CETL) leaves an extensive legacy including social and creative learning spaces, and a skills-rich curriculum focused on learner development, employability and preparation for life in a rapidly changing environment.

Our teaching staff are keen to model best practice, and our students can benefit from a variety of learning opportunities. As well as lectures which include the most recent studies and research, seminars and tutorials all of which provide students with the opportunity to gain feedback on their work. We also run regular workshops and masterclasses. Our students can also use BREO – our virtual learning environment.

The University regularly invites guest speakers who are actively involved in industry in to deliver masterclasses and workshops. Seminars also provide students with the chance to discuss topics in more depth.

Our employment-focused degrees offer a winning combination of theory and practice, which are delivered in a range of informal and formal teaching and learning spaces, enabling our students to get the most out of their studies. Many of our lecturers and academic staff have been actively involved in industry for many years prior to joining us at Bedfordshire. Other staff regularly author and co-author an impressive number of texts on their specialist areas.

David MulewaMSc Computer Security & Forensics (Kenya)

Our lecturers are professionals who also work in the field, so being taught by someone who day in day out actually does what he teaches is great because you get to learn from their experiences as well.

“Our graduates really need to hit the deck running. They have got to be able to apply the relevant knowledge and skills in the workplace and, because of the way we teach, our students have those skills straight away. So, they are highly employable, highly practical, highly articulate and highly sought after.”

Professor Paul Burns Professor of Entrepreneurship at the University of Bedfordshire Business School

In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, we were commended for our “world-leading” research in several areas, including:

Learn from and work alongside leading specialists, including:

World-leading research

n Communications, Cultural and Media Studies

n Earth Systems and Environmental Science

n English Language and Literature

n Social Work, Social Policy and Administration

n Sport, Tourism and Leisure

The University has also been recognised as ‘internationally excellent’ in the areas of Computer

Science and Informatics; and Business and Management Studies.

Our fantastic research performance in 2008 led to a doubling of our funding, which has helped us to undertake even more vital activity.

We have received a number of grants and contracts for high-profile research projects, including the recent award of nearly £6m for an EU-wide diabetes research project, co-led by Professor

Alan Sinclair, Dean of the Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School.

The research-led culture of the University means you really do have the opportunity to learn from and work alongside world-leading experts who are investigating real-world issues.

Find out more about our nine Research Institutes on pages 185

Professor James Crabbe – World expert in Marine Biology

Professor Helen Bailey – World-leading expert in Dance, Choreographic Practice and e-Science

Professor Stephen Perkins – International expert in Strategy and HRM

Professor Alexis Weedon – World expert in Communications, Cultural and Media Studies

9

Hig

h-q

ual

ity

teac

hin

g //

Wo

rld

-lead

ing

res

earc

h

To find out more, visit: http://uob.cc/ jamescrabbe

To find out more, visit: http://uob.cc/ helenbailey

To find out more, visit: http://uob.cc/ stephenperkins

To find out more, visit: http://uob.cc/ alexisweedon

The University of Bedfordshire welcomes students from all over the world, giving you the opportunity to live, study and become lifelong friends with a diverse range of people.

International Bedfordshire

Within our community of more than 24,000 students we have more than 4,000 international students, from more than 100 countries around the world, so you can look forward to joining a truly global environment.

Internationalisation for all Our investment in making Bedfordshire a truly international university is aimed at our British students as well as those who come from overseas. We are committed to the internationalisation of our curriculum and recruit highly-qualified staff who have worked all over the world.

A warm welcome from the start We welcome our international students by offering a free airport meet and greet service from London Heathrow Airport, on specified days. A representative of the University will meet you at the airport (on specified days) and ensure that you arrive at the campus in time for a special international students’ induction week, during which you can make friends and meet staff. In order to take advantage of the meet and greet service you must register for it by visiting: www.beds.ac.uk/airport. You will also have the opportunity to join in with a full range of welcome activities, which are perfect for meeting people and helping you to settle in.

10 www.beds.ac.uk

11

Th

e in

tern

atio

nal

exp

erie

nce

Specialist support We have a dedicated International Student Support Team, who are on hand to offer any practical advice or help you may need to help you settle in. They are based at both Bedford and Luton and can help with the following (and more):

n Part-time work

n Temporary National Insurance numbers

n Opening a bank account

n Personal safety

n Places of worship

n Registration with the Student Health Centre

n Contact with other international students

n Visa applications

n Legal and community queries

n Pastoral care and general welfare support

Find out more by visiting: www.beds.ac.uk/internationalsupport

Make friends for life In conjunction with current international students, the International Office has also set up the International Friendship Group. The students who run the group have all travelled from their home country to come and study at the University of Bedfordshire and will understand exactly how you feel in the first few weeks as you settle in. They help new students with any questions or worries, introduce you to other students and offer lasting support as you get used to your new environment.

Fantastic social programme We do all we can to ensure you enjoy life here and one of the highlights of our extensive social programme is definitely the International Student Party. It features music, dancing and colourful traditional costumes, and is a great way to meet fellow students and staff. Find out more about the events and visits that make up the social programme here: www.beds.ac.uk/internationalevents

Ahmad Awais

The international office have given me tremendous support and I felt at home in the international office. I always consulted them with my problems and they were able to help me.

MA International Human Resource Management

Scan the code to see what else Ahmad has to say: http://uob.cc/ahmad

The International Office Team

12 www.beds.ac.uk

Part-time work and internships If you are a non-EU student, you will be allowed to work 20 hours per week (part-time) during term time and full-time during recognised holidays*. EU students are permitted to work the same number of hours as UK students. To work in the UK, you will need a National Insurance (NI) number. On arrival at the University, the International Student Support Team will be able to issue you with a temporary number and give advice on how to get a permanent one. We also have a Job Shop in our Careers and Employment Service, which can help you find suitable work in a range of areas.

We also run a pioneering International Students’ Internships Scheme, which aims to generate workplace opportunities for international postgraduate students in local and national businesses, as well as the University itself. To find out more, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/isis

*Subject to the conditions of your visa.

Healthcare All full-time students who are registered on a course of at least six months’ duration are entitled to receive free medical treatment through the National Health Service (NHS). The University has its own Health Centre and, during induction week, nurses from the Health Centre will come to the University to register international students with the doctor. You will need to bring your medical history. Once you have completed an HC1 form, you will be entitled to free medical prescriptions and reduced fees for optical and dental

treatment. Short-stay students will have to pay for treatment as private patients. Private healthcare without medical insurance cover can be expensive, so it’s important to arrange medical insurance before leaving home to come to the UK.

English language support If English is not your first language, you may wish to take advantage of the expert support available within the University, to assist you in your academic studies.

The staff in the Division of Language and Communication can offer a language testing service, which will enable you to identify areas where you need additional support. This service can play a major role in ensuring that you have the best opportunity to succeed in your academic studies.

Pre-sessional courses are also available, which help with both English language and key study skills. For further information, visit: www.beds.ac.uk

eLife magazine The eLife newsletter is a monthly e-magazine published exclusively for international students, overseas agents and embassies. This magazine keeps you up-to-date with new courses and good news from around the University, so be sure to look out for the next issue. Don’t miss out – sign-up to the mailing list here: www.beds.ac.uk/elife

International collaborations The University of Bedfordshire takes pride in strengthening its international collaborative links and participates in programmes with several universities

around the world, which allows students to spend part of their study time in another country. The programmes provide high-quality and flexible study pathways that are specifically designed to prepare international students for admission to undergraduate and postgraduate taught degrees at the University. For more information about our international links select your country on our website: www.beds.ac.uk/yourcountry

International Bedfordshire

“Living and studying in a different country is an experience that will transform your life and your career prospects. It’s an opportunity that most people never have, and at Bedfordshire, we want you to get the most from your time here. We want you to be globally competent and mobile: to fulfil your academic potential; to see yourself and your culture through the eyes of your peers from all around the world; to discover your strengths as you overcome new challenges; and to far exceed your own expectations.”Harry Wang, Director of the International Office

Students getting ready to perform at the welcome party.

13

LutonLuton is Bedfordshire’s largest town and is packed full of cultural diversity. The town is renowned for its urban attractions and industrial heritage, despite its close proximity to the Chiltern Hills and other areas of natural beauty.

Situated just off England’s main motorway, the M1, Luton is just 30 minutes from central London, and is home to London Luton Airport, which is just three miles from our Luton campus and the town centre.

CampusOur Luton campus is located right in the heart of the town centre, whereas our smaller teaching sites, Butterfield Park and Putteridge Bury, are close by in the countryside. Find out more on page 194.

Getting theren Frequent trains to and from

London (30 minutes)

n Excellent bus connections to cities all over the UK

n Convenient road links with quick access to the M1 and A1

n London Luton Airport is just three miles from our Luton campus

BedfordBedford is located approximately 20 miles from Luton and lies along the picturesque banks of the River Great Ouse. Bedford is excellently positioned. Flanked east and west by the historic cities of Oxford and Cambridge, this vibrant town is just 40 minutes from central London.

CampusThe Bedford campus is close to Bedford town centre and can be reached by bus in around five minutes. It is also a few minutes walk from Aspects Leisure Centre which is home to a cinema, gym, and restaurants. Find out more on page 195.

Getting theren Frequent trains to and from London

(40 minutes)

n X5 coach service runs between Cambridge, Bedford, Milton Keynes and Oxford

n Excellent road links via M1 and A1

n London Luton Airport is a 40-minute journey from the Bedford campus

AylesburyThe Medieval county town of Aylesbury is home to our Buckinghamshire campus. Aylesbury has the atmosphere of a traditional bustling market town, and great investment means it now brings together all the features of a lively, modern town – including some very unusual architecture.

Aylesbury is around 40 minutes from the Luton campus, and just under an hour from Bedford.

CampusOur Buckinghamshire campus is home to many of our Nursing students. Our Health care students are also able to benefit from studying at Butterfield Park, in Luton. Find out more on page 195.

Getting theren Regular trains to and from London

(40 minutes)

n Great travel links via A41, M40 and M25

n Within easy reach of London Heathrow and London Luton Airports

Find out more about our locations on page 201, and read more about our towns on page 194.

Th

e in

tern

atio

nal

exp

erie

nce

// W

her

e w

e ar

e: lo

cati

on

Where we are: location

Luton

Bedford

Bedfordshire

Buckinghamshire

London

Aylesbury

14 www.beds.ac.uk

Deciding whether to undertake further study can be a daunting decision. Many of our postgraduate students will be in a professional position or have personal commitments which have to be factored into their day-to-day life, and so working out that work-life balance can be tough. But here at Bedfordshire, we are able to offer a comprehensive range of support services to help you every step of the way.

Outstanding student support

Professional and Academic Development SiD can put you in touch with our Professional and Academic Development experts, who offer support to students if they want to develop particular skills. PAD also provides a series of free study skills workshops at both the Luton and Bedford campuses, as well as one-to-one tutorials.

Personal tutors Students are assigned a personal tutor when they register. Tutors can assist with your transition to University, your academic performance, and general health and well-being.

Spirituality and faith The University has a multicultural student population and attracts people of all faiths and orientation. We operate spirituality and faith centres at our Luton and Bedford campuses to bring people together and to provide space for reflection and prayer.

Careers Our Careers Service offers a range of support to help our students get the jobs that they have always wanted. Read more on page 6.

Dedicated learning space The University will soon be introducing a new £20m Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre, which is scheduled to be completed in 2013. See page 17.

Find out more on page 193.

All of our support services can be accessed through the Student Information Desk (or SiD as we like to call it). SiD is based in our new Luton Campus Centre, and also at our other University campuses, and can even be accessed online 24/7. So whether you are on- or off-campus, we are always here to help.

Whatever your query, you will find that our student support advisers are happy to point you in the right direction.

Getting to know SiD

SiD 24/7 is available online to make accessing our services as easy as possible.24/7

There’s much more at www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife

Ou

tsta

nd

ing

stu

den

t su

pp

ort

// F

inan

cin

g y

ou

r st

ud

ies

15

Financing your studiesTuition feesFor the most up-to-date information and to find out the cost of our postgraduate courses for 2013 entry, please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/fees

FundingHere at the University of Bedfordshire we try to make financing your studies as simple and affordable as possible by offering a wide variety of scholarships*, including:

n UK/EU Scholarship – worth £4,500

n International Early Fee Payment Scholarship – worth £1,500

n International Alumni Loyalty Scholarship – worth £500

n Steel Memorial Fund – worth £12,000

n Research Grants and Studentships

n …And many more!

For more information turn to page 188.

*All figures shown here are based on 2012 entry. Please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/pgmoney for the most up-to-date information, and for eligibility criteria.

Inge HermannPostgraduate research student, Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR)

I received a Postgraduate Research Studentship (annual bursary) which I am planning to put towards my monthly living expenses and research expenses. The PhD bursaries in tourism and leisure are widely advertised online and through various institutes and universities worldwide.

We offer a wide variety of Research Grants, Studentships and

Scholarships

There’s much more at www.beds.ac.uk/money

16 www.beds.ac.uk

Artist impression of the new Postgraduate and CPD Centre due for completion 2013

Bedford Campus CentreIndustry standard TV studio

Putteridge Bury campus, Luton

Law Moot Court

Between 2006 and 2013 we will have invested more than £180m in new facilities, creating one of the most modern and well-equipped universities in the UK.

17

Firs

t-cl

ass

faci

litie

s fo

r yo

u

We are currently undergoing a £180m major redevelopment programme across all our campuses, scheduled to be completed by 2013, to create innovative high-quality teaching, learning and personal development facilities.

First-class facilities for you

Campus highlights Luton

n New £34m Campus Centre bringing all student services under one roof

n £1.2m revolutionary Business Pods

n £180,000 Law Moot Court

n Multi-million pound Media Arts Centre

n Two brand-new £1m engineering labs

n £1m dedicated MSc science laboratory

n Our new £40m accommodation, Fitzroy Court which offers 850 fully furnished, study bedrooms, with en-suite facilities and high-speed internet

Bedford

n £8m Physical Education and Sport Science Centre

n £700,000 Muscle Cellular and Molecular Physiology Lab – the only one of its kind in the UK

n £6m Campus Centre which houses a £4.5m 280-seat theatre – one of the largest in the county

Butterfield

n Brand-new simulation labs complete with fully functional theatre, ward, and a clinic environment

Scheduled for completion in 2013, our £20m Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre (CPD) will feature innovative learning spaces, two Harvard-style lecture theatres, hi-tech IT and AV equipment and a dedicated social area, all designed with our postgraduate student community in mind. Pictured opposite top left.

Building for the future & you...

Check out the facilities for yourself by taking a virtual tour at: www.beds.ac.uk/virtualtour

We continue to invest in state-of-the-art student-centred facilities to enhance your learning and provide you with an outstanding and fulfilling student experience

With fantastic facilities and a strong commitment to excellence, we offer you the perfect place to further your study and career

“The facilities are great! I enjoyed working in

the Mac suite. The technicians were very

supportive.” Anna Skopinska

MA by Research in Art and Design

Putteridge Bury campus, Luton

MSc postgraduate laboratory New Campus Centre, Luton PE and Sport Science Centre at Bedford

18 www.beds.ac.uk

Usha Bhatta

Sajjad Ali

Rojina Shrestha

Rachel Taylor

“I chose to study here because I completed my undergraduate degree at Bedfordshire and I really enjoyed it, and I just wanted to expand

my knowledge even further. When I leave I’m feeling a lot more comfortable about myself,

because in this industry it’s all about talking to people, which is something I struggled with as I am quite shy, but it’s given me a real boost to my

confidence to go out into the world of work.”

Emily BlakePgCert Performing Before the Camera

“As a result of undertaking an internship organised by the University, I have now been offered a job with the company when I graduate. I feel happy and proud that I will be working with such a reputable organisation.”

Sajjad AliMSc Engineering Business Management

“Part-time study allows me to study

at the same time as maintaining my job.

I think I benefit in studying the Executive

MBA as I am able to relate my learning to my day-to-day

working.”

Rachel TaylorExecutive MBA Part-time

“I chose to study at Bedfordshire because the course appealed to my particular interests. The facilities are good and I have made most use of the Learning Resources Centre. My time at the University has been very enjoyable and I would really recommend it as the best place to discover your knowledge.”

Rojina ShresthaMSc Biotechnology

“I enjoyed working with people from all corners of the world and it was a life-time experience for me. Communication is knowledge and I will be able to use what I have learnt back home in Nepal.”

Usha BhattaMA Mass Communications

Postgraduate students share their experiences of life at Bedfordshire...

Scan the code to see what else Emily has to say, or visit:http://uob.cc/emilyblake

19

Wh

at o

ur

stu

den

ts s

ay...

“The University of Bedfordshire is a dynamic university with a vast number of professionals and lecturers who focus on sharing their experience and knowledge to students who wish to learn. What I like most is the location, it’s fantastic and very close to the town as well as more remote areas. One of my favourite areas is Putteridge Bury which offers traditional countryside and a fantastic view.”

www.beds.ac.uk20

Ilir KodraMSc Computer Networking(Albania)

“I work full-time alongside my studies, as I run my own business. My family help as do the staff who I work with, but everything else I am doing via mobile computing where possible. The University wireless network is a big help there, as is ready access to computers across the campus. I have been able to schedule timetabled lectures and seminars together on Monday and Tuesday, any other lectures take place out of hours. This means I can fit in my work schedule most of the time anyway. Additionally, the University library is now bolstered by access to the IEEE digital library which makes up the bulk of my research areas, so I am able to carry out most of my personal research in the evening or at weekends as if I were on campus.”

Gordon BradyMSc Business Information System

“There is great sense of community spirit at the

University of Bedfordshire.”Erica Cook

MSc Health Psychology

“I think the teaching is great. The tutors have rich backgrounds in theory and practice at the same time, and this is shown in their lectures.”Akunna VictorInternational Human Resource Management

21

Wh

at o

ur

stu

den

ts s

ay...

Scan the code to see what else Gordon has to say, or visit:http://uob.cc/gordonbrady

What our students say...

The University of Bedfordshire Business School is the

largest Business School in the region, with more than

5,000 students and over 120 teaching and research staff. It is a member of the Association of Business Schools (ABS) and

the European Foundation for Management Development (EFMD). We offer courses in a wide range of subject

areas including Business and Management, Accounting and

Finance, Marketing, Human Resource Management, Law

and Language.

Business, Management, Law & Linguistics

22

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Professor Paul Burns

Dean of the University of Bedfordshire Business School

Our ambition is to develop dynamic leaders and managers who will ask different questions, who find imaginative solutions and make a difference through innovative, intelligent practice. Our postgraduate provision is designed to meet the needs of both individuals and organisations for a practice impact.

Courses

Full-time General Business Master’s

26 MBA Master of Business Administration

27 MBA Brand Management

27 MBA Educational Leadership*

27 MBA Finance

27 MBA Hospital & Health Services Management

28 MBA Human Resource Management

28 MBA Information Technology Management

28 MBA Marketing

29 MSc Business & Management

30 MSc Business Web Analytics & Management

31 MSc Finance & Business Management

32 MSc Hotel & Hospitality Business Management

33 MSc Information Systems & Business Management

34 MSc International Business & Management

35 MSc Marketing & Business Management

Part-time Executive Master’s

56 MBA Executive

57 MBA Executive (Healthcare)

57 MBA Executive (Information Technology Management)

58 MSc Human Resource Management Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) accredited

59 PgDip Human Resource Management Accredited by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD)

60 PgCert Management Accredited as the CMI Diploma in Strategic Management & Leadership

Dr Sonal Minocha

The MBM Suite:

Full-time Specialist Business Master’s

36 Pre-Masters in Business

37 MSc Accounting & Finance

38 MA Applied Linguistics (TEFL)

39 MA/MSc by Research in Business

40 LLM Corporate Law

41 Certificate in ELT

42 MA ELT Management

43 MSc Engineering Business Management

44 MA Intercultural Communication

45 LLM International Commercial Law

46 MSc International Finance & Banking

47 MA International Human Resource Management

48 MA International Relations

49 MSc Investment & Finance

50 MSc Logistics & Supply Chain Management

51 MSc Marketing Communications

52 MSc Project Management

53 MSc Public Relations

54 Association of Chartered Certified Accountants

55 DPSI Public Service Interpreting Diploma

*Subject to approval23

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Why choose Bedfordshire?

Most of our postgraduate courses are run at the postgraduate Business School at Putteridge Bury. This is an Edwardian mansion, recently refurbished at a cost of almost £3m. Regular networking meetings and lectures from industry leaders take place at this centre, so you will have the chance to mix with local and regional business professionals.

Courses will also be provided in our new Postgraduate and Continuing Professional Development Centre. This new development, due to be opened in 2013, provides the latest learning environment for students.

The University’s Knowledge Hub is the gateway for business support at the University of Bedfordshire. The Knowledge Hub offers organisations of all sizes the chance to develop by offering access to a number of initiatives and opportunities to forge new industry links. The Knowledge Hub connects the University with businesses for the purposes of knowledge transfer, innovation, enterprise activities and training, and also offers short professional courses.

We offer a wide range of general and specialist courses. Both full- and part-time options are available to suit your needs. We also offer distance and blended learning options. Many of our part-time courses are run on Saturdays and are supported by the latest online communications and learning technology.

We are developing a point of view on education that is international practice-driven. We recognise that practice and practitioners are characterised by their unique problem contexts which are complex, uncertain and ambiguous – they are messy – particularly in the context of global/international issues. Practitioners are rarely presented with opportunities to manage according to the academic models and theories taught in business schools – instead they draw upon their knowledge and experience of practice and seeing the practice of others – a knowledge base that is often tacit and highly context-sensitive. It is this thinking that underpins our core philosophy and that is transforming the nature of courses and the kind of research focus the Business School takes. You benefit as we strive to:

n Develop creative thinkers, intelligent practitioners and designers of futures

n Develop applied research skills and mindsets in our graduates as future practitioners

n Embed a nuanced understanding of international practice in our curriculum

n Deliver a superior and distinctive student experience

Full-time courses Our Master’s courses normally require you to have a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent, and are ideal for students who want to enhance their employment prospects. Non-native English speakers may have to undertake an English Language test and achieve an appropriate IELTS score – see individual course entries for details. We also offer an International Foundation Programme that can be used to improve your academic study skills up to the level required for entry to our Masters courses.

Our MBA and MBM Suite of Master’s are designed to give you a thorough introduction to the theory and practice of business and management. They are intensive, challenging courses that will help you to enhance your career and give you an edge.

Merle Niederhuefner

MSc International Business & Management graduate(Germany)

The University has so much more to offer than just interesting courses. But in order to tap into your full potential, students need to actively engage and be willing to invest their time and knowledge. During my time at the University I met some amazing people. All this made my time at University an exciting experience.

24

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Specialist Master’sOur specialist Master’s courses require you to have a first degree in a relevant subject upon which to expand your knowledge and skills. The School of Law offers innovative courses including the brand-new LLM in Corporate Law. Our linguistics courses are run at the Luton campus in our dedicated Language Centre.

Part-time executive coursesOur part-time courses are run in the evenings and at weekends, and use the latest online learning and communications technology to enable you to conduct some of your study from home or work. Your classes will be held at Luton, Putteridge Bury or the Bedford campus. Our experienced staff understand balancing the demands of work, home and study is never straightforward, and aim to provide the best possible study environment. So if you do not have a first degree, but instead offer years of business experience, you might still be eligible to study one of our courses.

Research DegreesWorking with the University’s Research Graduate School, the Business School offers research degrees both at Master’s and doctoral level. Students would normally already have a Master’s degree before registering for a research degree where the emphasis is on an individual and independent research investigation.

Research within the Business School is co-ordinated by the Business and Management Research Institute (BMRI), which is committed to producing high-quality research that is applied and applicable, and relevant to the needs of the business community. It has a strong record in collaborative research with both UK and international partners and is committed to producing and promoting research of the highest quality. We have six specialist research centres, which together form the Business and Management Research Institute (BMRI).

The specialist research centres are as follows:

Research Centre for Contemporary Accounting and Finance (ResCAF) – current student projects include:

n The relationship between the level of voluntary disclosure, corporate governance, ownership structure and firm characteristics

n The impacts of corporate governance on major shareholders investment decisions

n Effects of the new regulations of the audit profession on the audit firms’ strategies

Centre for Leadership Innovation (CLI) – current student projects include:

n Developing leaders for the future across developing/developed country borders

n Analysing transplantation of western people management practices to emerging business systems

n Employee engagement policies and procedures

Centre for Advances in Marketing (CAM) – current student projects include

n Digital and social media investigations

n Consumption of credence products using a framework of post purchase evaluation

n Case study investigation of business-to-business relationships in international contexts

Centre for Research in English Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA) – current projects include:

n The relationship between test-takers’ first language, listening proficiency and their performance on paired speaking tests

n Validating a framework of EFL proficiency tests in Japan: demonstrating that locally designed tests meet international standards

n Test-mode Effects of Tablet Computers on Reading Comprehension Tests

n Variation of dimensional structure across ability levels in language proficiency tests

Centre for Research in Law (CRiL) – current student projects include:

n The role of national and regional courts in reviewing measures adopted in implementation of UN sanctions against individuals suspected of involvement in terrorist activity

n The right to conscientious objection in international human rights law

n The influence of bilateral treaties on foreign direct Investment in developing countries: the case of Libya

Centre for Business and Information Systems (BISC) – current student projects include:

n Inter-form knowledge transfer networks and innovation

n Examining emerging ICTs adoption in SMEs from actor network theory perspective

n Developing a framework for evaluating e-government success

n project management maturity in NGOs

For more information, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/bmri

Applications for postgraduate degrees by research (MA/MSc or MPhil/PhD) related to the work of these research centres are particularly welcome. Please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research to find out more.

New full-time courses under developmentWe are always developing new courses to offer our students the most up-to-date and relevant education. We have a number of new courses currently under development; please visit: www.beds.ac.uk for further information.

25

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

www.beds.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International) E: [email protected]

Starts in: September or February (and other dates on demand)

Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton

Duration: 12 or 18 months full-time

Open to: UK/EU/International students

Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good second class Honours degree in any discipline from a registered Higher Education Institution. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn An internationally recognised degree

conforming to Quality Assurance Agency guidelines

n Opportunities to attend high-profile business events run by the University’s Knowledge Hub

About the courseThe University of Bedfordshire Business School, a member of the UK Association of Business Schools and the European Foundation for Management Development (EFMD), prides itself on the

important balance between contemporary theory and practice in its MBA course.

The course combines core MBA disciplines such as marketing, operations management and strategy, with innovative subject areas such as entrepreneurship, and creativity and innovation, to understand the ‘big picture’ of business life, underpinning career success in strategic management and leadership. You will complete two projects during the course: one focused on leadership and the other on a project case study that integrates your previous learning.

The course is normally scheduled over three to four contact days per week to allow individual and group study time, and is supplemented by workshops and lectures by distinguished practitioners, careers advice and professional development. An international perspective is maintained in all subject areas through the selection of study materials and, in many assessments, by allowing the student to choose the context, organisation or scenario in which to apply management theory.

Approximately 20 per cent of the MBA assessment is carried out in student groups. There are some written examinations and tests (eg leading and managing people, and accounting for leaders and strategy), but the main assessment vehicle is individual written assignments – reports, case study analysis

and business plans – prepared by the student and submitted by a given deadline.

Career opportunitiesThe full-time MBA studentship is highly international and diverse in nature. Career progression is enhanced by the strategic management knowledge and skills that the MBA develops.

Master of Business Administration (MBA)

To find out more contact Tim Priestman:t: +44 (0)1582 743 972e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Marketing for managers

Leading people in organisations

Accounting for managers

Managing operations

Executive development

Strategic management

Business and financial markets

Theory into practice project

Small businesses and entrepreneurship (optional)

Creativity for managers (optional)

The competitive global context (optional)

Areas of study include:

26

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Biao WangMaster of Business Administration graduate

I have developed a good level of interpersonal skills, creativity and motivation. The course developed my effective planning, organisational and team management skills. As a result, I feel much more confident in the business world.

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International) E: [email protected] www.beds.ac.uk

The Master of Business Administration (Brand Management) consists of the following core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at marketing professionals.

The Master of Business Administration (Finance) consists of the following core units of the MBA and three additional units aimed at finance professionals.

The Master of Business Administration (Educational Leadership) consists of core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at education professionals.

The core units you will study:

n Marketing for managers

n Leading people in organisations

n Accounting for managers

n Managing operations

n Executive development

n Strategic management

n Brand management and research

n Theory into practice project

Students can select two options from the following:

n Public relations issues

n Interactive and direct marketing

n Marketing communications








n Corporate finance

n Foundation of investment theories

n International finance and markets










n Change management in education


n Data management in education

n Contemporary issues in education

n Governance and ethics in education

The course will run if sufficient numbers are recruited.

*Subject to approval

Brand Management (MBA)

Finance (MBA)

Educational Leadership* (MBA)

The Master of Business Administration (Hospital and Health Services Management) consists of the following core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at healthcare professionals.








n Social healthcare perspectives



n Information systems in the hospital and health services

n Health economics: quality provision and commissioning

n Organising healthcare services


Hospital & Health Services Management (MBA)

To find out more about these courses contact Tim Priestman – see page 26

Enables you to fast-track your career progression and grow your business

27

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


The Master of Business Administration (Human Resource Management) consists of the following core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at human resource professionals.

The Master of Business Administration (Information Technology Management) consists of core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at Information Technology professionals.








n Comparative human resource management



n Employee engagement

n Human resource development

n Personnel resourcing








n Utilising emerging technologies

n Theory into practice


n Application of project management methodologies

n Exploiting information systems strategy

n Management of data


Human Resource Management (MBA)

Information Technology Management (MBA)

The Master of Business Administration (Marketing) consists of the following core units of the MBA with additional units aimed at marketing professionals.








n Integrated marketing



n International marketing

n Marketing communications

n Interactive and direct marketing

Marketing (MBA)

Our MBA courses enhance business competence, and strengthens confidence and credibility which are vital for progression to senior management

28

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Starts in: September or February


Duration: 1 year full-time*


Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Designed to help graduates who

are not business specialists to gain a valuable insight into business and management

n Opportunity to tailor your course to achieve either breadth or specialisation in your studies

n Learn with other postgraduate students from around the world

n Opportunities to attend high-profile business lecture events run by the University’s business services group, the Knowledge Hub

About the courseThe course is designed to introduce non-specialists to a range of business areas to become knowledgeable and effective managers. You will develop a deep understanding of organisations, their external context and how they are managed.

You will be able to apply this knowledge to a range of situations, taking account of the relationship and interaction with other areas of the business. The experienced and supportive teaching team will help you develop a critical awareness of current issues in business and management.

The course is varied in content and delivery methods. There will be a mix of lectures, seminars and tutorials. You will also work in smaller groups to discuss case studies, prepare for assessments and give presentations.

Career opportunitiesOn completion of this course, graduates will be well placed to pursue executive posts in public and private sectors of industry and commerce, and in non-governmental and voluntary organisations.

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Business & Management (MSc)

The MBM Suite

To find out more:e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/business

Business communications

Financial analysis

Marketing

Business data analysis

Managing people

Digital business management

Applied management project

Corporate finance

Issues in financial reporting

Brand management and research

International marketing

Strategic management of information systems

Web analytics


29

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13Manish DedhiaMSc Business & Management student(India)

The best aspect of this course is that we are studying all subjects like Finance, Marketing, HR and we learn a bit of everything. Back home in India we don’t have any practical study like this. The tutors are expecting us to work to a very high corporate level. Although this is tough, it is helping us grow.


Starts in: September


Duration: 1 year full-time



Key featuresBusiness web analytics and management is rapidly gaining in importance and focus as businesses address the challenge of meeting increasingly demanding customer expectations in an increasingly interconnected and intelligent business world where data-driven insights are critical to success. This course will give you a valuable qualification that is attractive to employers. During the course you will:

n Develop skills and knowledge in business web analytics and management to enhance employability

n Benefit from opportunities to attend and network at high-profile web analytics events organised by the professional community

n Experience practice-oriented teaching based on real-world case studies and action-learning projects that ensures a tight integration of theory and practice

n Have the opportunity to gain further professional qualifications such as Google Analytics Individual Qualification (GAIQ)

n Undertake collaborative learning with other postgraduate students from around the world

About the courseWeb analytics has been recognised as a technology that is a core part of a data-driven strategy for the managing of digital business. The MSc Business Web Analytics and Management is a unique, multidisciplinary course designed for ambitious graduates wanting to acquire the necessary skills and knowledge needed to manage digital enterprises effectively. The course is designed for a learning experience with a balance of managing the digital enterprise, use of web analytics for business intelligence and project management topics integrated within an understanding of the strategic and operational issues of managing digital businesses.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of this course, you will be well equipped for a career as a business manager, influencing digital business strategies and activities, a business and web analytics consultant, focusing on digital business applications, or project managers responsible for the delivery of web analytics and digital business solutions.

Business Web Analytics & Management (MSc)


Web analytics and applications

Project management

Web marketing

Strategic marketing

Financial analysis

Business research methods




To find out more contact Diane Richardson:t: +44 (0)1234 793 472 e: diane.richardson@beds.

ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

The MBM Suite

Did you know?This course is leading edge: there are currently no similar courses at postgraduate level offered by any other UK university.

30

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13








are not business specialists gain a valuable insight into business and management, and enhance their employability

n Mix with other postgraduate students from around the world in a unique environment


n Opportunity to study finance in-depth on a general business course

n Excellent job prospects due to the high demand for graduates with a background in accounting and finance

n Excellent location near the centre of finance, the City of London

About the courseThis course is designed for students who are new to accounting and finance, and who wish to develop a more strategic and integrated orientation to finance and business. You will develop the skills required to adapt appropriate strategic responses to different market environments through the study of organisations. You will also understand the impact of contextual forces on

organisations, including legal systems, corporate governance and ethical, economic and environmental change issues.

You will develop your knowledge of the financing of organisations, including the sources, uses and management of finance and the use of accounting for managerial and financial reporting.

You will study the management and development of people within organisations; the impact of information systems; the use of relevant communication within the global economy; and how cultural differences affect buying behaviour and marketing approaches.

You will develop your ability to analyse problems logically and apply appropriate decision-making skills, as well as the knowledge to reach feasible and realistic conclusions.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of the MSc Finance and Business Management, you will be well placed to pursue a career in accounting management, banking, insurance and the stock market. You will have acquired the knowledge and skills to become an effective manager in the public or private sector and are likely to

establish a career path in companies that are listed on stock exchanges around the world.


Finance & Business Management (MSc)


Corporate finance


Business communication

Financial analysis

Marketing


Managing people




The MBM Suite

31

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Provides an innovative and dynamic

approach to manager education and training

n The course draws on the expertise and experience of tutors and practitioners across our schools

n You will undertake incremental learning about how to meet the individual and diverse needs of customers

n Learn with other postgraduate students from diverse backgrounds

n Attend high-profile business lecture events run by the University’s business services group, the Knowledge Hub

About the courseThis course is designed to provide the opportunity for you to gain accurate and authoritative information and knowledge in the hotel and hospitality industry. At the same time, you will be able to develop the skills and understanding which enable future managers at all levels to act competently and effectively in the organisations in which you will work.

Since many aspects of managerial work are directly linked to the performance of an organisation, including failure, future

managers in the hotel and hospitality industry must be able to provide direction, motivate their employees and act as facilitators of change in frequently uncertain circumstances. Above all, they must be critical thinkers and confident practitioners with an international outlook. You will also be required to evaluate situations which impact on the industry and make appropriate educated decisions.

You, as a future manager, will have opportunities to develop your ability to think critically and become a competent practitioner, able to employ legislation and regulation. The course adopts a blended learning approach, combining the use of up-to-date e-Media with traditional tuition and access to well-stocked library resources.

Career opportunitiesThis course is intended to equip you with the knowledge and skills to take up a career in the management of hospitality-related businesses. On successful completion of the MSc Hospitality & Hotel Business Management, you will be equipped with a broad range of knowledge and skills that will enable you to analyse and solve a wide range of business problems and

situations related to the industry. The course will be valuable to those looking to launch a career in hospitality business or those looking to develop their existing career.

Hospitality & Hotel Business Management (MSc)


Business communication 1

Business communication 2

Financial analysis


Managing people

Marketing


Business principles and practice in hospitality

Organisation and operation in the hotel and hospitality industry



The MBM Suite

Experience an innovative and dynamic approach to manager education and training

32

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Luton campus, Park Square and Putteridge Bury campus, Luton




Key featuresn Designed to help graduates, who

are not business specialists, gain a valuable insight into business and management, and enhance their employability

n Learn with other postgraduate students from around the world in a unique environment


n One of very few Master’s courses combining business and information systems

n State-of-the-art computing facilities

About the courseThe idea of managers who can ‘bridge’ between different areas is one that has been promoted by the British Computing Society (BCS) for some time. The ‘bridger’ has to have a wide perspective and be equipped with the organisational and people skills to break down the barriers between IT and business. The aim of this course is to develop you to be a leader in your organisation, enabling the full benefits of modern technology to be realised. The course is interdisciplinary and you

will learn about information systems alongside the core areas of business and management which are at the heart of this course.

The course will prepare you to make critical high-level managerial and organisational decisions and to back these up with the best information-gathering and deployment methods. You will also develop your ability to analyse problems logically and apply appropriate decision-making skills and knowledge to reach feasible, realistic conclusions.

Career opportunitiesThere is a widely recognised shortage of managers who are knowledgeable about information systems but who also have a strong understanding of business. On successful completion of the course, you will be well placed to start a career in general management or in areas requiring a strong foundation in information systems.

Information Systems & Business Management (MSc)


Corporate finance



Financial analysis

Marketing


Managing people




The MBM Suite

33

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13








are not business specialists gain a valuable insight into international business and management, and enhance their employability

n A very diverse student population so you can experience the benefits and issues of international business first-hand

n Staff teaching on this course represent a number of nationalities and bring a truly international perspective

About the courseThis course offers you the opportunity to develop a particular strength in the management of international business issues.

You will focus on strategic areas of marketing management and finance, as well as international markets and the developing patterns of world trade – invaluable for those who wish to work in the global marketplace.

You will develop the skills required to adopt appropriate strategic responses to different market environments through the study of organisations. You will also understand the impact of contextual forces on organisations, including legal systems, corporate governance and

ethical, economic and environmental change issues.

You will develop your knowledge of the financing of organisations including the sources, uses and management of finance and the use of accounting for managerial and financial reporting.

You will also study the management and development of people within organisations, the use of relevant communications within the global economy and how cultural differences affect both buying behaviour and marketing approaches. As well as specific knowledge relating to international business, you will develop enhanced personal and interpersonal skills. These include critical thinking, team-working, problem-solving, numeracy and quantitative skills, self-management and negotiation skills.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of the MSc International Business and Management, you will be equipped with a broad range of knowledge and skills that will enable you to analyse and solve a wide range of business problems and situations. You will be well-equipped to pursue a variety of management roles in both public and private sectors in national or international businesses.

The course will be valuable to launch a career in international business or for those looking to develop their existing international career.


International Business & Management (MSc)

Business communications

Financial analysis

Marketing


Managing people



Corporate finance

International marketing



The MBM Suite

34

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Ksenia VakhrushevaMSc International Business & Management student

I would recommend the University to prospective students. We have lecturers and students from around the world, which helps us understand the business environment on a global scale and it also means we can work with real international examples. The traditional Putteridge Bury campus is a good atmosphere in which to study.








are not business specialists gain a valuable insight into business and management, and the role marketing has to play



n You will be taught by specialist marketing academics from our large Department of Marketing

n Excellent links with many marketing organisations, offering opportunities for real-world experience

n Excellent location with easy access to London – where many large marketing agencies are based

About the courseThis course offers you the opportunity to acquire the skills and knowledge needed to operate effectively in the marketing arena, and to face the real issues challenging marketeers today. The marketing element is vital for innovative companies to remain competitive. The course will suit those who are new to marketing and/or those

who wish to develop a more strategic, integrated approach to marketing and business management.

You will study the key areas of brand management, international marketing, communications and digital business management. You will then be able to apply this knowledge to a range of situations, taking account of the relationship and interaction with other areas of business. You will also be able to design, propose and demonstrate strategic marketing solutions to real business problems. You will learn to recognise how cultural and social differences affect buying behaviour and marketing approaches on a global scale. You will also learn about the management and development of people within organisations, as well as the impact of information systems on business and the importance of communication in global business.

Career opportunitiesOn completion of the course, you will have developed your ability to analyse problems logically and apply decision-making skills and knowledge to reach feasible and realistic marketing and business solutions.

This range of marketing and management skills will enhance both

your short- and long-term employment prospects.

You will be equipped to pursue a career in areas such as marketing management, or brand management and communications, within both the private and public sectors.

That will enable you to analyse and solve a wide range of business problems and situations. You will be well-equipped to pursue a variety of management roles in both public and private sectors in national or international businesses. The course will be valuable to launch a career in international business or for those looking to develop their existing international career.


Marketing & Business Management (MSc)


Production systems management (lean manufacturing focus)

Technology management

Project management

Operations management

Financial analysis

Risk and quality management (six sigma focus)

Contract and procurement management

Management of operations

Managing people



The MBM Suite

35

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Luton campus, Park Square

Duration: 24 months, full-time (including Master’s degree)

Open to: EU/International students

Entry requirements: Applicants should have completed a 14 year education programme with three years work experience or hold an HND or equivalent with one year of work experience.

Key featuresn Students with HND or equivalent

qualifications can develop the communication and interpersonal skills, and business knowledge to progress directly to a range of Master’s awards in Business at the University of Bedfordshire

n International students can benefit from becoming familiar with UK-based approaches to learning

n Provides excellent academic and general support for international students

About the courseThe Pre-Masters course offers a route into postgraduate Business degrees for EU and international students whose

academic or linguistic backgrounds do not qualify them for direct entry. We will consider applicants who have completed a 14 year education programme plus three years’ work experience, and/or hold an HND or equivalent with one year of work experience.

The course consists of subject specific, English language and study skills units which are fully assessed. The Business units are delivered by subject specialists in the Business School. The majority of the course is subject specific, with three units providing knowledge of business strategy and management, and business research. The course curriculum prepares individuals for academic engagement from the perspectives of subject coverage and skills requirements for Master’s degree level study.

Career opportunitiesSuccessful completion of this course guarantees access to one of the following Master’s courses at the University of Bedfordshire:

n MBA

n MSc Business & Management

n MA International Human Resource Management

Pre-Masters in Business

Intercultural business communication

Business strategy

A choice from a range of specialist options (eg marketing, finance, e-business, HRM)

Business research


To find out more contact Dr Alison Hirst:t: +44 (0)1582 743 234 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Choose from a range of Business units and study a topic in-depth that relates to your individual interests

Dr Alison HirstPrincipal Lecturer

The Pre-Masters in Business at Bedfordshire is a great opportunity for you to build your skills, confidence and knowledge of Business, in preparation for successful Master’s study. The core of the Pre-Masters course is taught in a discrete course group, enabling you to experience study in the UK alongside a group of peers all committed to working towards successful Master’s study.

36

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: Applicants should have a first degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent in a relevant discipline. This might include finance, economics, accounting, business studies (provided that a good level of numeracy is included) and pure science subjects where numeracy features. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn You will have access to a range of

financial databases (eg Datastream, FAME) and statistical software (Eviews, STATA and SPSS)

n We are located close to the City of London for study and placement opportunities

n The teaching team is an international group that has presented at conferences throughout the world


About the courseThis course delivers a broad foundation of analytical skills essential for accounting and finance in a range of organisations. The technical knowledge gained from this course is enhanced by the application and integration of theory and practice with a particular focus on quantitative and research skills. The development of applicants’ theoretical foundations in accounting and finance will enhance employment

opportunities for a career in a finance-related field. The course aims to provide applicants with the ability to synthesise information from different sources, contextual approaches, and different perspectives in order to solve complex problems and implement solutions. The international nature of today’s markets and reporting requirements mean that accounting and finance must be viewed from a global perspective. Your time with us will therefore be well spent as this course provides both theory and practice within an international context to enable the development of your skills as a postgraduate scholar. Accounting and finance must also be treated as international in context to ensure relevance both to accounting regulations and to the global economy.

The course will be delivered at the historic Putteridge Bury management centre which is situated near Luton in a pleasant country location. Some specialist activities will take place at our Luton campus, Park Square. If you have an undergraduate degree in accounting, finance, economics or other related areas and want to further your academic aspirations in accounting and finance – especially with a view to developing your career – then this course will fit your requirements.

Career opportunitiesThis course is designed to prepare you for senior management through technical expertise in aspects of accounting and finance.

Many applicants will aspire to work in the capital markets of their country, whilst others will wish to work in specialist areas of accounting and finance such as corporate governance or financial reporting. Graduates of this course find career opportunities in: investment, banking institutions and insurance; audit and corporate governance; risk management; and financial and management accounting.

Accounting & Finance (MSc)

Advances in corporate finance

Corporate governance and accountability

Advanced management accounting

Quantitative and research methods

Financial risk management

International finance and markets

Financial statement analysis and security valuation

Dissertation


To find out more contact Dr Syamarlah Rasaratnam:e: syamarlah.rasaratnam@

beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

37

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Starts in: September (or February for part-time students only)


Duration: 1 year full-time plus one optional period as part of Professional Practice, 2 years part-time plus one optional period as part of Professional Practice


Entry requirements: You should have at least a good Honours degree and/or a recognised teaching qualification (eg CELTA).Applicants will ideally have some experience of Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL/ELT). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.5 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-languageStudents who hold a DELTA or Trinity Diploma, or equivalent qualification can be considered to have the teaching practice element of this course compensated, if they wish to.

Key featuresn You will benefit from the prolific

and highly successful Centre for Research in English Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA) – led by Professor Cyril Weir, a world-famous expert in language testing and programme evaluation

n Invaluable opportunities to gain relevant and practical teaching experience

n Opportunity to gain professional practical experience with a work-placement programme

About the courseThis course is an advanced level professional qualification for practising and aspiring teachers of English and has been designed for both native and

non-native English speakers. For students with at least two years of experience, successful completion of the course will mean that you achieve Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL) Q status (Q = fully qualified in British Council terms). Graduates who start the course without teaching experience will achieve TEFLi status on completion (i = initial).

The course offers an excellent balance of theory and practice, and we focus on the real concerns of teachers working across the world. You will focus on areas such as the relationship between linguistics and learning English as a second or foreign language, the methodology and techniques of language teaching and the appropriateness and development of L2 materials. You will also examine various current issues in TEFL and have the opportunity to carry out a major piece of individual research on a topic of special interest.

Career opportunitiesThe MA Applied Linguistics (TEFL) will provide you with the advanced level practical classroom experience so valued by employers worldwide. You will also develop strong research skills and a critical understanding of relevant research. Opportunities exist to

teach in countries all over the world at universities, colleges or private language schools. Alternatively, you can continue your studies with us towards a PhD.

Applied Linguistics (TEFL) (MA)

The language system

The language system and language teaching

The methodology of language teaching

Exploring research: concepts and methods

Issues in TEFL (language teaching and learning theory)

Issues in TEFL (teaching practice)

Assessment and accreditation

L2 materials development

Opportunity to study a foreign language


To find out more contact Dr Claudia Saraceni:t: +44 (0)1582 489 359e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

38

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13 Rasel Howlader MA Applied Linguistics with TEFL student

I wanted to study Applied Linguistics with TEFL and this is the only university offering this combination. I now have a good command of the English language, which is attractive to employers. We also analyse language systems in-depth and find out how people learn English, enabling us to be effective teachers too.


Starts in: Variable


Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time


Entry requirements: You should have a good first degree or substantial experience gained working in a relevant subject. You should also have a well-defined research project that is planned in outline before you begin your study; a high level of motivation; good organisational skills; focused thinking; and the ability to work largely on your own, with guidance from a supervisor. As part of the application process, the application form and related documents should be accompanied by a research proposal of about 1,000 words. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Research interests cover a broad

spectrum of contemporary business issues

n Work with staff contributing at international level in their research areas

n Engage with cutting-edge research methods and analysis

n Opportunities to present at conferences and publish work in peer-reviewed journals

About the courseThe MA/MSc by Research in Business is designed for students who are interested in carrying out in-depth study in a specific area than is possible in taught postgraduate courses. The Business and Management Research Institute (BMRI) manages all of the research activity within the Business

School at the University of Bedfordshire and we offer a dynamic and flexible research environment.

You will agree your MA/MSc by Research in Business course with a supervisor from the BMRI. You will be expected to undertake independent study in your chosen area of research as well as research methods. You will be required to participate in research student training courses organised by the Research Graduate School and by your research centre. You may also attend further classes (by agreement) but you will not normally be assessed in these. Assessment of the MA/MSc by Research will be by submission of a thesis (usually of around 15,000 to 30,000 words) followed by a presentation and oral examination.

Within the BMRI the research interests of the members cover a broad range of research strands such as the Centre for Research in English Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA), the Centre for Research in ICT Business Applications (RICTA), the Centre for Advances in Marketing (please see BMRI website for further information: www.beds.ac.uk/research/bmri

Career opportunitiesThe MA/MSc by Research in Business is ideal for students who want to research topics relevant to their career goals, but who have limited time available. The course provides a route to higher degree research courses (MPhil/PhD offered at the University of Bedfordshire). Visit: www.bed.ac.uk/rgs to find out more.

By Research in Business (MA/MSc)

To find out more contact Kim Porter:t: +44 (0)1582 743 757 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Did you know?The University offers a full programme of training sessions for students on research degrees including automatic membership to its Research Student Support Group, which provides a forum for discussion on academic, social and administrative issues.

Our research has been rated as “internationally excellent” (RAE 2008)

39

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Putteridge Bury



Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree in Law or equivalent. UK degree holders in disciplines other than law will be admitted if their degree contains sufficient and adequate legal content and on the basis of their individual results or other relevant professional experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn This course will encourage students

to see ‘the bigger picture’ by introducing them to many different aspects of international trade law

n This will expand upon concepts taught on the EU law units and enable students on the course to build on the knowledge gained there

n You will be taught by leading academics with industry experience

n This approach distinguishes the course from others, and will produce students able to operate confidently at all three jurisdictional levels – national, European and global

About the courseThis is a new course with distinctive features. It combines traditional legal topics with other, non-legal, topics from the field of finance. It also provides you with a thorough grounding in EU law, but with value added. Much if not all of the UK’s trade law now derives from EU Regulations and Directives. Union law is also relevant for those wishing

to export out of the EU, and is vital for those wishing to import into the bloc, in particular if the imported product is likely to compete with any European rivals.

Problem-based learning will form a key part of this course, with many seminars and assignments centred in imaginary scenarios, the student’s job being to advise the hypothetical plaintiff on how they might resolve the legal problem with which they are faced.

Career opportunitiesOn completing this course, graduates will be well placed to progress into the following areas: solicitor in England and Wales; barrister in England and Wales; paralegal; International finance institutions and organisations; finance/banking; business; management consultant; corporate financier; academia; consultancy; legal executive; and the Government.

Corporate Law (LLM)

Corporate governance

Legal issues in European market integration



EU competition law

International contracts

Dissertation unit


To find out more contact Dr Richard Lang:t: +44 (0)1582 743 141 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

40

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Starts in: September or July


Duration: 1 year part-time September start. Four weeks intensive July start

Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. An interview with the course manager may also be required. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Invaluable opportunities to gain

relevant and practical teaching experience

n Opportunity to gain a professional qualification in language teaching

n You will receive guidance on how to look for TEFL/ELT positions in the UK and abroad

n In our last British Council inspection, the qualifications of staff and facilities were highlighted as particular points of excellence

About the courseThis is a postgraduate course in English Language Teaching leading to a professional qualification (TEFLI status), comparable to a CELTA qualification. The Certificate in ELT aims at developing language teaching awareness and an integral part of this course is observed and assessed teaching practice sessions, and observation of experienced English Language teachers.

This course is designed for people seeking teaching jobs in private schools or further education colleges in the UK and abroad. Trainees following the Certificate course come from a variety of different backgrounds:

n Experienced teachers wanting to add TEFL/ELT to their area of expertise

n Teachers of English as a foreign language who need a formal qualification

n Newly qualified graduates

n People seeking a career change

Career opportunitiesOur graduates are teaching in schools, colleges, and language institutions in many countries across the world. Some are also employed in teaching Communication Skills at the University

of Bedfordshire, in the Department of Language and Communication. The Certificate in ELT leads on to postgraduate study, in particular to the MA in Applied Linguistics TEFL.

Certificate in ELT (Teaching English as a Foreign Language)

Lesson planning and lesson objectives

Grammar teaching


One-to-one teaching and classroom teaching

Assessment

CLT ideas

Teaching vocabulary

Using audio/visual aids

Classroom management

Teaching receptive skills

Teaching productive skills

The learner-centred approach


To find out more contact Dr Claudia Saraceni:t: +44 (0)1582 489 359 e: claudia.saraceni@beds.


Did you know?You will have the opportunity to develop your teaching experience, with our teaching practice studios, and our observed and assessed teaching practice sessions.

41

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 1 year full-time plus one optional period as part of Professional Practice. 2 years part-time plus one optional period as part of Professional Practice


Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent, and/or relevant teaching experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.5 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-languageStudents who hold a DELTA or Trinity Diploma, or equivalent qualification can be considered to have the teaching practice element of this course compensated, if they wish to.

Key featuresn You will benefit from the prolific

and highly successful Centre for Research in English Language Learning and Assessment (CRELLA) – led by Professor Cyril Weir, a world-famous expert in language testing and programme evaluation

n Invaluable opportunities to gain relevant and practical teaching experience

n Opportunity to gain professional practical experience with a work-placement programme

About the courseThis MA in ELT Management is specifically designed for Continuing Professional Development (CPD) as it caters for those who want to become directors of studies/managers of ELT/language teaching and learning centres/institutions.

Unlike most TEFL/ELT courses at Master’s level in the UK, students

following this MA course will have an opportunity to gain a better understanding of management in the language teaching and learning (ELT and TEFL) industry. This is an interdisciplinary course that combines a wide range of areas drawing from the field of language teaching and learning, that of teacher training and that of business and management in an international context.

The culmination of the course consists of a single Dissertation/Project. This unit is based on independent work and focuses on original research and on the application of knowledge to inform the investigation of problems and move towards resolution of them.

For those students who would like to develop their work experience further, we are also offering them a new optional Professional Practice unit, which allows students to explore the practical issues relevant to their field of study in a professional/working environment of their own choosing. This may involve also working in a language teaching and learning institution abroad.

Career opportunitiesOur graduates take up careers in the management of language/ELT recognised centres such as universities, colleges, and language schools in many countries across the world. This can be either in the private or public sector. There is also the option to undertake PhD study here in various areas related to both business/management and language teaching and learning.

ELT Management (MA)

The methodology of language teaching

Exploring research: concepts and methods

Issues in TEFL (teaching practice)

Assessment and accreditation



Financial analysis

Marketing

Managing people

Opportunity to study a foreign language


Did you know?You will have the opportunity to develop your teaching experience, with our teaching practice studios, and our observed and assessed teaching practice sessions.

To find out more contact Dr Claudia Saraceni:t: +44 (0)1582 489 359 e: claudia.saraceni@beds.


42

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13





Entry requirements: Applicants should hold a first degree or equivalent in any aspect of Engineering, Science or a related discipline. Students without a first degree but with professional and vocational experience (Incorporated Engineer (IEng) or Chartered Engineer (CEng) status may be considered subject to demonstrating the potential to succeed. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Designed to help engineering and

technical graduates develop specialist skills and knowledge in engineering, manufacturing, operations and project management

n Opportunity to gain an additional qualification, PRINCE 2

n Collaborative learning with other postgraduate students from around the world in a professional conference-style learning environment

About the courseThe MSc Engineering Business Management is a specialist Master’s course which will enable you to become a knowledgeable and effective manager in a knowledge-based global economy. The approach will be not just multidisciplinary but also international, and will enable critical thinking and creativity in analysis, synthesis and appraisal.

The course takes a holistic view of engineering systems and incorporates critical areas for building and managing

future-focused engineering businesses. The course incorporates critical topics including lean operations, six sigma quality management, technology management and production systems management.

You will develop your ability to analyse problems logically and apply decision-making skills to reach feasible, realistic solutions.

All courses in the MBM Suite can be converted into an MBA when you have gained three years of business experience by undertaking credit-bearing projects totalling to 90 credits. These projects can be undertaken using supported learning while you are in employment over a period of up to two years.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of the MSc Engineering Business Management you will be well placed to pursue a career in engineering-based organisations in the public or private sector.

Engineering Business Management (MSc)

Production systems management (lean manufacturing focus)

Strategic technology management

Project management


Financial analysis

Risk and quality management (six sigma focus)


Management of operations

Managing people



To find out more contact Dr Nigel Williams:t: +44 (0)1582 743 730 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Our interactive teaching and learning enables you to discuss real case studies to evaluate Engineering management practices

43

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Luton campus, Vicarage Street, and Putteridge Bury campus, Luton

Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2 years part-time (available for UK students only)


Entry requirements: You should have an Honours degree or substantial professional experience in a relevant field. Applicants who have significant work experience or qualifications that differ from the above, but which nevertheless could be a basis for further study, may be invited for interview. You do not need prior training in intercultural communication, linguistics or communication, but should be interested in language, culture and communication. If you do not have an Honours degree but have relevant work experience, please contact the course manager. Candidates who are non-native speakers of English will need to have an English proficiency level of at least IELTS 6.5 or CAE Grade B (or equivalent). Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The University is the national centre

for the European Social Fund Project, Language and Culture for Business – so you will benefit from the resources and expertise this brings, as well as from a highly experienced teaching team

n Institutional membership of the Society for Intercultural Education Training and Research (SIETAR) is available to students

n Highly regarded visiting professors, including Charles Hampden-Turner and Alan Barrell, and professional trainers from organisations such as SIETAR visit the University as guest speakers

About the courseThis innovative course was the first of its kind in the UK, and provides in-depth training in intercultural communication, drawing on the latest developments

in linguistic and psychological theory. The focus on cultural diversity and communication issues will develop your ability to analyse and explain cultural differences in language use and in intercultural interactions, and to design effective intercultural training programmes. You will also examine and critically evaluate theories and research findings relating to communication across cultures.

Together with the core topics in intercultural communication, you may choose pathways to suit your interests and career ambitions in areas such as management, marketing and public relations, travel and tourism, and Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL). (For those wishing to take options from the TEFL pathway, previous experience in this area is expected). Differences in the way we communicate can affect interpersonal and intercultural relations. With the help of business and education case studies, you will learn how perceived cultural differences can be analysed and notions of miscommunication and negative stereotyping can be minimised.

The course will also teach you how to design, implement and effectively evaluate intercultural training programmes, equipping you with the practical and professional skills of the trainer/adviser. This will enable you to address contemporary issues affecting today’s multicultural societies, both nationally and internationally.

Career opportunitiesBy successfully completing the MA in Intercultural Communication, you will gain skills that are highly valued by employers worldwide, and you will be able to draw on empirical evidence to explain how linguistic and cultural factors can influence the effectiveness of communication and the appropriate management of relationships. You will have the knowledge, understanding and experience to help deal effectively with cultural diversity issues in areas

such as international business, aid agencies, local authority service providers, and education.


Intercultural Communication (MA)

Cultural diversity and change

Exploring research concepts and methods

The communication process

Language and intercultural relations

Intercultural training

The methodology of language teaching (optional)

Issues in TEFL (optional)

Professional practice (optional)

International tourism (optional)

Managing people (optional)

International marketing (optional)

Public relations (optional)

International relations (optional)


To find out more contact Tricia Smart:t: +44 (0)1582 743 205 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Did you know?This course is the first of its kind in the UK and provides in-depth training in intercultural communication, drawing on the latest developments in linguistic and psychological theory.

44

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree in Law or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The School of Law has been

commended by the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA), which was impressed by the way students praised the quality of teaching

n We endeavour to stretch students’ experiences beyond simply the academic stage of training future lawyers

n We offer a rich and diverse learning environment that will equip you for the modern commercial world

n Our teaching team has substantial experience in lecturing to international audiences, as well as working as consultants to international clients

About the courseWith the growth of international trade and commerce, a good understanding of international commercial law is essential for anyone intending to practise in an international business environment.

This course offers the opportunity to study a vibrant area of law and to develop a range of complementary skills. It is designed to focus on international commercial legal matters, and uses contemporary examples and real-world commercial situations to foster understanding.

As well as developing an in-depth knowledge of the rules of law and legal processes relevant to international transactions, you will also have an opportunity to study specialist subject areas, such as international aviation law. Our experienced and supportive teaching team will also help increase your use of independent and original thinking on legal matters, as well as your oral and written communication skills. The course is aimed at those who wish to pursue a legal career in business or commerce, but will also be relevant for those wishing to practise in any legal environment.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of the LLM International Commercial Law, you will be equipped with the skills, knowledge and confidence to pursue a career in law.


International Commercial Law (LLM)

International alternative dispute resolution

International aviation law

Corporate governance and company law

International contracts

LLM dissertation


To find out more contact Konstantinos Sergakis:t: +44 (0)1582 743 880 e: konstantinos.sergakis@

beds.ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/business

45

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton, with some specialist activities taking place at the Luton campus, Park Square



Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2), or equivalent in a relevant discipline. This might include finance, economics, accounting, business studies (provided that a good level of numeracy is included) and pure science subjects, again where numeracy features. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Mix with other postgraduate students

from around the world

n We have excellent contacts within the Securities and Investments Institute (SII)

n The course was developed through consultation with professionals in the banking and finance industry

n We are located close to the City of London for study and placement opportunities

n The teaching team is an international group that has presented at conferences throughout the world

About the courseThis new course is designed to build on your undergraduate skills in finance. If you have an undergraduate degree in accounting, finance, economics or other related areas and want to learn more about international finance and banking – especially with a view to developing your career – this course will fit your requirements. London’s finance and

banking centres are easily accessible – giving you real-world resources to aid your learning.

The course will be delivered through lectures, seminars and expert visiting speakers, and will also involve visits to the institutions that you are studying. Our tutors have many years of experience in finance and banking and have excellent expertise in the area.

Career opportunitiesThis course is designed to prepare you for senior management through the development of technical expertise in aspects of the banking and finance industry. Many applicants will aspire to work in the capital markets of their home countries, while others will wish to work in specialist areas of banking and finance. The international nature of the banking and finance industry makes this course highly desirable for those with an ambition to succeed in the industry.

International Finance & Banking (MSc)


Banking and financial intermediation


Corporate banking



Foundation of investment theories

Dissertation


To find out more contact Dr Mingru Sun:t: +44 (0) 1234 400 400 (ext. 2109) e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

46

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 1 year full-time* or 18 months



Key featuresn All assessments take place within the

University and there are no external examinations

n Mix with other postgraduate students in a unique environment

n The course adopts a blended learning approach, combining use of up-to-date e-Media with traditional tuition and access to well-stocked library resources

About the courseThere is a growing recognition that an organisation’s success is critically dependent upon effective management of its employees.

Whether in the competitive world of commercial business or the changing and challenging context of the public and not-for-profit sector, it is increasingly vital to have skilled, committed and empowered employees who gain satisfaction from meeting the goals of the organisation. To achieve this is not easy – professional human resource management practitioners can play a vital role in bringing their special expertise to bear on the challenges presented.

This course gives you the opportunity to develop as an HR practitioner from an international perspective, able

to provide a high level of practical expertise and contribute effectively to the achievement of successful human resource management.

It will enable you to explore the research and debates about human resource management practices that are fundamental to organisations in contemporary society, as well as attempting to answer the critical questions posed. You will assess current thinking within this rapidly developing field at both operational and strategic levels.

You will develop a strategic view of human resource management, and learn to recognise the key people-management implications of corporate goals and problems, analyse data using relevant techniques and knowledge, and to develop action plans for practical implementation. Through a blend of studying key ideas and theories, case study work and practical investigation of business situations, you will develop the expertise to make an invaluable contribution to effective organisational management.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of this course you will be well placed to pursue a career as a professional human resource practitioner in areas such as employee resourcing, training and development, employment relations and reward management.

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. There is also 18 months option where students will have the opportunity to go on a work placement if they wish.

International Human Resource Management (MA)

International business environment

Human side of management

Introduction to human resource management

Communication in business

Comparative human resource management

Employee engagement

Personnel resourcing

Human resource development

Engaging with research

Applied human resource management project


To find out more contact Dr Samar Baddar:t: +44 (0)1582 743 941 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

47

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Ahmad AwaisMA International Human Resource Management student(Pakistan)

This course has given me the confidence to get to grips with the HR field, and I think the most important thing that this course has instilled is the ability to critically evaluate and solve HR-related problems in an academic and organisational setting.



Location: Luton campus, Vicarage Street and Putteridge Bury campus

Duration: 1 year full-time, 18 months with internship, 2 years part-time (EU/UK students only)


Entry requirements: Ideally you should have an Honours degree. You do not need prior training in international relations but should be interested in the area of international relations or international business environments. Alternatively you may have substantial professional experience in a relevant field (typically three years or more). Applicants who have significant work experience or qualifications that differ from the above, but which nevertheless could be a basis for further study, may be invited for interview. Please contact the course manager for further information.Candidates who are non-native speakers of English will need to have an English proficiency level of at least IELTS 6.0.

Key featuresn Explore international relations in an

interdisciplinary manner reflecting the true nature of international institutions and organisations today

n Gain professional practical experience with a work placement programme

n Work within a department with a proven record for excellence in research and student achievement, and have the opportunity to take your studies further to PhD level

n You will have the added opportunity to study a foreign language to enhance your skills profile

About the courseThe MA International Relations, both in content and method of delivery is innovative and creative as well as having a strong focus on employability. The growth of NGOs, in numbers and influence on the world stage, the internationalisation of industry and all areas of business, the multi-

cultural communities comprised of both economic migrants and refugees globally, makes knowledge of international relations an imperative for graduates who want to work internationally or engage in international issues at home, whether they be in political, economic, or business arenas.

The course is interdisciplinary, combining IR studies with cultural studies, and addresses the need for intercultural competence in all international situations. This is now of paramount importance as both politics and culture integrate to shape economic, technological, demographic and social justice concerns.

The delivery of the course is a combination of traditional lectures, workshops and tutorials together with practical experience and the opportunity to engage in meaningful research addressing ‘real world’ issues by gathering both primary and secondary data in their research projects. The Department of Language and Communication has a proven record of research and to further this emphasis on expanding research, the Department holds a series of plenary lectures from academics, visiting scholars, and PhD students from universities around the UK as well as speakers from NGOs, Aid Agencies, and Think Tanks.

To further emphasise the importance of this multidisciplinary approach, you may choose three option units from a variety of disciplines such as Linguistics, International Marketing, Finance and Globalisation, Law and the Media. While some units such as Law and PR are an extension of previous studies or expertise, other units such as those from Linguistics, International Marketing or Finance and Globalisation and Social Media are open to all students and require no prior knowledge or expertise. However combined with the core units from the MA these will increase your employability. The culmination of this MA is your dissertation in which you will explore a topic of your own choosing but relevant to international relations through a variety of research methods.

Career opportunitiesThe MA International Relations (IR) provides you with the knowledge and skills to work internationally in a wide variety of institutions and organisations. The scope of studies in IR is broad but always includes a strong emphasis on debate, free enquiry and curiosity. Today with the growing need to understand the basis of international exchange in all walks of life, studies in IR reach out to other disciplines such as anthropology, cultural studies, economics, business, sociology, geography, history, law or literature. Typically students in IR will work for NGOs, government and local authority institutions; international business, education and the media.

International Relations (MA)

Areas of study include

International relations (IR theory and international institutions)

International relations (globalisation, conflict and reform)

Cultural diversity and change

Exploring research

Professional practice

Linguistics and TEFL (option)

International finance (option)

Management (option)

International law (option)

Marketing and PR (option)

Social media (option)


To find out more contact Tricia Smart:t: +44 (0)1582 743 205 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

48

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: Applicants will normally be considered on individual merits. Applicants will need a Second Class Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent in a relevant discipline. This might include finance, economics, accounting, or business studies (provided that a good level of numeracy is included) and pure science subjects, where numeracy features. Certain areas within the business domain will be excluded as having insufficient numeracy; for example marketing and human resource management. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The course provides the necessary

foundation for graduates who are preparing for a career in investment and security analysis or portfolio analysis

n The technical knowledge gained from this course is enhanced by the application and integration of theory and practice within the decision context

n The development of applicants’ foundations in the theory and practice of finance will enhance employment opportunities

n The course provides applicants with the ability to synthesise information from different sources, contextual approaches and perspectives, and to apply financial models in order to solve complex corporate finance and other equity market issues

About the courseThe broad aims of this course are to enable you to be an effective investment and finance analyst in a range of organisations.

The technical knowledge gained from this course will enhance your decision-making ability through the application of technical and analytical investment and financial tools to complex finance issues.

You will be able to analyse and implement solutions to equity investment and portfolio management problems including issues raised in equity risk management and equity markets.

The practical approach of the course ensures a strong vocational foundation for careers in finance. Investment and finance are also studied in an international context to provide the necessary foundations for a career in the global economy.

During the course of your studies you will be developing your knowledge, skills and wider attributes. This MSc course delivers a broad range of investment techniques and financial analytical tools used widely by investment professionals.

Career opportunitiesGraduates of this course are well placed to find career opportunities in: finance and investment including banking institutions and insurance; audit and corporate governance; risk management and corporate finance.

Investment & Finance (MSc)


Foundations of investment

Investment analysis and portfolio management

Financial risk management




Dissertation


To find out more contact Dr Walter Mkumbuzi:t: +44 (0)1582 743 742 e: walter.mkumbuzi@beds.


Assessment will be carried out using a mixture of approaches including written essay, group work, and oral presentations to name just a few

49

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: Applicants should hold a first degree. Consideration will be given to mature applicants with lower level qualifications, but with substantial (three years or more) relevant management experience. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The course enables graduates to

develop specialist knowledge and skills in logistics and supply chain management to enhance their employability

n You will be taught by staff from the Operations and Knowledge Management Research Group

n Collaborative learning with other postgraduate students from around the world in a professional conference-style learning environment

n Opportunities to interact with guest speakers from industries and have site visits to major logistics centres

About the courseIn recent years, logistics and supply chain management have been recognised as important management approaches and strategies to increase an organisation’s operational effectiveness and gain competitive advantage. The course aims to develop your knowledge and skills, to manage contemporary logistics and supply chains effectively in various industry sectors, whilst evaluating the issues in

managing logistics and supply chains within the trend of globalisation.

The course also aims to ensure you have a critical awareness of legal, social and environmental issues faced by modern logistics organisations. It will equip you with the skills to optimise supply chain and logistics management decisions at operational, tactical and strategic levels in the fast changing business environment. It will also introduce you to the current best practices of modern businesses around the world in managing their supply chain and logistics operations. It will help you to gain a critical insight into current logistics and supply chain management practice within a variety of environments, and how supply chains are managed locally, nationally and over international boundaries. You will develop your ability to analyse problems logically and apply decision-making skills to reach feasible, realistic solutions.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of the course, you will have developed skills valued by employers worldwide. The course’s focus on contemporary concepts within the area of supply chain management, operations management and logistics means you will have the up-to-date and relevant knowledge to pursue a career

in areas such as logistics management, supply chain management, procurement management, inventory management, consultancy, and quality management.

Logistics & Supply Chain Management (MSc)

Supply chain management


Logistics management

Financial analysis

Project management


Sustainable logistics and supply chain management





To find out more contact Dr Qile He:t: +44 (0)1582 489 252 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Undertake collaborative learning with other postgraduate students from around the world in a professional, conference-style learning environment

50

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree in one of the following areas: marketing; advertising; public relations; media studies or business (with some marketing focus); or other cognate discipline eg psychology.Exceptional entry for mature students is available for applicants who can demonstrate their ability to study at this level and/or have considerable experience in the field of marketing communications. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Excellent reputation for teaching

n Teaching and research staff with industry experience

n Emphasis on building student employability skills


About the courseThere is a focus on developing your knowledge and understanding in three areas of integrated marketing communications systems: public relations, advertising, and interactive and direct marketing. A key theme and driving force of the course is the concept of integration, both at an organisational level (integrated marketing) and at a campaign level (integrated marketing communications). The course is practical in nature enabling you to develop your skills in creating marketing communications, campaign planning and evaluation, and acquire a

critical knowledge of brand management and buyer behaviour.

The teaching team includes researchers and staff with extensive industry experience and there may also be active involvement of practitioners in the course. You will benefit from lectures and ‘live’ assignments from UK agencies and brand owners which will help to prepare you for employment on completion of the course.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of this course you will be able to propose and implement strategies addressing brand, and target customer and media issues that acknowledge and involve internal and external stakeholders. Your ability to produce and justify a creative integrated marketing communications plan will be invaluable to employers worldwide.

The cutting-edge knowledge and expertise you will acquire will allow you to pursue a career in the marketing communications sectors of advertising, public relations, direct marketing, or in client-side strategic brand management. Roles include: account executive; advertising account planner; PR officer; PR event manager; direct marketing creatives; mailing house manager; media buyer; and brand manager.

Marketing Communications (MSc)

Marketing communications

Brand management and research

Marketing communications and society

Public relations issues

Integrated marketing

Advertising

Interactive and direct marketing

Current issues in marketing communications

Dissertation


To find out more contact Dr Annie Danbury:t: +44 (0)1582 743 037 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

51

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Vishal MehtaMSc Marketing Communications student

I really enjoy the course. It centres on how marketing communications are used worldwide. The academics are experts in their fields and provide the most up-to-date knowledge in the area, which we can use in our studies and apply to situations in the real world.




Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time, or 3-4 years by distance learning


Entry requirements: You should have an Honours degree, or equivalent. Exceptionally, students may be admitted with evidence of previous advanced study and significant management experience, which the University accepts as qualifying the applicant for entry. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The course is accredited by the

Association for Project Management and also reflects areas of knowledge specified by the Project Management Institute

n Opportunity to put theory into practice via the delivery of a real project for a client

n PRINCE2 Project Management Foundation and Practitioner training available

About the courseThe course will develop your knowledge and skills to manage projects effectively in the commercial, public and voluntary sector. Its content has been developed with reference to the project management professional bodies and with input from project management specialists from a range of organisations, ensuring the course reflects current and best practice.

The management of complex projects can be challenging and requires a multidisciplinary skill set including planning and resource management but also soft skills, such as interpersonal and leadership skills.

The course covers a range of study areas to reflect the responsibilities of today’s project manager. It includes managing projects for today’s global companies over international boundaries. Real case studies are used to evaluate project management practice through discussion in seminars and workshops. The course will provide students with access to PRINCE2 training, giving you an additional professional qualification that is attractive to employers.

Career opportunitiesThis course will give you a valuable qualification that is attractive to employers as project management professionals are in demand. The course is open to graduates of all disciplines seeking to develop a career in project

management. Managers wishing to develop their career with the addition of project management expertise will benefit from the course. Graduates from the course will have the flexibility to work in a range of organisations, as a manager, project manager or in a consultancy capacity.

Project Management (MSc)

Project entrepreneurship


Project management tools and techniques

Risk and quality management

The human side of management

Financial analysis

Project (delivery of a real client project)


Applied management research project or dissertation


To find out more contact Dr David Owen:t: +44 (0)1582 793 227 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

52

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

The course is well-coordinated and the academic team has been great. The highlight for me was passing PRINCE2 training – it has given me the confidence to deal with risk assessment and quality assurance matters. As part of the course, I organised a fundraising event where I faced many genuine project management issues which were mostly related to HR.

Milda Ratkelyte MSc Project Management graduate (now working as an energy sector project manager for Terrapinn, a business conference producer based in Singapore)



Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton (full-time) or Luton campus, Park Square (part-time)



Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent, in a relevant discipline such as marketing, advertising, public relations, media studies or business (with a strong marketing focus), or other cognate discipline. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language Exceptional entry for mature students on either study mode is available for applicants who can demonstrate their ability to study at this level and/or have considerable experience in the field of public relations, marketing or marketing communications.

Key featuresn Mix with other postgraduate students

from around the world in a unique environment

n Emphasis on building student employability skills

n Benefit from links with leading UK agencies in public relations

About the courseThroughout the course you will develop a deep theoretical knowledge of the place of public relations in society and, in the context of an integrated approach to marketing communications, as a fundamental tool of reputation management. In addition, you will build practical skills in public relations through engagement with current industry practice informed by leading practitioners. These

theoretical and applied polarities of the course are distinctive features and lead to high levels of employability or form the basis of further postgraduate study.

The course teaches an integrated approach to marketing and marketing communications, with public relations ‘earning its keep’ and justifying its place at the heart of corporate management. It encourages the inquisitive, rewards the hard-working and builds skills for those intending to further their careers at a high level in public relations. Throughout, it stresses critical thinking, reflective practice and self-reliance – all of which are characteristics expected of today’s senior public relations practitioners. It develops skills in campaign planning and evaluation which are firmly rooted in understanding ‘the brand’, whether discrete or corporate.

It will develop key transferable skills of imagination and creativity, effective teamwork, communication, decision making and critical self-awareness – all of which are core skills demanded by 21st century employers.

The part-time delivery option is aimed primarily at those currently working in the public relations, marketing or marketing communications industries. It will normally be run as a separate stream to the full-time option. In the case of MA Public Relations part-time, lectures and workshops will normally run on Wednesday evenings and occasional Saturdays (morning and afternoon). Delivery will be at the Luton campus, Park Square.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of this course you will have a sensitive understanding of developments in the media and the ability to use this understanding to develop effective multi-faceted public relations campaigns. You will be ideally placed to develop a career in public relations or within an integrated marketing communications discipline, whether in consultancy or in an in-house corporate function. Public relations is in great demand in today’s society in a

variety of spheres, including industry, commerce, government, the voluntary and service sectors – indeed anywhere there is a need to communicate or defend the activities of an organisation. Post-experience students successfully completing the part-time course will improve their opportunities to move into or be promoted within public relations roles at their existing employers or others in the fields of public relations, marketing or marketing communications.

Public Relations (MA)

Public relations issues

Media relations

Social media and public relations

Employee relations

Crisis management

Integrated marketing

Marketing communications and society


To find out more contact Neville Hunt:t: +44 (0)1582 743 254 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

Did you know?You will be taught by leading experts in public relations who have years of extensive industry experience, including Neville Hunt, who was awarded the prestigious Norman Manners PR Professional of the Year Award 2008.

53

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Luton campus, Park Square or Bedford campus

Duration: 2-3 years part-time. Attendance is between one and three evenings per week, depending on the combination of subjects chosen

Open to: UK/EU students (see page 190)

Entry requirements: The minimum entry requirement is two A Levels and three GCSEs or their equivalent. These need to be in five separate subjects including English and Maths. For more information, please refer to: www.accaglobal.com

Key featuresn Students can sit papers flexibly to fit

individual requirements

n Study groups are not too large and there is individual attention to improve your abilities

n Boost career and earnings potential

n Taught on a part-time basis to fit with existing work and personal commitments

n Led by an experienced and passionate academic team

n Graduates can demonstrate their value to current and future employers

About the courseThe ACCA course leads to the skills and knowledge papers for the ACCA qualification that is essential for anyone wishing to pursue a senior managerial position in accounting or finance. On completion of this course, you will be able to apply for senior level positions in the industry.

The course is designed for people who are already working in the accounting or finance industry, who wish to further their career by professional qualification, or who wish to enter the profession. You may have completed the Association of Accounting Technicians (AAT) or Certified Accounting Technician (CAT) qualification and wish to take the next step, or may be entering the profession for the first time. We will be offering the new fundamentals stage of the ACCA study, which consists of three knowledge and six skills papers.

Career opportunitiesThis course aims to prepare you for senior management through technical expertise in accounting and finance.

The ACCA qualification will equip you to advance in management accounting, financial accounting and reporting, taxation, auditing, and general financial management. This qualification adds value to your experience and enables you to demonstrate your capability to perform at a high level in the accounting and finance industry.

On completion of the course you will have up to nine of the skills and knowledge papers required for the ACCA qualification. To find out more visit: http://uob.cc/acca-course

Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA)

Knowledge papers

F1 Accountant in business

F2 Management accounting

F3 Financial accounting

Skills papers

F4 Corporate and business law

F5 Performance management

F6 Taxation

F7 Financial reporting

F8 Audit and assurance

F9 Financial management


To find out more contact Larry Teh (Bedford course manager):t: +44 (0)1234 793 066 e: [email protected]

Deborah Maguire (Luton course manager):e: deborah.maguire@beds.

ac.uk

w: http://uob.cc/business

54

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

The possession of the ACCA qualification adds value to your experience and enables you to demonstrate your capability to perform at a high level



Location: Luton campus, Vicarage Street



Entry requirements: Candidates’ command of the written and spoken languages should be equal to the standard of a BA Honours language degree. Students must be able to switch between the two languages easily, transferring ideas and concepts between them. Candidates should indicate the language they are offering and which Public Service Option they prefer (Local Government or Law).We welcome applications from students with ethnically diverse backgrounds, mature students and international students. The University supports a widening participation, open access agenda and encourages applicants with non-standard qualifications.All applicants will be invited for a brief interview before being offered a place on the course. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants

to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Tutors on the course are qualified and

experienced interpreters

n You will have the support of a language tutor who is a qualified interpreter

n Speakers from the appropriate sector play a prominent role in the course and visits are arranged to institutions within that sector

About the courseThe Public Service Interpreting Diploma is offered in two subject areas: Law and Local Government.

The Diploma in Public Service Interpreting (DPSI) is nationally recognised award and provides evidence of the ability to interpret between providers and users of the public services, such as the law and the NHS, who do not share a common language.

The course focuses on the theory and practice of interpreting and, at the same

time, prepares the student to work in one of three public service sectors, law, health or local government. (Law and Local Government are the only options offered at the University of Bedfordshire.)

Speakers from the appropriate sector play a prominent role in the course. Students will work closely with course tutors and language tutors, who are all qualified interpreters.

The skills acquired by the students during the course include consecutive and simultaneous interpreting, sight translation, written translation, note-taking skills. In addition, students will gain knowledge of ethical and professional practice skills related to the role of the public service interpreter.

Career opportunitiesPast students are working in a range of jobs in the public sector, such as legal services and the NHS. Holders of the DPSI can apply for membership of the National Register of Public Service Interpreters. This register is used by public services to recruit interpreters at local, regional and national levels.

Dr Vladimir Zegarac

The skills acquired on the DPSI course are valuable in any work situation which involves interpersonal communication. At the University of Bedfordshire’s Language Centre, where our DPSI course is delivered, you can benefit from excellent facilities for group and individual practice, which will help you develop and improve your language and communication skills in general, and your interpreting and translation skills, in particular.

Public Service Interpreting Diploma (DPSI) (Law and Local Government options)

English language suite


To find out more contact Dr Vladimir Zegarac via the Course Administrator, Joanne Glass:t: +44 (0)1582 743 750 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

55

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton and overseas centres

Duration: 2 years part-time involving an induction, plus eight workshops each year, and online programmes


Entry requirements: You should have a good first degree in any discipline and a minimum of two years of management experience. Entry to the course is available for applicants without a degree but with management experience who demonstrate an ability to meet the intellectual demands of the course. Our Executive MBA students have an average age of 34 years and an average of 10 years of work experience.

Key featuresn An internationally recognised degree

n Mix with other experienced managers

n Opportunities to attend high-profile business events run by the University’s Knowledge Hub and hear from external speakers

n Our weekend tutoring with supported learning materials enables flexibility for busy lifestyles

n We offer innovative learning materials and a course structure to maximise personal and strategic management development opportunities

n Our MBA is delivered worldwide and there may be possibilities for international day schools/networking events

About the courseThe University of Bedfordshire Business School’s 20 years’ experience of teaching the Executive MBA has identified that practising managers have many motivations for embarking on the course. These include accelerated advancement in their chosen profession; a change of career direction; a desire to start their own business; acquisition of cutting-edge business skills and the ability to apply them more effectively.

By undertaking MBA study at the University, you signal your commitment to an existing or future employer by taking charge of your career and by building strategic skills in readiness for increased management responsibility. Like the full-time MBA, the Executive MBA combines core disciplines with innovative subject areas such as entrepreneurship and leadership to understand the ‘big picture’ of business life and underpin career success in strategic management and leadership in the commercial and public sectors.

The Executive MBA is taught on the basis of supported learning with the use of resources such as study guides and podcasts, and a live online classroom that combines traditional contact with lecturers with the use of new media. With the academic groundwork undertaken through self-directed individual and group study, the traditional, face-to-face sessions become focused ‘quality time’ for critical discussion and application of business and management models to real-life business problems.

You will complete two projects during the course: one focused on leadership and the other a case study that integrates your previous learning. We require all students to have a minimum of two years of management experience, so you will be able to network with, and learn from, other experienced managers.

Executive MBA graduates have automatic entitlement to membership of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), which offers regular regional meetings with keynote speakers, networking opportunities and online access to a management resource centre. While studying your MBA you will be able to attend our Knowledge Network meetings where business professionals meet to share their knowledge and experience, and listen to presentations from guest speakers. We also have an active Alumni Association, which offers further networking opportunities.

Career opportunitiesExecutive MBA students come from a range of sectors and organisational backgrounds including manufacturing; information technology; retail and services; healthcare; the commercial and public sectors; and both large and small- to medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). The Executive MBA is a career accelerator and our experience shows that you will progress by applying your learning to your personal and professional life.

Executive (MBA)

Leading and managing people

Accounting for leaders

Marketing products and services in a dynamic environment

Mobilising creativity and innovation

Operations and project management

Strategy

Entrepreneurship and small business management

Thriving in a competitive global context

Leadership project

Integrated management project


To find out more contact Tim Priestman:t: +44 (0)1582 743 972 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

56

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


The Executive MBA (Healthcare) consists of core units of the Executive MBA with additional units aimed at healthcare professionals.

The Executive MBA (Information Technology Management) consists of core units of the Executive MBA with additional units aimed at healthcare professionals.

During the course you will study:

n Leading and managing people

n Accounting for leaders

n Marketing products and services in a dynamic environment

n Governance and ethics for healthcare

n Operations and project management

n Strategy

n Leadership project

n Integrated management project


n Information systems for hospital and health services

n Health economics: commissioning and providing for quality

n Perspectives on public health and patient safety

n Leading learning in healthcare environments


During the course you will study:

n Leading and managing people

n Accounting for leaders

n Marketing products and services in a dynamic environment

n Maximising impact from emerging technologies

n Operations and project management

n Strategy

n Leadership project

n Integrated management project


n Project management methodologies

n Information systems strategy

n Managing data


Executive MBA (Healthcare)

Executive MBA (Information Technology Management)


57

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

These courses focus on enabling you to work more productively with people at work in a dynamic environment




Duration: 2 years part-time, Wednesday 1pm-5.30pm

Open to: UK students (see page 190)

Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree, or equivalent. This course is open to home students only. Students must be currently engaged in, or have significant relevant experience in an HR role.All applicants must have the ability to study and complete all assessments with a suitably high standard of English. Applicants who have already attained their postgraduate diploma may be eligible to ‘top up’ their studies to gain the MSc Human Resource Management by undertaking just one taught unit and a dissertation.

Key featuresn The course is accredited by the

CIPD but all assessment takes place within the University and there are no external examinations

n Mix with other postgraduate students in a unique environment

n The course adopts a blended learning approach, combining up-to-date use of electronic media with traditional tuition and access to well-stocked library resources

About the courseThere is a growing recognition that an organisation’s success is critically dependent upon effective management of its employees. Whether in the competitive world of commercial business, or the changing and challenging context of the public and not-for-profit sector, it is increasingly vital to have skilled, committed and empowered employees who gain satisfaction from meeting the goals of the organisation. To achieve this is not easy – professional human resource management practitioners play a vital role in bringing their special expertise to bear on the challenges presented.

This dynamic course gives you the opportunity to develop as a professional practitioner, able to provide a high level of practical expertise towards achieving successful human resource management. You will assess current thinking at both operational and strategic levels. You will develop a strategic view of human resource management, learning to recognise the key people management implications of corporate goals and problems to analyse data using relevant techniques and knowledge, and to develop action plans for practical implementation. Through a blend of studying key ideas and theories, case study work and practical investigation of business situations, you will develop the professional expertise to make an invaluable contribution to effective organisational management.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of this course you will be well placed to enhance your career as a professional human resource practitioner in areas such as employee resourcing, training and development, employment relations and reward management.

The course enables you to gain Full Membership of the Chartered Institute

of Personnel and Development, which is becoming essential for career progression within this professional field.

Human Resource Management (MSc) Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) accredited

The human side of management

Business environment and performance

People resourcing

Employee reward

Learning and development

Employee relations

People management and development

Research methods


To find out more contact Caroline Bolam:t: +44 (0)1582 743 268 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/business

58

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Assess current thinking within this rapidly developing field, at both operational and strategic levels



Location: Bedford campus

Duration: 2 years part-time. Attendance is required for one afternoon and evening (the same day) per week. Some weekend attendance is also required for skills development workshops


Entry requirements: Entry onto the course is by application form and formal interview. You must be currently employed in human resources, or in a line management/supervisory role or related area. If you do not have formal qualifications you will be invited to show evidence that you are likely to make a contribution to, and benefit from, the course and be able to meet the assessment criteria. In most cases it will be sufficient to show capability in basic mathematics and written English, computer literacy, and considerable and varied experience of work in an office environment. A level or similar qualifications will help support a case for admission but is not essential. You will be expected to work in groups on given tasks and show willingness to undertake necessary and directed research. Applicants holding degree qualifications in a business-related discipline will normally be admitted to the course. Those holding such qualifications in other disciplines should normally also have significant experience of work in an office environment, preferably in a human resources role. Applicants who have achieved the Certificate in Personnel Practice or a similar qualification will normally be admitted to the course.

Key featuresn The course provides a dual award to

be achieved (PgDipHRM from the University of Bedfordshire and an Advanced Level Diploma in HRM from CIPD)

n It provides a professional route to CIPD membership for business professionals and graduates

n It provides a timely completion pathway

n It provides a career progression route onto the MSc in HRM

n The course is taught on a part-time basis to fit in with your existing work commitments

n You will experience learning (and networking) in the company of other HR practitioners and enhance your knowledge and understanding of HR issues within the public, private and not-for-profit employment sectors

About the courseThe human resources profession is changing; it is more business-focused, more internationally oriented and adds more value for employers than ever before. This course will provide students with essential knowledge, understanding and skills required to be effective HR practitioners. Through critical analysis and investigation they will develop an understanding of the business and international context within which HR operates, as well as the role of HR in driving organisational performance.

This course will also provide students with eligibility for membership into the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development the professional body for those involved in the management and development of people. The postgraduate diploma is aimed at those who are looking to progress to a management-level position and beyond within the personnel and development sector.

The course will develop your practical skills and widen your knowledge of specialist areas of human resource management including employee resourcing, learning and development, employee reward, and employee relations. You will be taught by tutors who are experts in their fields and study alongside other HR practitioners and people managers. Due to the practical application of the course, it is best suited to those currently working within a personnel and development role.

Career opportunitiesStudents who have undertaken this course have found that it boosts their career and earnings potential, and demonstrates to both current and future employers their value as an employee. The course also provides an opportunity to gain an internationally recognised professional qualification and become part of a community of 127,000 professionals that make the CIPD a vibrant and professional body, defining good practice for this increasingly critical business discipline. Your knowledge and understanding of important HR issues will increase via access to the CIPD’s range of podcasts, online journals, research and legal updates. You will also have access to the latest HR vacancies, business news, corporate governance, employment law and much more.

Human Resource Management (PgDip) Accredited by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD)

Leading, managing and developing people

HRM in a strategic business context

Resourcing and talent management

Managing employment relations

Performance and reward management

Learning and talent development

Reflective practice in business leadership

Management research report


To find out more contact Janice Johnson:t: +44 (0)1234 793 082 e: [email protected]

Sarah Jones:t: +44 (0)1234 793 245 e: [email protected]

w: http://beds.ac.uk/business

59

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 1 year part-time (one afternoon and evening per week)


Entry requirements: You should have some experience in management or supervision and be qualified to degree/NVQ level 4 standard. Entry is also possible for applicants who have more substantial management experience and can demonstrate their ability to study at this level.

Key featuresn Our teaching team has first-hand

experience in the field, combined with significant research and consultancy work

n The course draws on best practice from all three sectors

n A nationally accredited course that will build on your experience and advance your career

n You can ‘fast track’ to our MBA when you successfully complete the Postgraduate Certificate

n Networking and learning opportunities through other students and the CMI

About the courseThis postgraduate course is intended for managers working in the private, public or voluntary sectors who are keen to reflect on and develop their practice. It will provide relevant theoretical knowledge and understanding relating to best practice in all three sectors, as well as opportunities to engage in debate with fellow managers. Students on the course are from a wide variety of organisational backgrounds and this provides a stimulating environment for critical debate and shared learning about leadership and management.

As well as enhancing your understanding of contemporary management theory, the course aims to develop your ability to reflect on your managerial experience and transfer

learning back into practice in the workplace. All participating members will be enrolled as student members of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI) for the duration of the course. CMI membership benefits include regular meetings with keynote speakers, as well as access to a state-of-the art management resources centre.

On successful completion of the course, you will receive the University of Bedfordshire Postgraduate Certificate in Management. Students who also successfully undertake an additional work-based project unit will also receive the CMI Level 7 Diploma in Strategic Management and Leadership – a nationally recognised qualification entitling you to apply for associate membership of the CMI.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of the course, you will be equipped for progression as a qualified, professional manager. The Postgraduate Certificate in Management is a generalist qualification, giving you an insight into your strengths and capabilities, thus enabling you to plan your preferred career path. The course also aims to improve the competitiveness of the organisation and optimise the use of resources. Successful completion of this course gives you automatic exemption from part of the MBA course. Please ask for further details.

Management (PgCert) Also accredited as the CMI Diploma in Strategic Management & Leadership

Managing people and relationships

Organisation and environment

Managing finance

Managing projects


To find out more contact Dr Alison Hirst:e: [email protected] w: http://beds.ac.uk/business

60

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Become a reflective manager able to apply theory and experience to improve practice in the workplace, whilst working towards dual accreditation from the University and the CMI

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International) E: [email protected] www.beds.ac.uk 61

Bu

sin

ess,

Man

agem

ent,

Law

& L

ing

uis

tics

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Computer systems and software are an integral part of the world in which we live. Few areas of our working and personal

lives remain untouched by technology. Well-engineered, reliable and usable systems are crucial to the survival of

virtually all organisations today, to the functioning of the global economy and even for our entertainment.

IT professionals have a crucial and challenging part to play in the effective application of computing technology to achieve effective processing of information. The ever-growing list of

activities to which computing is applied – and the importance of information processing generally – have created excellent employment opportunities for those who obtain appropriate

qualifications in IT.

At postgraduate level, the Department of Computer

Science and Technology runs highly successful specialist

and generalist courses for Honours graduates,

from computing and non-computing degree

courses respectively. The specialist route comprises

the MSc Computer Science, MSc Computer

Networking, and MSc Information Management

and Security, to MSc Computer Animation and

Games Technology, Computer Security and Forensics,

MSc Telecommunications Management, and MSc

Embedded Systems Engineering.

The generalist route offers MSc Applied Computing

and Information Technology,

and Business Information

Systems. Most courses are

available for part-time

study.

62

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Computing Science & Technology

We offer vocationally relevant courses, a diverse range of staff expertise, and state-of-the-art facilities. Our students also benefit from industry and business involvement in curriculum development and delivery, to ensure that our courses meet employers’ needs. We also boast active applicable research on real-world problems to inform our teaching and pass the latest knowledge on to our students.

Professor Yong Yue Head of Computer Science and TechnologyDirector of the Institute for Research in Applicable Computing

Scan the code to see what else Yong has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/yong

Courses

66 MSc Applied Computing & Information Technology

67 MSc Business Information Systems

68 MSc/MPhil/PhD By Research in Computing

69 MSc Computer Animation & Games Technology

70 MSc Computer Networking

71 MSc Computer Science

72 MSc Computer Security & Forensics

73 MSc Embedded Systems Engineering

74 MSc Information Management & Security

75 MSc Telecommunications Management

For up-to-date information on part-time study options see: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

63

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


The department was nominated for the European Electronics Industry University Department of the year award

The teaching team has previous experience of working with industry and a clear vision about balancing theory with practice

Industry links with local and regional partners provide students with professional and work placement opportunities

Partnership with 7Safe, a world-renowned expert in computer forensics investigation and training

State-of-the-art resources and facilities supported by dedicated technologists

Gain valuable experience through our Academic into Business Computing scheme, and work on real projects for real clients

Attend regular talks by high-profile guest speakers

FacilitiesOur purpose-designed facilities enable you to extend your skills and knowledge at an advanced level. What’s more, the British Computer Society (BCS) undertook an accreditation visit in 2009 and commended our facilities as

being among the top 25 per cent of department facilities in the UK.

Modern computing laboratoriesOur computers are updated regularly and provide hi-tech software environments for postgraduate students.

We have 18 state-of-the-art computing labs, including a suite of Graphics labs, which recently underwent a £60,000 refurbishment, and are used for teaching the latest computer modelling and virtual reality skills. The facility has been further upgraded with new top-end workstations with Intel core i7 Quad core CPUs, 6GB RAM and Quadro F580 graphics cards. This investment of facilities demonstrates our commitment to supporting our students with the best facilities.

Our fantastic equipment gives our students a competitive edge in graphics hardware, while the hi-spec machines have made image rendering much faster. Other labs include a Test Network lab for teaching networking and system administration, and a Human Computer Interface (HCI) lab for experiments to improve interaction between users and computers.

Access to industry-standard equipmentWe have a wide range of robotic equipment including humanoid robots

and robotic arms, as well as a state-of-the-art motion-capture suit and more than 450 workstations, each with specialised software specifically geared towards our computing students.

The department is also home to a Biometric lab, and a Computer Security and Forensics lab, which house a range of devices such as 2D and 3D face recognition, iris scanners, palm geometry, palm-vein readers, and fingerprint and signature recognition equipment. We make extensive use of virtual machines to allow students to experience a multitude of operating systems and specialised environments for teaching and project work.

Brand new engineering equipmentWe have recently invested £1m in brand new labs to support our engineering courses and provide opportunities for students to apply computing technology to engineering. Equipment includes cutting-edge Rohde & Schwarz wireless measurement facilities and a VoIP development network. We also have a suite of industrial-standard software and Cotex embedded systems development platforms.

These impressive facilities are backed up by a number of other support facilities including a £50,000 high-performance computer cluster (HPC). The HPC allows you to analyse data and identify patterns and trends, and stands more than six feet tall. It also has a number of database and web servers dedicated to the department’s online web services offerings.

Dedicated teaching spacesAll of our laboratories and teaching spaces are dedicated solely to the students in the department, which means that by studying at Bedfordshire you have dedicated work space and access to all of the resources you need to support your studies. In addition to the range of specialist teaching labs there are four general teaching labs which seat up to 30 students.

64

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

These are used for programming, and database and web design. We can configure these rooms to allow up to 120 students to take part in the same interactive practical sessions. Additionally, there are two new teaching rooms equipped with a desking system, featuring built-in computers with a motorised lift for the keyboard, mouse and monitor. These spaces can cater for 70 students in the large room and 30 in the smaller neighbouring facility.

Teaching and professional experienceThe research and industrial consultancy undertaken by the department is used to underpin the teaching of our postgraduate courses. All academic staff undertake research activities and the vast majority hold a PhD. Many have industrial work experience and possess Chartered status from professional bodies.

Our highly qualified staff are active in relevant research and the department has undertaken a large number of externally funded research and commercial projects, providing our students with an excellent springboard to research and industrial work. Students also benefit from special guest lectures given by external speakers and industrialists.

World-leading researchIn the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 the University of Bedfordshire was recognised as “internationally excellent” in the areas of Computer Science and Informatics.

The Institute for Research in Applicable Computing (IRAC) is the home of research for the department. IRAC has four research centres, which focus mostly on computer graphics and visualisation (CCGV), wireless research (CWR), intelligent and distributed systems (CREDIT) and cyberstalking research (NCCR). The aim is to develop leading-edge solutions to real-world problems by looking at rigorous theoretical methods and applied approaches. We have more than 50 research students and 20 postdoctoral research fellows. All of our research is focused on providing innovative tools and solutions for real-world problems.

Examples of companies and organisations we have worked with include Aircom, Ansys, Luton Borough Council, Cancer Research UK, the Metropolitan Police, NEC (Europe), Nokia, Philips and Sony-Ericsson. These links have also greatly benefited

students through work experience and research-informed teaching.

Research degree study areasWe welcome research degree applications in the following areas:

n Computer graphics and medical visualisation

n Computer animation

n Real-time systems

n Internet services

n Distributed, parallel and pervasive computing

n Artificial intelligence

n Mobile communications

n Network planning, optimisation and performance evaluation

n IP networks (eg QoS, routing and traffic engineering)

n Cryptography and information security

See page 185 for more information on research.

Edewede OriwohMSc Computer Security & Forensics graduate

My experience of studying at Bedfordshire was interesting and exciting. The staff were really supportive and the University provided a good environment and facilities for research.

65

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013




Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2-3 years part-time*


Entry requirements: The course is most suitable for graduates with a moderate or general computing knowledge but with no formal background in the area of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a non-computing or IT-related subject area. Subjects excluded as first awards include Computing, Computer Science or Computer Studies, Information Systems or Technology, and Business Information Systems or Technology. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Gain experience of information

technology concepts that can be applied to your own discipline

n Gain valuable experience by working on our Academic into Business Computing scheme

n Open up your career opportunities by utilising the tools of computing and information technology to lead to innovation within your area of expertise

About the course This course is designed for non-computing graduates who are looking to apply information technology to their current career, or who are looking to change their career direction.

The course covers a wide range of topics including programming, databases, security, project management and computer networking. During the course you will learn the underpinning theory of these topics, and will apply this theory in practical scenarios.

Subject areas include data modelling and management; applied programming; emerging technologies; information security management; and professional project management. There is also a focus on research methodologies including ethics; legal aspects and professional applications of computing systems development; computer security; data governance; and computer programming using Java. You will also develop skills in communication, problem solving and teamwork.

Research underpins all aspects of this Master’s course. The department has a strong research record and attracts funding from UK Research Councils and the European Union, and the research undertaken provides a basis for our courses and teaching.

Career opportunities The course equips you with a broad range of knowledge and skills. Employers value our graduates because they have relevant practical experience and a sound theoretical understanding of the most up-to-date applied computing and information systems technologies.

You will be able to conceptualise, plan and design applications using industry-standard software tools. Graduates may also go on to become teachers, IT consultants, managers, systems developers and/ or programming supervisors within commerce and industries which make substantial use of computer and information technology.

Typical career routes include:

n IT opportunities lie within your own area of specialism (which may lay outside of the IT domain)

n Managers or practitioners within commerce

n Database and IT developers

n System designer/analyst

Further study options include an MSc by Research, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/rgs/apply

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time students who start in September can complete the course in three years.

Applied Computing & Information Technology (MSc)

Data modelling and management

Applied programming

Computer security

Professional project management

Information security management

Data governance and compliance

Network systems

Emerging technologies


To find out more contact Dr Simant Prakoonwit:t: +44 (0)1234 400 400

(ext. 2196)e: simant.prakoonwit@beds.

ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/computer

Did you know?ICT is touching all areas of life – this course is designed for those who are looking to apply ICT to their own domain of expertise.

66

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013




Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2-3 years part-time*


Entry requirements: The MSc Business Information Systems is most suitable for graduates who have a sound computing knowledge but no formal background in the area of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a science-related subject area, with a significant (one-third or more) element in computing. Example subjects may be first awards in Physics, Mathematics, Information Science, Information Systems, Electronics or Computer Engineering. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation by Prior learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Study an interdisciplinary course

that is at the interface of information technology and business

n There are exciting opportunities for professionals or employees wishing to pursue Continuing Professional Development (CPD) via our individual taught modular scheme (Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate)

About the courseThe MSc Business Information Systems is designed for those who require a broad overview of business information applications and technical knowledge of applied programming, computer security, financial and business data analysis,

strategic management of information systems and project management.

The course covers ethics, research methodologies, legal aspects, business applications and strategy, and data analysis. The course is ideal for an information systems or business graduate who is looking to further their knowledge in the area of business-led information systems.

Career opportunities On successful completion of the course, you will be equipped with a solid understanding of the various methods and techniques used in the development of systems for the business environment. You will gain practical skills that are much sought after in the business world, which will allow you to pursue a career in areas such as financial data analysis; design and development; security and programming; and database access across the web.

Typical career routes include:

n Business/systems analyst

n Project management

n IT consultant

n IT/Business lecturer

Further study options include an MSc by research, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/rgs/apply

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time courses that start in September comprise three years of study.

Business Information Systems (MSc)

Applied programming

Computer security

Information management and security

Financial analysis




Data compliance and governance


To find out more contact Dr Simant Prakoonwit:t: +44 (0)1234 400 400

(ext. 2196)e: simant.prakoonwit@beds.


67

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Gordon BradyMSc Business Information Systems student

The support from lecturers is absolutely first class. This is the most impressive thing about the University – the lecturers want to challenge you all the time, they want to push your knowledge and test your understanding so that you widen your boundaries constantly. This is what makes it a Master’s course in my opinion, and the emphasis is on challenging the student to keep up.

Scan the code to see what else Gordon has to say: http://uob.cc/gordonbrady


Starts in: Variable


Duration: 1 year full-time or 2-3 years part-time


Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree in a computing-related discipline that is relevant to the area you wish to investigate in depth. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Research within IRAC is expanding

rapidly. Three custom-built laboratories have been opened during the last three years to accommodate research fellows and research students. This provides a vibrant and multicultural environment within which research is able to flourish

n The Institute has had considerable recent success in attracting research funding from EPSRC and the European Commission, and this has also provided increased momentum to expand the research infrastructure and research activities of the Institute

n The four research centres – the Centre for Computer Graphics and Visualisation (CCGV), the Centre for Research in Distributed Technologies (CREDIT), the Centre for Wireless Research (CWR), and the National Centre for Cyberstalking Research (NCCR) – all regularly receive external research funding and provide a range of exciting research opportunities at MSc by Research, MPhil and PhD levels

About the course The course is designed to develop your understanding of the research

process and your ability to analyse and constructively augment a particular research area, and to provide you with experience of communicating research results in written and oral form.

The course is for graduates from a computer-related discipline, who wish to investigate research as a possible career, or who wish to extend their knowledge of one particular facet of computing – possibly because it is difficult to find a taught MSc that fulfils their individual needs or covers the areas they wish to investigate in depth.

The precise content of the student’s study will be negotiated with the project supervisor and will be subject to approval by the Institute for Research in Applicable Computing (IRAC), in the same way as for applications for MPhil and PhD study. Students on the course will participate in the standard programme of research training offered to all research students.

Career opportunities You will be qualified for positions that require an advanced understanding of computing in the area you selected, particularly where independence of thought and analytical skills are required.

By Research in Computing (MSc/MPhil/PhD)

The precise area is negotiated by the student at an individual level, but will normally lie within the spectrum of research activities being undertaken within IRAC at the time

As research is continuously evolving, for an up-to-date picture you should visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/irac to investigate the possibilities. You can also discuss your application with our academics (see below)


To find out more contact Professor Edmond Prakash:t: +44 (0)1582 743 935e: edmond.prakash@beds.


Raymond Brown PhD in Digital Forensics student

I chose to study this course at Bedfordshire as it was related to my work as an Investigation Officer with the Bedfordshire Police Service. I enjoy being at the cutting edge of digital forensic research as it is an exciting scientific discipline which is fast growing and much in demand.

68

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013




Duration: 1 year full-time or 2-3 years part-time


Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree in either a computing-related subject or an art/animation related subject. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Work with cutting-edge technology at

the interface between animation and information technology

n Learn from experts with professional animation experience

n Attend regular talks by high-profile guest speakers

About the courseThe MSc in Computer Animation and Games Technology is ideal for Computing, Media or Art and Design graduates who have some experience of computer-based design or programming, and an interest in developing a career in the advanced practice of Computer Animation and Games Technology in industry or academia. You will engage with a wide range of topics including 3D modelling, animation, compositing motion capture, games, AI, games development and special effects, and develop skills that will be informed by professional practices and industry standard tools.

Career opportunities The broad skills you gain will equip you for a career in either the IT or media industries, in areas such as film, games production and advertising.

Career routes include:

n Computer animator/modeller – games or entertainment industry

n Programmer – graphics/visualisation/games

n Studio practitioner – creative industries

n Researcher advanced computer graphics

Further study options include an MSc by Research, MPhil or PhD, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research/rgs/apply

Computer Animation & Games Technology (MSc)

Computer graphics

2D and 3D animation

Computer games programming

Digital studio practice

3D modelling

Digital media technologies


To find out more contact Professor Edmond Prakash:t: +44 (0)1582 743 935e: edmond.prakash@beds.


69

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Ameeth Kumar Chidurala MSc Computer Animation & Games Technology student

I would recommend this course as you will be exposed to industry standards and the latest technologies. The University is the one-stop solution to providing you with the necessary expertise to make it in the world of work. The best thing I have learnt is how to shape my path to success.




Duration: 1 year full-time or 2-3 years part-time*


Entry requirements: The course is most suitable for graduates with a prior academic achievement or a formal background in the discipline of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a computer science or other science-related subject area, with a significant (one-third or more) element in computing. Example subjects may be first awards in Computer Science or Computer Systems, Information Science or Systems, Electronics or Computer Engineering. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Work with a 64-node cluster and other

state-of-the-art equipment

n Work alongside leading experts in the areas of Wireless and Mobile Network Planning and Femtocells

n Study a course that integrates professional qualifications (CompTIA) and academic study

About the course With the arrival of anytime, anywhere access to network facilities (be it a desktop, laptop, PDA, smart phones) there is an increased need for continued development of new networking

protocols and technologies that can feed the demand of the nation. The MSc in Computer Networking is designed to give you an in-depth knowledge of both wired and wireless technology.

Career opportunities The course will equip you with a sound understanding of the various methods and techniques used in the area of networking technologies. You will gain practical skills that are much sought after in the business world, which will allow you to become a high-level network designer or administrator, or pursue further research.

Career opportunities include:

n IT and helpdesk support

n Network technician

n Systems analyst

n Network engineer or architect

n Computer networking instructor, university academic, or ICT teacher

n Network infrastructure manager


*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time students starting in September can complete the course in three years.

Computer Networking (MSc)

Computer security

Networking administration and management



Network systems

Wireless networking

Distributed parallel architectures

Advanced security countermeasures


To find out more contact Dr Ali Mansour:t: +44 (0)1582 489 337e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/computer

Alabi Adekunle Oluwasuen MSc Computer Networking student

I chose this University because of its high credibility in computing, its modern learning community and close proximity to London. My ability to design and administer a network, combined with my project management skills, has given me the knowledge to face the challenges of the IT world.

70

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: The course is most suitable for graduates with a formal background in the discipline of computer science. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a computer science-related subject area. Example subjects may be first awards in Computing, Computer Science or Computer Studies. Professionals or employees only wishing to pursue Continuing Professional Development (CPD) via our postgraduate individual taught modular scheme can also enrol for a Postgraduate Diploma or Postgraduate Certificate in Computer Science. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Work with our 64-node cluster in an

innovative distributed environment

n Gain a breadth of experience in subjects such as secure communications, computer security, project management and intelligent agents

n Make use of our Academic into Business Computing scheme by working on projects with local companies

About the courseThe MSc in Computer Science is ideal for Computing graduates who are looking to explore the general subject of Computer Science, but who do not want to focus solely on one particular subject. The course is therefore ideal for those students that want to keep their career options open. A variety of diverse topics will be studied that can serve as a foundation for a general career in Information Technology.

The course covers core areas of Computer Science, ranging from Data Modelling, Embedded Systems and Systems Architecture to Intelligent Agents.

Career opportunities The course will equip you with the skills to pursue a career in internet design, remote data access and management, remote method invocation and networking. You will also gain practical skills that will allow you to become a specialist consultant, project manager, business systems analyst, IT consultant, practitioner and/or manager in computer science.

Successful students completing the course may go on to become high-level web application developers and managers. Graduates of this course can also pursue further research in the strategically and continually expanding areas of computer science.


n IT consultant

n Programmer/software engineer

n Systems/business analyst

n Web/web services/e-commerce developer


*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for

15 months. Part-time students beginning in September can complete the course in three years.

Computer Science (MSc)

Online database applications

Intelligent agents

Programming embedded systems


Systems architecture

Network systems

Distributed and parallel architectures

Cryptography and cryptanalysis


To find out more contact Dr Paul Sant:t: +44 (0)1582 743 705e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/computer

As part of the Distributed and Parallel Architecture unit, students learn how to connect a client to a server using Java and XMLRPC programming

71

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013




Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2-3 years part-time


Entry requirements: The MSc Computer Security and Forensics is most suitable for graduates with a prior academic achievement or formal background in the discipline of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a computer science or other science-related subject area, with a significant (one-third or more) element in computing. Example subjects may be first awards in Physics, Mathematics, Computer Science or Systems, Information Science or Systems, Electronics or Computer Engineering. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Work with state-of-the-art computer

security and forensics tools such as 3D face scanners, palm readers and iris scanners

n Get the opportunity to undertake visits to computer forensics organisations such as 7Safe, and attend demonstrations and invited talks by hardware companies

About the course The MSc in Computer Security and Forensics is ideal for a graduate of Computer Science. It is designed to

cover the areas of computer security, networking and forensics and will prepare you for a career in the area of computer security, network security or forensic investigation.

During the course you will learn how to understand network security, scripting, cryptographic protocols and how to perform forensic data analysis using the latest commercial tools (Encase and Forensic Tool Kit). You will also discover the legal frameworks and legislation relating to computer crime, and how to present evidence to a court of law.

Career opportunities The course will equip you with a sound understanding of techniques used for both the securing, and forensic investigation, of computer networks. You will also gain practical skills that are much sought after in the business world, allowing you to become a specialist consultant, practitioner and/or manager in the area of computer forensics investigation and computer-based systems secure management. Graduates from this Master’s course can also pursue further research in the strategically and continually expanding areas of computer forensics and security.


n Security associates

n Security consultants

n Penetration testers

n Network security analysts

n Systems administrators


*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time students beginning in September can complete the course in three years.

Computer Security & Forensics (MSc)

Computer security

Forensics data acquisition and analysis





Advanced digital forensics

Cryptography and cryptanalysis



Students complete a forensic data analysis assignment, using industry-standard software tools to look for evidence set out by our expert teaching team

72

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree in an electronic and telecommunication engineering-related discipline that is relevant to the area you wish to investigate in depth. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Application-oriented course that

provides you with the opportunity to develop balanced knowledge and skills in both embedded engineering and computing to meet requirements from industry

n Combination of theoretical and hands-on experience with industrial-standard embedded system development toolkits

n Real-world problem-solving, supported by the department’s well-established connections to industry and internationally recognised research activities

About the courseThe course is designed to develop your understanding, skills and abilities necessary for embedded systems development, and at Master’s level, to meet the requirements of industry for highly skilled developers and designers. The course will help you to develop ‘know-how’ knowledge by providing you with underpinned theories and hands-on experience.

The course is designed for graduates from an engineering-related discipline,

who wish to become able and skilled developers of embedded digital systems; a fast-growing and challenging area of modern technology. The course will provide graduates with an opportunity to further their knowledge, ability and skills in the more focused area of embedded digital systems development.

Career opportunities You will be qualified for positions that require combined knowledge and skills of both engineering and computing such as:

n Systems analyst

n Embedded systems designer/developer

n IT consultant

n Computer science/electronic engineering lecturer

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Embedded Systems Engineering (MSc)

Advanced DSP

Embedded sensors and controllers

Intelligent agents techniques

Programming embedded systems

Emergent technologies

Digital communications

Project management

Multimedia applications


To find out more contact Dr Dayou Li:t: +44 (0)1582 489 371 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/computer

We have recently invested £1m in brand new labs, which are kitted out with cutting-edge Rohde & Scwarz equipment to support our engineering courses

73

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: The course is most suitable for graduates who have a sound computing knowledge but with no formal background in the area of computing or information systems. Applicants should have a good Honours degree (normally a minimum 2:2) or equivalent, or a postgraduate qualification in a science-related subject area, with a significant (one-third or more) element in computing. Example subjects may be first awards in Physics, Mathematics, Information Science or Systems, Electronics or Computer Engineering. For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation of Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL), is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Gain experience of managing systems

security strategy, and apply this in your future career

n Gain real-world experience through projects run by our Academic into Business Computing scheme

n Explore the ever-increasing landscape of information security and the career opportunities that it presents

About the course The course is designed for those who want a broad overview of information management and security as well as technical knowledge of networking and security. The course is ideal for those who are looking to take up a governance/

compliance role within an organisation, or for those who are looking to take charge of data management.

During the course you will gain skills in programming, computer security, data governance and compliance.

Career opportunities The course will equip you with a sound understanding of the various methods and techniques used in the area of information management and security. You will also gain practical skills that are much sought after in the business world, which will allow you to pursue a career in areas such as information architecture, data modelling design, information security and network management. Graduates also go on to become practitioners and/or specialist consultants in the expanding area of information management and security.


n Information architect

n Data modeller

n Information security and network management

n Information business consultant


*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months. Part-time courses starting in September complete within three years.

Information Management & Security (MSc)

Computer security






Information security management

Data governance and compliance



With the vast increase in information and some high profile media cases surrounding the loss of data, this course is aimed at producing the next generation of information security managers

74

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: The MSc Telecommunications Management course is most suitable for graduates who have a background in computer networking or telecommunications. Applicants should have a good Honours degree or equivalent in Telecommunications or computing (including a network component). For applicants with non-standard academic profiles, entry on the basis of Accreditation by Prior Learning, certified or experiential (APCL/APEL) is available. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn You will study in a friendly

environment with state-of-the-art computer facilities

n There are opportunities for independent and work-related learning

n There are opportunities for professionals or employees wishing to pursue Continuing Professional Development (CPD) via our individual taught modular scheme (Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate)

n You will get the chance to work with “world-leading” researchers at the University (such as Professor Ben Allen)

About the course The MSc Telecommunications Management is appropriate if you are currently working within the telecommunications industry (or would like to work in the telecommunications industry) and are looking to gain

management level skills to enhance your career prospects. You will study a variety of units covering aspects of digital technologies, protocols and regulations for the telecommunications industry, project management, finance and managing people.

Career opportunities On successful completion of the MSc Telecommunications Management course you will have a solid understanding of both the business-related and telecommunications aspects required to pursue your aspirations of undertaking a management career within the telecommunications industry.


n Telecommunications engineer

n Telecommunications consultant

n Telecommunications manager

n Project manager (telecommunications)

n Team leader (telecommunications)


*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study. Full-time courses starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Telecommunications Management (MSc)

Advanced digital communications

Financial analysis

Managing people

Network systems


Wireless networking

Telecommunications business environment



Dr Paul SantPrincipal Lecturer, and Academic Director for Postgraduate courses

Developing new infrastructures that can support the diverse range of applications and data types is a must – this course aims to develop the next generation of telecommunications experts.

75

Co

mp

uti

ng

Sci

ence

& T

ech

no

log

yU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

The University’s Bedford campus is home to one of the largest education providers in the UK. The quality of

our provision is based on a long and established history of teacher education.

We have well-established partnerships with more than 500 primary and secondary schools, and 13 FE colleges across

the Eastern Region which means that we are constantly at the forefront of educational development and can tailor

our provision to meet the needs of teachers and other educational professionals.

We are developing new enhanced partnerships with schools and

local authorities across the region, including local

authorities in Central Bedfordshire,

Bedford, Luton, Milton Keynes and

Peterborough.

All students work with a school-based

mentor trained by the University

of Bedfordshire partnership. Many

of our partner schools have

employed graduate teachers from the University, and an

increasing number of school mentors are

former students.

76

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Education & Teaching

We are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education in the UK with a long established history of producing first-class teachers. We are driven by a philosophy of inclusion, of meeting individual needs and of encouraging all students to aspire to reach their potential in a supportive environment.

Wendy Cunnah Head of Department - Initial Teacher Training

Courses80 Certificate & PGCE Post-Compulsory

Education (incorporating DTLLS)

81 Chemistry Subject Knowledge Enhancement

82 Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP)

83 MA Education – e-Learning, Leadership & Management, Primary Education, Special Educational Needs, Specialist Mathematics Teaching

84 MA Education Studies (International)

85 PgCert Education Studies – e-Learning, Strategic Leadership & Management in Education, Special Educational Needs, Inclusion & Disability, Primary Education*, Education (National Award for Special Educational Needs Coordinators, Specialist Mathematics Teaching*, Academic Practice*, Behavioural Issues in School, Difficulties in Literacy Development & Dyslexia

86 Advanced Professional Certificate in Education

87 PGCE Education Key Stage 2/3 Middle Years (English, Mathematics or Science)

88 PGCE Primary Education

89 PGCE Primary Education with Early Years

90 PGCE Secondary Education Dance

91 PGCE Secondary Education English

92 PGCE Secondary Education Mathematics

93 PGCE Secondary Education Modern Languages

94 PGCE Secondary Education Physical Education

95 PGCE Secondary Education Science (Biology, Chemistry or Physics)

96 Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement

97 PGCE Secondary Education 14-19 Applied ICT

Have you also considered...?

27 MBA Educational Leadership*

For up-to-date information on part-time study options see www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

*Subject to approval77

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Academic staff are experts in their respective fields and bring a wealth of experience and knowledge

We maintain close partnerships with more than 500 schools

We are continually forging new partnerships to ensure we deliver the highest level of training and teaching

We have a high graduate employment rate

In the Ofsted 2011 report, our Graduate Teacher Programme was awarded the highest grade – ‘Outstanding’

Many staff members have previously held senior positions in schools, education authorities and Ofsted, while others bring experience in health, social work and youth work

We have a 100 year tradition of training PE teachers

Our success We boast an impressive record for training teachers, and for many courses, enjoying a 100 percent graduate employment rate. Our research profile, in areas such as curriculum development, practitioner reflection and the use of technologies in teaching, enables students to benefit from cutting-edge practice.

We offer a wide range of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) courses, foundation degrees and postgraduate certificates, as well as Continuing Professional Development (CPD) for the region’s teachers. We offer a number of Postgraduate Certificates and Professional Graduate Certificates (the former enabling student teachers to gain Master’s level credits).

The Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) allows you to qualify as a teacher while you work. In the recent Ofsted report,

our GTP course was awarded the highest grade – ‘Outstanding’. The course is particularly popular with mature students who are keen for a career change but need to continue earning while they train. We also offer part-time professional graduate certificates for those professionals working, or wanting to work, within Further Education (FE) colleges, and who are seeking teaching qualifications and other continuing professional/ lifelong learning accreditation.

Fantastic facilities The Bedford campus has superb facilities, including the Primary Centre providing enhanced learning and specialist provision for science, art technology and ICT. The University also has an £8m state-of-the-art sports facility for teaching physical education.

78

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

A supportive environment Our students are central to our work and we pride ourselves on the personal and individually tailored support offered by staff. Our excellent facilities and innovative courses seek to meet the aspirations of those who wish to make a difference to the lives of young people and to develop a career that brings rewards as well as job satisfaction.

We also seek to respond to international, national and local developments and initiatives, and aim to engage our department in creating opportunities to meet your aspirations, as well as the needs of future employers.

On the job trainingOn-the-job training is an integral part of becoming a teacher and the department takes this very seriously. We work with a very diverse mix of partner schools, including schools in rural and urban areas, providing students with a real classroom environment where they can practise and refine their professional skills. Increasingly students are gaining additional experiences through placements in special schools, museums, children’s services and the voluntary sector.

Richard PeelPGCE Secondary Education 14-19 Applied Business graduate Head of Department at Cottesloe School

The course was superb at giving me hands-on experience. The lecturers and link tutors were unbelievably supportive and I was placed in a broad variety of schools and colleges. Bedfordshire is an outstanding university.

79

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: University of Bedfordshire (Bedford campus) The course is also available at Barnfield College, Luton; Bedford College; Central Bedfordshire College, Dunstable; Grantham College; Leicester College; North Hertfordshire College; Milton Keynes College; South Nottingham College and Tresham College

Duration: 2 years part-time (classes will take place on Tuesdays 2-7pm)


Entry requirements: You must be engaged in teaching in post-compulsory (further, higher or adult) education for at least 50 hours per year with suitable qualifications in the subject you teach. All applicants must have English and Mathematics GCSE at grade C or above, or equivalent. Students whose first language is not English and who do not hold GCSE English must hold IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. Certificate in Education (CertEd): You must hold at least a BTEC (Edexcel) National Diploma, NVQ level 3, A Level or equivalent. Professional Graduate Certificate in Education (PGCE): You should possess a Second Class Honours degree or above.

Key featuresn The course allows you to progress

towards QTLS

n The personalised nature of the course ensures that it is relevant to your needs

n The course gives you the opportunity to study for your CertEd or PGCE part-time

n The different locations allow you to study locally for your qualification

n Tutors are “enthusiastic and teach well prepared sessions, closely aligned to learners needs” OFSTED 2011

n Attendance at study days enables subject specific development and professional networking

n Bursaries can be used to help pay course fees (subject to availability)

About the courseWhen you register for this course you join a network of over 500 people who are studying this course. The course, which is the recognised teaching qualification for staff in all areas of post-16 education, helps you to gain QTLS status (via registration with the Institute for Learning – IfL) and can be taken at two levels, Certificate and PGCE. The course is accredited by the IfL and provides core professional training for those involved in the post-compulsory education area, while addressing the national standards for teaching and learning in post-16 education and beyond.

We make sure that we take a very personalised approach to your learning. Assessment is based around your teaching practice and lessons are flexible enough to enable us to address the issues that are affecting you in your classroom. Regular study days, attended by participants from a wide network, allow you to meet tutors who teach in your own area as well as learn from teachers from other disciplines, whilst the taught sessions are used to explore areas of interest in the post-16 sector.

Career opportunitiesStudents from this course have progressed to a wide range of teaching and management careers in Further, Higher or Adult Education and post-16 education.

Post-Compulsory Education Certificate & (PGCE) (incorporating DTLLS)

Lindy Lloyd Professional Graduate Certificate in Post-Compulsory Education graduate

The attitude and commitment of the staff made the course excellent and one which I have recommended to friends and colleagues. It has given me confidence and enabled me to appreciate the work of other providers of adult learning such as the armed forces, NHS, colleges, etc and given me understanding of the complex structure of post-compulsory education.

Planning and preparing for teaching and learning

Assessment and evaluation

Professional teaching practice

Theories and principles of inclusive learning and teaching

Curriculum, design and development

Action research


To find out more contact Peter Wolstencroft:t: +44 (0)1234 793 178 e: peter.wolstencroft@beds.

ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/education

80

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: January


Duration: 20 weeks

Open to: UK/EU students

Entry requirements: All applicants must have a confirmed offer of a place on a PGCE, GTP or SCITT programme with a recognised provider of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in England by the time the enhancement course starts in January each year. For those applying to the University of Bedfordshire’s Science with Chemistry PGCE, candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree in a relevant science-based subject. GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics is also required. Students whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to hold IELTS with an average score of 6.0. Recent and relevant experience of working with children, preferably in a mainstream school, is desirable. All suitable applicants for PGCE will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau The University actively encourages applications from mature students or those thinking of returning to education.

Key featuresn Offers the opportunity to enter

chemistry Initial Teacher Education courses

n You may be eligible for a tax-free bursary – visit www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information

n There are no fees to pay. For more information visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/

n We are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education in the UK

n We boast an impressive record for training teachers

About the courseThis course is aimed at candidates who want to train as teachers of chemistry but do not have sufficient knowledge

and understanding of chemistry to allow them to teach the subject confidently, e.g. candidates may have a science degree with only some relevance to chemistry, or have experience using chemistry in the workplace.

Candidates are offered a place on the course on recommendation of an ITE provider. The course runs for 20 weeks from January to June and consists of 12 hours in the University and 13 hours independent study per week. On completion, participants will follow their chosen programme of Initial Teacher Education either at the University of Bedfordshire or elsewhere. A broad base of fundamental chemistry concepts will be covered with particular emphasis on the relevance to real-life experiences to generate interest and excitement. Where appropriate, links to areas of physics and biology will be explored to develop the depth of understanding necessary to teach effectively across the chemistry curriculum at Key Stage 4.

Participants on this course are eligible to receive a Training Agency (TA) tax-free training bursary which is linked to your intention to take up an Initial Teacher Education place following completion of the Chemistry Enhancement course. You do not pay course fees.

Career opportunitiesQualified chemistry teachers are in great demand throughout the UK.

Chemistry Subject Knowledge Enhancement

The range of chemistry topics included in the UK science 11-19 curriculum

The development of essential practical skills and safe laboratory working

Effective use of ICT to support learning in chemistry

The relevance of chemistry to modern society

Reflection on personal experience of a range of teaching approaches


To find out more contact Admissions:t: +44 (0)1234 793 279 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/education

81

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You must have a Second Class Honours degree that is relevant to the subject/phase of teaching in which you are interested. You must have a GCSE (or equivalent) grade C or above in English and mathematics. For Primary GTP applicants, a Science GCSE grade C or equivalent is also required. Students whose first language is not English and who do not hold GCSE English grade C or above must hold IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All GCSE requirements must be in place at the time of application, or by the closing date, which is usually the first week of December each year. Please check with Admissions at the Bedford campus for the latest information on the closing date and approved GCSE equivalents. The University does not offer equivalence tests for this course. Candidates should have some relevant, recent experience within schools. Successful applicants will be invited for an assessment and interview. The assessment will consist of an exercise with a group of pupils and a short written English test. Candidates for Primary GTP will also take a numeracy test. Candidates will be interviewed by a University tutor and a school deputy head teacher or Initial Teacher Education (ITE) coordinator. We encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau and a medical check.

Key featuresn In the recent Ofsted inspection, we

were awarded the highest grade – Grade One – for this course

n You are paid a salary on the instructors/unqualified teachers scale (usually in the region of £15,000 per annum)

n The TA pays for your training costs

n It is particularly attractive to mature candidates who are seeking a career change

n We are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education in the UK

n We have an impressive record for training teachers

n We boast a very high graduate employment rate

About the courseThe Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) enables schools to employ people who are not yet qualified to teach and to work in partnership with the University to gain Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). This allows you to qualify as a teacher while you work. You are paid a salary on the instructors/ unqualified teachers scale (usually in the region of £15,000 per annum) and the Training Agency for schools (TA) pays for your training costs. It is particularly attractive for mature candidates who are seeking a career change.

Many applicants already have relevant experience in a support role in a school or in other sectors. Others are career changers who want to move into teaching. We invite applications for primary and secondary teaching in the following subjects: English, Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology, Physical Education, Design Technology, Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and Business Studies.

The University’s scheme includes secondary schools in Leighton Buzzard and Milton Keynes, and primary schools across Bedfordshire. You will be allocated a school at the interview stage. You are required to attend the University for one day per week to receive some taught input into your subject knowledge and teaching – usually by joining the PGCE lectures. Your training will largely take place in your ‘base’ school, but you will also spend time in at least one other school.

Assessment takes the form of a portfolio of evidence, which contains a range of documents including lesson observations and progress reports, planning and assessment records, written assignments carried out as part of the University-based course, and the school’s final assessment record. The portfolio is submitted to an external assessor who will also observe you while you are teaching.

Career opportunitiesThere is great demand for teaching posts throughout the UK.

Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) Primary or Secondary

Curriculum development

The organisation and management of teaching and learning

Assessment, recording and reporting

Professional values and practice

The role of the teacher within the school and the wider children’s workforce

Self-reflection and personal career development



82

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Education (generic pathway)e-LearningLeadership & ManagementPrimary EducationSpecial Educational NeedsSpecialist Mathematics Teaching*

Starts in: October or February

Location: Bedford campus, plus selected school based locations

Duration: 3-5 years part-time


Entry requirements: Applicants will normally be working within an educational context and have a good Honours degree or substantial teaching experience. Some units require students to have a particular school role (check individual unit descriptions for details). If English is a second language, an IELTS average score of 6.0 or greater is required. The University actively encourages applications from mature students or those who have not studied at this level for a number of years.

Key featuresn Opportunity for professional

progression in education, following a generic or specialist route of your own choosing

n Study part-time to fit in with existing work commitments

n Course tailored to suit individual needs

n Motivated and experienced postgraduate team

About the courseThis 180 credit part-time course is intended for educational professionals who are actively involved in – or wish to research – teaching and learning or educational leadership, and who wish to undertake study at a postgraduate level. The course attracts entrants from a range of educational organisations including schools, the lifelong learning sector and universities. It is modular, credits being accumulated over time,

allowing progression at a pace that best suits the learner. The range of study units allows you to create a personalised programme to meet your own needs. The final phase of the award focuses on educational research, with the completion of a dissertation with a focus on education.

The MA Education aims to:

n encourage evidence-based practice

n increase awareness of and access to a range of ideas and research findings on education

n promote assessment formats with a negotiated focus to support individual and organisational needs

n promote engagement with key issues in education, involving critical examination of a wide range of key education sources and texts, leading to the identification and justification of recommendations for further action

Career opportunitiesTeachers often undertake the Master’s course for career progression. In terms of your professional development, your work for the MA Education will help you to link theory directly to everyday practice, so that you are in a better

position to make informed decisions about how to go forward as a classroom practitioner or school leader.

Education (MA)

You can follow a generic ‘pick and mix’ pathway to the MA Education, or (subject to availability) opt to specialise in one of the following areas:

e-Learning

Leadership and management

Primary education

Special educational needs

Specialist mathematics teaching



* some restrictions apply – please contact Admissions for more details

83

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013




Duration: 18 months full-time


Entry requirements: Candidates are required to have a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent, and experience in some aspect of the education system of their own country. Students whose previous education has not been delivered through the medium of the English language are required to demonstrate proficiency in the English language with an IELTS score of 6 or above. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Flexible blended learning delivery

n The opportunity to share ideas and experiences with peers from other cultures as well as with academics

n Enhanced learning experiences through carefully planned educational visits arranged through our partnership office

About the courseThis course has been designed specifically for overseas postgraduate students (of education or of an education-related field) who wish to advance their knowledge of education. Or alternatively academics working in the field of education, graduate teachers, head teachers, teacher educators, and local district and government advisors who wish to develop their skills and knowledge in order to progress to more advanced posts within their own educational contexts.

It offers a breadth of study topics and units with the aim of enabling students to acquire an understanding of, and skills

relevant to education within their own national, as well as the global, context.

Students will develop a critical awareness of current problems and issues facing education systems across the world and will be able to further their expertise in areas of education of interest to them.

The course runs over four terms. Every term you will have group and individual tutorials to discuss your studies, and you will be offered support to improve your English language skills.

Term 1 You will be offered curriculum enhancement activities. These will include general introductory sessions for the course and visits to local educational institutions and organisations wherever feasible. You will also study one compulsory unit on Theories of Learning. English language enhancement will also be provided in term one and continue through the rest of the course as needed.

Term 2 You will study the unit International and Comparative Education, Research Methods in Education and a further education unit. There will be some optional units available, subject to demand.

Terms 3 and 4 You will conduct research and write up your dissertation.

Career opportunities This course has the potential to greatly enhance your career prospects in education. This course can be used as the basis for further study on doctoral level (PhD and EdD) courses.

Education Studies (International) (MA)

Theories of learning

Research methods in education

International and comparative education

Inclusion and diversity

Strategic leadership and management


To find out more contact Dr Andrea Raiker:t: +44 (0)1234 793 071 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/education

Did you know?We offer continual support to our students to ensure they achieve their full potential.

84

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Education Studies (generic pathway)e-LearningStrategic Leadership & Management in EducationSpecial Educational Needs, Inclusion & DisabilityPrimary Education*Education (National Award for Special Educational Needs Coordinators)*Specialist Mathematics Teaching*Academic Practice*Behavioural Issues in Schools**Difficulties in Literacy Development & Dyslexia**

Starts in: October (some courses start in February)

Location: Bedford campus, plus selected school based locations

Duration: 1 year part-time




progression in education, following a generic or specialist route of your own choosing

n Study part-time to fit in with existing work commitments



About the courseThe Postgraduate Certificates in Education (PgCerts) are one-year part-time courses of 60 credits, for educational professionals who want to develop skills and knowledge at postgraduate level. The course attracts entrants from a range of organisations including schools, the lifelong learning sector and universities. Each PgCert course consists of two units, which you will choose according to the pathway you wish to follow. It can be subsequently be used as credit towards an MA Education.

You will be advised on assignment themes so that you can organise your studies to suit your own career development and inform improvement within your organisation. Named PgCerts are designed to meet the needs of particular groups working in

education, while the generic route (Postgraduate Certificate in Education Studies) offers a wider choice of units.

Career opportunities Teachers often undertake a Postgraduate Certificate to help them develop knowledge and skills that can support both academic and professional development.

Postgraduate Certificates in Education


* some restrictions apply – please ask for details

**Available in distance learning mode

85

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: October or February

Location: Bedford campus, plus school based locations

Duration: 6 months part-time




progression in education, working in an area of your own choosing

n Study part-time to fit in with existing work and home commitments



About the courseThe Advanced Professional Certificate in Education (APCE) is a short course of 30 credits for educational professionals who want to develop skills and knowledge in a specific area of education at postgraduate level. The course attracts professionals from a range of educational organisations including schools, the lifelong learning sector and universities. The course can subsequently be used as credit towards a Postgraduate Certificate in Education.

Some of the Advanced Professional Certificate in Education courses require you to undertake research in education and therefore you need access to an

educational setting in order to complete your assessments. Some units require you to be working within a specific role within your organisation and so may not be appropriate for you. The choice of study options available can be discussed at application.

Career opportunities Teachers often undertake a short course to develop an area of their practice and as a ‘taster’ for further academic study that can contribute to professional progression.

Advanced Professional Certificate in Education


Curriculum design and development in physical education

Dance education

Evolving theories of autism

Exploring coaching and mentoring

Exploring e-learning

Exploring primary education

Inclusive education

Managing learning and teaching

Reflecting on professional practice

Special education needs and disability

Sport pedagogy (gymnastics)

Strategic leadership and management

Understanding difficulties in literacy development and dyslexia

Understanding pupil behaviour in schools


86

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: English XQC3, Mathematics XGC3, Science XFCA


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree or above which has substantial content in English, mathematics or science. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English, mathematics and science. Candidates must demonstrate a breadth of knowledge of the National Curriculum core and foundation subjects. All GCSE requirements must be in place at the time of application. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn Offers the opportunity to become a

first class teacher

n You may be eligible for a tax-free bursary – visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information

n You will undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement

n “Cluster-based training supports central training well to provide a localised context for developing trainees’ understanding of how to relate theory to practice” (Ofsted report Nov 2011)

n We boast an impressive record for training teachers, who enjoy a high graduate employment rate

About the courseThe course prepares you to teach the 7-14 age range (Key Stages 2-3). You will acquire the skills and experience to become a general teacher at Key Stage 2 and a specialist teacher at Key Stage 3 in your specified subject (English or Mathematics or Science).

The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a predominantly professional focus. You will undertake three placements in different schools, covering the 7-14 age range. Initially, you will observe classes, then undertake small amounts of teaching yourself, progressively developing towards a substantial block of teaching. Teaching is through a blended learning approach and includes lectures, seminars and workshops, with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively.

Achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation is through a continuous assessment process. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s level credits available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

For details of fees and funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information.

Career opportunities Graduates of this course are in great demand throughout the UK in upper primary, middle or secondary schools.

Education Key Stage 2/3 Middle Years (English, Mathematics or Science) (PGCE)

Organisation and management of teaching and learning for middle years

KS2 core and foundation subject development

Subject enhancement and understanding of KS3 subject specialism





87

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: X100


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree, or above. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English, mathematics and science. All GCSE requirements must be in place at the time of application. Applicants whose first language is not English, and who do not have GCSE grade C in English, need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All candidates must have some recent and relevant experience (a minimum of two weeks – five days in Key Stage 1 and five days in Key Stage 2) of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed. The interview consists of an English test, mathematics test, collaborative group interview and one-to-one interview. All suitable applicants will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn An innovative and creative course

for teachers for the 21st century

n We have an impressive record of training teachers

About the courseThis course offers two options in Extended Professional Practice or Primary and Community Languages.

The course also offers an in-depth and high-quality qualification in primary school teaching, leading to Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). The 38-week, three-unit course is run in partnership with local schools and prepares you to teach the 5-11 age range.

The course has a professional emphasis with a minimum of 120 days spent in schools. School experience is a crucial

element of the course and you will undertake two different school placements at Key Stages 1 and 2. Over the course of the placements you will have increasing responsibility for a whole class.

The course starts early in September with an intensive induction programme when you will be introduced to the University; learn about the use of ICT for personal and professional development; be introduced to the foundation subjects and science; and start your sessions on research methodology. During this time we will start to prepare you for your first placement.

You can choose one of two routes: Extended Professional Practice or Primary Modern and Community Languages. The Extended Professional Practice involves engaging in the sessions which extend professional practice around the areas that have been identified as beneficial for working in all schools, but particularly those in challenging circumstances. It has been devised in collaboration with local head teachers in order to prepare students for working in schools of the future.

For the Primary Modern and Community Languages part of the course you will be introduced to the pedagogy of modern languages and supporting learners with English as an Additional Language, as

well as developing cultural awareness of working in a multi-lingual classroom. You will need a GCSE grade A-C for this option or be a native speaker of a language other than English.

For details of fees and funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information.

Career opportunities Graduates of this course benefit from enhanced employability and a competitive edge when applying for teaching posts. We welcome students back as mentors.

Primary Education (PGCE)

Perspectives, values, principles and beliefs of education

Learning and teaching – the curriculum

The development portfolio



88

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: X121


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree, or above. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English, mathematics and science. All GCSE requirements must be in place at the time of application. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All candidates must have some recent and relevant experience (a minimum of two weeks – five days in Key Stage 1 and five days in an Early Years setting) of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed. The interview consists of an English test, mathematics test, collaborative group interview and one-to-one interview. All suitable applicants will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn An innovative and creative course for

21st century teachers


About the courseThis is a Master’s level course and offers an in-depth and high-quality qualification in primary school teaching, leading to Qualified Teacher Status

(QTS). The 38-week, three-unit course is run in partnership with local schools and prepares you to teach the 3-7 age range. The course has a professional emphasis with a minimum of 120 days spent in schools. School experience is a crucial element of the course and you will undertake two different school placements, Key Stage 1 and Early Years (although not necessarily in sequential order). Over the course of the placements you will have increasing responsibility for a whole class.

The course starts early in September with an intensive induction programme during which you will be introduced to the University; learn about the use of ICT for personal and professional development; be introduced to the foundation subjects and science; and start your sessions on research methodology. During this time we will start to prepare you for your first placement.

The teaching is made up of lectures, seminars, workshops, technology-enhanced activities and tutorials with additional support from mentors and professional staff when out on placements. Students follow the same course as other Primary PGCE students, but with slight timetable modifications to allow you to study aspects of Early Years Practice which include:

n Pedagogical approaches to teaching in an Early Years setting, including specific practical teaching and learning ideas, and activities

n Planning, teaching and assessing the Early Years curriculum

For details of fees and funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information.

Career opportunities Early Years is a growth area in the education sector and teachers capable of delivering this strand will be very much in demand. Graduates of this course benefit from increased employability and a competitive edge when applying for teaching posts. We welcome students back as mentors.

Primary Education with Early Years (PGCE)

Perspectives, values, principles and beliefs of education

Learning and teaching – the curriculum

The development portfolio



89

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: W5X1


Entry requirements: Candidates should possess an Upper Second Class Honours degree or above in dance, or a degree that demonstrates a substantial dance component. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn Comprehensive preparation for

teaching dance at secondary level (National Curriculum, GCSE, A level, other accredited courses)




About the courseDuring the course, you will attend subject-specific sessions, lectures and seminars designed to develop the knowledge, skills and understanding required to teach dance in secondary schools. The teaching builds on your existing knowledge about dance, developing effective pedagogical practice to enable you to inspire pupils with competence in dance performance, choreography and appreciation.

In addition, you will develop knowledge of general professional issues and explore the role of dance in relation to the National Curriculum and GCSE, A level and other accredited courses. The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a predominantly professional focus. You will undertake two placements in different schools, at least one of which includes A level dance, in addition to an observation practice in a primary school. In the school placements, you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience in Dance. Teaching is through lectures, seminars and workshops, with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. There are assignments, rather than formal examinations, and continuous assessment related to the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation.

This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s (M) level credits available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information.

Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand throughout the UK.

Secondary Education Dance (PGCE)

The nature of dance and the dance curriculum

Teaching and learning in dance

Assessment for learning

Subject enhancement and understanding of dance 11-16



90

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: Q3X1


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree or above in which English or its related components represent at least 50 per cent of the degree. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn You will undertake at least 120 days

of practical school placement

n We boast an impressive record for training teachers, enjoying, for many courses, a 100 per cent graduate employment rate

n We are one of the largest providers of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in the UK

About the courseYou will acquire knowledge and experience of teaching literature, English language, drama, and media studies in creative and imaginative ways.

Knowledge of the canon of poetry, plays and novels are necessary to be able to deliver the curriculum. You should be familiar with classic works, as well as a range of modern fiction, non-fiction, multimodal texts and poetry suitable for all ages. Language and literature are rapidly changing to accommodate the post-modern pressures of a broadband age and you are expected to have knowledge of new emerging genres and other virtual areas where young people are creative with reading and writing.

You will attend subject-specific sessions, lectures and seminars that are designed to develop awareness and understanding of general professional issues, the role of the National Curriculum in relation to English, and issues such as lesson planning and assessment. With a blended learning approach at the heart of this course, you will collaborate and take an online collegiate approach to your studies through both the Virtual Learning Environment and the e-Portfolio.

The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a predominantly professional focus. You will undertake two placements in contrasting schools in addition to observation practice in a primary school. While on the school placements you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience in English.

Teaching is through lectures, seminars and workshops, with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. There are course assignments, but no formal examinations, and the continuous assessment of teaching is based on achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s (M) level credits available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information.

Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand throughout the UK.

Secondary Education English (PGCE)

The nature of English and the English curriculum

Learning and teaching methodologies with practical application


Use of technology in supporting learning



91

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: G1X1


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a minimum Upper Second Class Honours degree in mathematics or in a subject with at least 50 per cent mathematical content, such as engineering. A levels in mathematics or physics are desirable. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. For suitable applicants who are committed to teaching mathematics but who do not have the majority of mathematics in their first degree, the University offers a 20 - week Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement (SKE) course. The SKE offers a period developing personal mathematics subject knowledge and focused reflection on the learning of mathematics prior to joining the PGCE.

Key featuresn You may be eligible for a tax-free

bursary – visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information



n We boast an impressive record for training teachers, enjoying, for many courses, a 100 per cent graduate employment rate

About the courseMathematics is a challenging and demanding subject within the school curriculum. You will develop skills to teach a broad spectrum of mathematical concepts using a variety of different approaches, including a focus on the development of thinking skills through investigational, collaborative and problem solving activities. Teaching is designed to model the practice to be developed and includes opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. You will attend subject-specific sessions, lectures and seminars, which are designed to develop awareness and understanding of general professional issues; the nature and content of the mathematics curriculum; and the role of Information Communication Technology (ICT) in relation to mathematics and issues such as planning and assessment.

The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a strong focus on exploring theory in practice. You will undertake two placements in different schools, in addition to observation of practice in a primary school. While in school placements, you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience

in teaching mathematics. There are course assignments but no formal examinations and the continuous assessment of teaching is based on achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation.

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information

Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand in teaching posts throughout the UK.

Secondary Education Mathematics (PGCE)

The nature of mathematics and the mathematics curriculum

Teaching and learning mathematics


Subject enhancement and understanding of mathematics 11-16



Olubukola AdeniyiPGCE Secondary Education Mathematics student

The University has a great reputation for teaching and I love mathematics so the PGCE in Mathematics at Bedfordshire was the obvious choice for me. The library has vast resources on offer and the staff are very supportive.


92

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: R9X1


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a good Honours degree in one of the following languages: French, German Spanish or Italian, or be a native speaker of one of these. Candidates should also have proficiency in a second language (up to A level standard). An extension course may meet the requirements. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. Visiting a school in the UK at the time of application is recommended. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn This course attracts a bursary

n Offers the opportunity to become a first class languages teacher

n Students undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement


n We are close to London and its cultural opportunities

About the courseThe Secondary PGCE in Modern Languages aims to develop the necessary skills to teach modern languages effectively, and make learning experiences for young people enjoyable and varied. It also seeks to foster a professional attitude amongst student teachers as well as a critical awareness of key issues of policy and practice underpinned by relevant evidence.

In addition to placing an emphasis on the key principles of modern languages teaching and learning, the course explores the role of digital technologies in supporting teaching and learning, and it focuses on the international dimension of the curriculum. Student teachers are encouraged to take part in activities organised by cultural and educational institutions in the Greater London area.

Successful applicants will undertake work placements in two schools to gain practical teaching experience. Throughout your placement you will benefit from the support of experienced teachers and develop your subject specialism(s).

We accept student teachers from a wide range of language specialisms. Where students’ main specialism is a language other than French, given curriculum patterns in schools, we normally expect students to be able to offer French as a teaching language up to Key Stage 3 or take up a French Extension course prior to joining this course.

This course aims to encourage student teachers to offer, in their practical teaching placements, as many languages as they are able to in order to diversify the languages provision of secondary schools. This may involve introducing them as extracurricular subjects in order to attract interest amongst pupils and continue to build on them as the school and its pupils progress.

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information.


Secondary Education Modern Languages (Spanish, Italian, German, French) (PGCE)

Language acquisition and language learning

The methodology of teaching modern languages

Planning, conducting and assessing learning

Instructional materials design

Exploring key issues such as motivation and notions of culture in language learning through innovative methodologies

Embedding principles and practical approaches of mobile learning in the learning of languages

Continuity and progression of modern languages through the key stages





93

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: X9C6


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess an Upper Second Class Honours degree or above in Physical Education or a related subject. A levels and/or GCSE qualifications in Physical Education are desirable. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and Mathematics in place at the time of application. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-languageAll applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children, preferably in a mainstream UK secondary school. Coaching experience and national governing body awards are also desirable. Due to the practical nature of the course, all applicants must be able to swim. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn Opportunity to be taught by

outstanding practitioners

n We boast an impressive 100-year tradition of training Physical Education teachers and have an outstanding graduate employment rate



About the courseDuring the course, you will gain an understanding of the diverse nature of Physical Education and how it relates to young people, both in school and beyond. You will develop skills to teach a broad curriculum and explore a variety of approaches to promote high quality teaching and learning. Teaching is designed to model innovative and effective practice and includes opportunities for working independently and collaboratively.

The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a course that has a strong focus on exploring theory in practice. You will undertake two placements in different schools, in addition to observation of practice in a primary school. While on school placements, you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience in teaching Physical Education. There are course assignments, but no formal examinations and the continuous assessment of teaching is based on achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation.

This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum 60 Master’s level credits available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for

QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching for the latest information.

Career opportunities Graduates from this course are in great demand for teaching posts throughout the UK and abroad.

Secondary Education Physical Education (PGCE)

The nature of physical education and the physical education curriculum

Teaching and assessment for learning in physical education

Practical areas: athletics, dance, games, gymnastics, health based physical education, outdoor and adventurous activities, and swimming

Professional studies including behaviour management for learning



94

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: Chemistry F2X1, Physics F3X2, Biology CX11


Entry requirements: Candidates must possess a Second Class Honours degree in a relevant science subject, or a degree of which 50 per cent is in the relevant science. A levels in science subjects are desirable. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with children in a mainstream UK school. We actively encourage applications from a diverse range of students, including those considering a career change. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. For suitable applicants who want to train as teachers of chemistry but do not have sufficient knowledge and understanding of chemistry to allow them to teach the subject confidently, the University offers a 20-week chemistry Subject Knowledge Enhancement (SKE) course. This offers a period developing personal chemistry subject knowledge and focused reflection on the learning of chemistry.

Key featuresn You may be eligible for a tax-free bursary

visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching for the latest information




About the courseScience is an exciting and rapidly progressing subject that is challenging to teach. During the course you will study science in the curriculum and develop the skills and experience necessary to teach scientific concepts in a variety of ways. You will attend subject-specific sessions, lectures and seminars designed to develop awareness and understanding of general professional issues and the content of the science curriculum, and practical issues such as lesson planning and assessment.

You will explore a wide range of resources and teaching strategies available to present science in an interesting, informative and relevant way, including the use of practical and investigative work. You will also examine the role of Information Communication Technology (ICT) in the teaching and learning of science.

The University works in partnership with local schools to provide you with a professionally focused course. You will undertake two placements in different schools in addition to observation practice in a primary school. Whilst on school placements, you will be supported by teachers who have extensive experience in science.

Teaching is through lectures, seminars and workshops with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively. There are no formal examinations and the continuous assessment is based on achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s (M) level credits

available. Students achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 Level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

For details of finance visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-intoteaching/ for the latest information.


Secondary Education Science with Biology or Chemistry or Physics (PGCE)

The nature of science and the science curriculum

Teaching and learning science


Subject enhancement and understanding of science 11-16





Did you know?The University maintains excellent partnerships with over 500 schools and works closely with them to provide you with professionally focused courses and opportunities for work placements.

95

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: January


Duration: 20 weeks


Entry requirements: All applicants must have a confirmed offer of a place on a PGCE, GTP or SCITT programme with a recognised provider of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in England by the time the Enhancement course starts in January each year. For those applying to the University of Bedfordshire’s Secondary Mathematics PGCE, candidates must possess a minimum Second Class Honours degree with some relevance to mathematics plus A levels, or equivalent, in mathematics or physics. Students whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to hold IELTS with an average score of 6.0. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Recent and relevant experience of working with children, preferably in a mainstream UK school, is also required. All suitable applicants for PGCE will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau. The University actively encourages applications from mature students or those thinking of returning to education.

Key featuresn Offers the opportunity to enter

Mathematics Initial Teacher Education courses


n There are no fees to pay. For more information visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching


n Ensures confidence and competence in mathematics and focussed reflection on effective teaching of the subject

About the courseThe Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement (SKE) course offers a period of developing personal mathematics subject knowledge and focused reflection on the learning of mathematics. It provides an opportunity to train as a teacher of mathematics for those who do not have the majority of mathematics in their first degree. Mathematics can be engaging and exciting, and our aim is to develop teachers who share that belief and can convey it to pupils. We explore the connections found in school mathematics in order to develop depth of understanding and generate interest and excitement that will be sustained and transferred in the classroom. Teaching includes a broad range of approaches including individual, pair and group work, and practical and ICT-based activities.

Candidates are offered a place on the SKE course on recommendation of an ITE provider. The course runs for 20 weeks from January to June and consists of 12 hours at the University and a minimum of 13 hours of independent study per week. On completion of the course, students follow the programme for the Secondary Mathematics ITE course for which their provisional place was offered.

Participants on the Mathematics SKE course may be eligible for a Training Agency (TA) tax-free bursary which is

linked to your intention to take up an Initial Teacher Education place following completion of the SKE course. You do not pay fees.

Career opportunities Qualified mathematics teachers are in great demand throughout the UK.

Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement

The range of mathematical topics included in the UK mathematics 11-19 curriculum

The wealth of connections which give mathematics its fascination and power

The value of articulation and collaboration in the learning of mathematics

Effective use of ICT as apparatus that supports the learning of mathematics

Reflection on personal experience of a range of teaching approaches



96

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Course code GTTR: G5XC


Entry requirements: Candidates should possess a Second Class Honours degree or above, where ICT or its related components represent at least 50 per cent of the degree. All applicants must have GCSE grade C (or equivalent) in English and mathematics. Applicants whose first language is not English and who do not have GCSE grade C in English need to have IELTS with an average score of at least 6.0. All applicants should have recent and relevant experience of working with young people in an educational setting, preferably a UK mainstream school. We actively encourage applications from mature students and those thinking of returning to education. All suitable applicants will be interviewed and will undergo a check by the Criminal Records Bureau.

Key featuresn We offer the opportunity to become

an innovative teacher in Information Technology, becoming qualified to teach across a range of settings, including secondary schools and in FE


n You will undertake at least 120 days of practical school and college placements


About the courseInformation Technology in schools and colleges is developing rapidly in order to prepare young people to take their place in the ‘information society’. One of the

primary aims of the course is for you to become a competent and effective teacher of ICT within the changing context of secondary education. This course is particularly attractive to mature candidates in employment who are seeking a career change.

You will acquire understanding of ICT within the context of the National Curriculum and within the 14–19 age curriculums in both schools and Further Education (FE) colleges. Teaching is through a blended learning approach, including lectures, seminars and workshops, with opportunities for working independently and collaboratively.

The University works in partnership with local schools and colleges to provide you with a course that has a predominantly professional focus. You will undertake two placements in contrasting schools in addition to a placement with a post-16 provider.

Achieving the national standards for Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) specified in the most recent Government documentation is through a continuous assessment process. This course is offered for assessment at Master’s level, with a maximum of 60 Master’s level credits available. Students

achieving 60 credits at M level and meeting the requirements for QTS will be awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education with QTS. Where appropriate, students will be awarded up to 60 level 6 credits and awarded the Professional Graduate Certificate in Education with QTS.

For details of funding visit: www.education.gov.uk/get-into-teaching/ for the latest information.

Career opportunities Graduates from our secondary courses are in great demand throughout the UK. This is particularly true within Information Technology as a subject area within the rapidly changing ICT curriculum.

Secondary Education 14-19 Applied ICT (PGCE)

Curriculum development in Information Technology

The organisation and management of teaching and learning in Information Technology

Subject enhancement and understanding of Information Technology in the 14-19 curriculum




Did you know?Depending on your field of expertise, we will help you apply your years of professional knowledge in an educational setting.

97

Ed

uca

tio

n &

Tea

chin

gU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

The University offers a wide variety of health-related

courses within its Faculties of Health and Social Sciences;

Creative Arts, Technologies and Science; and the Bedfordshire

and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School (BHPMS).

We offer a variety of contemporary courses designed

with medical, biomedical, nursing and allied health professionals

in mind – from postgraduate degrees for Registered Nurses to

public health options and the new Biomedical Engineering course.

Our Park Square campus and the Butterfield Park site in

Luton have specialist state-of-the-art facilities

for postgraduate research students, and staff receive

research funding from industry, research councils

and leading charities. As a result of continued investment, the division

has modern, well-equipped laboratories which include a new 50-seat lab, built for

our postgraduate students. Our ongoing research activity is relevant to

treating cancer, diabetes, chronic kidney diseases,

neurodegenerative disorders and

chronic infections.

98

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Health & Biological Science

Dr Clare Morris Associate Dean, Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School, and Lecturer in Medical Education

We consistently receive excellent feedback from our students and graduates, who tell us that our courses provide a springboard to new roles and responsibilities within their professional contexts – and new career pathways. We offer a holistic approach, academic rigour and learning relevant to the workplace, while valuing individual students’ needs and ensuring their professional development is at the centre of everything we do.

Scan the code to see what else Clare has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/claremorris

Courses

102 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Advanced Nursing Studies

103 MSc Advanced Nursing Studies with Overseas Nursing Placement

104 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Advanced Practice

105 MSc Biomedical Engineering

106 MSc Biotechnology

107 PgCert Dental Education

108 PgCert Dental Law & Ethics

109 MSc Diabetes

110 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Enhancing Quality Through Patient Safety

111 MSc Environmental Management*

112 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Health Studies

113 PgCert/PgDip/MA Medical Education

114 PgCert Medical Education Leadership

115 PgCert Medical Simulation

116 MSc Osteopathy

117 MSc Pharmacology

118 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Public Health (taught)

118 MSc Public Health (distance learning)

119 PgCert Research Methods

120 PgDip/MSc Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting, School Nursing)

120 MSc Specialist Community (District) Nursing

121 Professional Doctorate in Health Related Studies

Have you also considered...?

22 MBA Hospital and Health Services Management

57 Executive MBA (Healthcare)



99

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Many of our postgraduate health courses are taught at our purpose-built, award-winning Butterfield Park in Luton, which houses a mix of networked computer suites and skills labs, plus a brand-new Simulation Centre. Similarly, our new Buckinghamshire campus at Oxford House in Aylesbury has been designed with healthcare students in mind

Our Putteridge Bury campus links to all the major clinical and academic centres across Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire

Courses are designed mindful of the competing demands on our students, many of whom work full-time in the NHS.

Interactive study days are combined with supported online learning and innovative assessment practices, making strong connections between issues in practice and course content

We have more than 30 years experience running bioscience courses

Access to up-to-date, well equipped labs offering a modern working environment and modern working techniques

Excellent transport links, with London only 30 minutes from the University by train

Faculty of Health and Social Sciences (HSS) Our innovative courses attract students from a diverse range of clinical backgrounds and we offer a flexible, work-based approach to teaching and learning that encourages reflective practice. All postgraduate work is informed by research and grounded in a robust evidence base. The faculty’s research is undertaken in the Institute for Health Research (IHR), which aims to engage in collaborative research at local and international level, and to create research partnerships with purchasers and providers of healthcare, within the professions, industry and the independent sector.

Research areas include:

n Healthcare inequalities

n Primary healthcare

n Chronic disease management

n Health policy, organisational development and educational research

n Sports therapy

See page 185 for more information.

The Institute for Health Research carries out topical research which impacts. policy and practice, including work on health inequalities and the health needs of the UK’s multi-ethnic and multi-faith population.

Faculty of Creative Arts, Technologies and Science (CATS) The faculty brings together a range of disciplines, to generate innovative courses relevant to today’s marketplace. A wide spectrum of research is undertaken by staff in the Division of Science who are also members of the Institute of Biomedical and Environmental Science and Technologies (iBEST). Research activity in human disease, health and wellbeing, and environmental

100

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

science is particularly relevant to our expanding portfolio of postgraduate courses which includes the MSc Biotechnology, the MSc Pharmacology, the MSc Biomedical Engineering and the brand-new MSc Environmental Management.

Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School (BHPMS) The Postgraduate Medical School, based at our Putteridge Bury campus, works collaboratively with a range of partners to design high-quality postgraduate courses and Continuing Professional Development opportunities for medical, dental and healthcare professionals. Key areas of activity include medical education, leadership and simulation, dental education, public health and diabetes. Courses are underpinned by contemporary research within the Institute for Health Research (led by Professor Gurch Randhawa) and the Institute for Diabetes in the Older Person (led by Professor Alan Sinclair, Dean of BHPMS).

Scan the code to see what else Emma has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/emmaamir-ebrahimi

Emma Amir-Ebrahimi PhD Student, Division of Science

Postgraduate study in the biological science area gives you the foundation to enter many different careers, such as medicine, psychiatry, forensics, microbiology, haematology or medical equipment sales.

101

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: September, February or May

Location: Luton campus, Park Square; and Butterfield Park, Luton



Entry requirements: An Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent, or exceptional evidence of previous advanced study, research and professional experience. Applicants’ previous study must be related to nursing. International and EU Applicants will need an IELTS score of 6.0, an Honours degree relating to nursing from a recognised university and registration with a Nursing Council. Previous post-registered clinical experience is advantageous in helping students apply concepts to their practice.

Key featuresn It enables you to focus on your

discipline area

n Contributions from an experienced multidisciplinary course team

n Innovative in its approach, with a strong emphasis on theoretical learning

n Unique combination of subject areas applicable to advanced practice

n The team has extensive experience in supporting students from overseas

About the courseThe course has been designed to enable you to build on your existing knowledge base and be more confident with complex decision-making skills and clinical competencies for expanded practice. It integrates research, education and management issues to enable you to evolve a high degree of professional autonomy and independent practice.

This is a full-time academic course and does not offer clinical placements during the course or lead to registration as a nurse in the UK.

Career opportunitiesHealth professionals are increasingly aware of the need to provide advanced practice within the context of healthcare agendas.

Nurses have to operate in increasingly complex organisations and be familiar with advancing practice in all areas of healthcare. This course offers an opportunity for experienced nurses to develop their knowledge and prepare for taking lead roles in key developments. Home-based students are required to apply their new knowledge to their work environment.

On completing this course, students could progress into the following areas: advanced practitioner roles; consultancy; managerial positions; health and social care policy development; teaching; and research and development.

Advanced Nursing Studies (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Andrew Humphries:t: +44 (0)1582 489 145e: andrew.humphries@beds.

ac.uk w: http://uob.cc/health

Clinical reasoning in nursing assessment and diagnosis

Nursing management of multiple health needs

Evidence-based learning

Supervising learning and development

Assessing and evaluating performance


102

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: Luton campus, Park Square; and Butterfield Park, Luton



Entry requirements: This is a full-time academic course with the opportunity to undertake the Overseas Nursing Placement (ONP) to become registered on the Nursing Midwifery Council and practice as a nurse in the UK. Applicants will need an IELTS of 7.0 in each of the four elements (reading, writing, listening, speaking), an Honours degree relating to nursing from a recognised university and registration with a Nursing Council. You must successfully pass an occupational health and CRB check before undertaking a placement. Additionally, you will be required to obtain a Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) decision letter that does not expire before the end of your placement; and two original references. You must state on your application form your intention to undertake the overseas nursing placement. Previous post-registration clinical experience is advantageous in helping students apply concepts to their practice.


discipline area

n Contributions from an experienced multidisciplinary course team

n Innovative in its approach, with a strong emphasis on theoretical learning

n Unique combination of subject areas applicable to advanced practice

n Opportunity for suitably qualified nurses from overseas to gain registration in the UK as a nurse. This is subject to each candidate obtaining a decision letter to proceed from the NMC and fulfilling the above criteria for entry

n The team has extensive experience in supporting students from overseas

n Excellent transport links, with London only 30 minutes from the University by train

About the courseThe course has been designed to enable you to build on your existing knowledge base and be more confident with complex decision-making skills and clinical competencies for expanded practice. It integrates research, education and management issues to enable you to evolve a high degree of professional autonomy and independent practice.

Career opportunitiesHealth professionals are increasingly aware of the need to provide advanced practice within the context of healthcare agendas.

Nurses have to operate in increasingly complex organisations and be familiar with advancing practice in all areas of healthcare.

This course offers an opportunity for experienced nurses to develop their knowledge and prepare for taking lead roles in key developments.

Overseas nurses who undertake the ONP for registration in the UK will have the opportunity to become proficient in a new environment, as well as developing their theoretical frameworks.

On completing this course, students could progress into the following areas: advanced practitioner roles; consultancy; managerial positions; health and social care policy development; teaching; and research and development.

Advanced Nursing Studies with Overseas Nursing Placement (ONP) (MSc)

To find out more contact Andrew Humphries:t: +44 (0)1582 489 145e: andrew.humphries@beds.


Clinical reasoning in nursing assessment and diagnosis

Nursing management of multiple health needs

Evidence-based learning



Overseas nursing placement (only for candidates who fulfil the criteria for entry onto the register as stated in the entry requirements)


Did you know?This course offers a unique combination of study areas and the ideal opportunity for overseas qualified nurses to gain registration in the UK.

103

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: Luton campus, Park Square; Buckinghamshire campus, Aylesbury; and Butterfield Park, Luton

Duration: 2 years part-time

Open to: UK students

Entry requirements: You should have a Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent, or, exceptionally, evidence of previous advanced study, research or professional nursing or midwifery experience. Applicants must currently be working as a registered health professional within the NHS or independent sector.


specialist area of clinical practice

n It takes an evidence-based approach and involves key staff who are actively engaged in clinical practice and research

n Relates theory to practice and practice to theory

n Incorporates innovative and flexible learning

About the courseExciting changes in healthcare provision, research, client needs, technology and practice have all had a major effect on the work of the health professional in the 21st century. Therefore, it is essential that practitioners providing care are equipped with the most up-to-date skills and knowledge in order to provide the most appropriate care to people using their services.

This course has been developed to embrace the dynamic challenges faced by advanced practitioners in a modern healthcare setting. It therefore integrates research, education and management issues to enable you to evolve a high degree of professional autonomy and independent practice.

By building on your existing knowledge base, and by providing you with the necessary advanced theoretical and clinical expertise, this course will help

you become efficient at managing your own clinical case loads and undertaking advanced health assessment, as well as developing your diagnostic reasoning skills. These issues will relate strongly to the ever-changing climate within healthcare arising from Agenda for Change; the National Health Service Plan; Skills for Health; the Knowledge and Skills Framework; Nursing and Midwifery Council recommendations for 2012 for Advanced Practice; the Royal College of Nursing; and other government health initiatives and agendas such as the National Service Frameworks (NSFs).

Career opportunitiesAs healthcare continues to evolve and change, it is important that practitioners are prepared to a level at which they can deliver an effective and efficient service. Alongside the development of new approaches to care, this course will provide participants with the necessary skills and knowledge to enable them to develop and expand advanced clinical practice roles within their organisations. On completing this MSc course, students are likely to progress into the following areas: advanced practitioner roles; nurse consultant posts; managerial positions; teaching; and research and development.

Advanced Practice (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Anthony McGrath:t: +44 (0)1582 743 870e: anthony.mcgrath@beds.


Assessment and diagnostic skills

Managing multiple health needs

Influencing people and organisations

Project management in health and social care

The option units currently available in the second term include:


Examination of the newborn

Human factors, environment and design in patient safety

Personal development planning (PDP) learning contract

Nurse and midwife independent and supplementary prescribing



104

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Open to: UK/EU/International students*

Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree or equivalent in a biological or biochemistry-related subject. Applications may be considered from a sound academic background and good, relevant practical experience. All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the CEFR, equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn This course offers a unique

combination of core subject areas in basic Bioscience, and Biomedical Engineering and development

n The teaching team comprises leading specialists and research-active staff at the University

n High-quality, broad-based training in Biomedical Engineering underpinned by a wide knowledge base and key transferable skills

About the courseBiomedical Engineering can be defined as the application of biotechnology to problems in human medicine. The discipline itself has emerged to bring together the principles of engineering with those in the bioscience aligned to medicine. It is a highly interdisciplinary field and includes a large number of sub-specialties where research expertise is brought together in various combinations to create new products, instrumentation or software to advance biology and improve healthcare. Underpinning this course is an understanding of cell and molecular biology. From this students will then be exposed to a number of key areas in Biomedical Engineering including: computational, which should allow students to understand

the potential of genomic analysis and its relationship to the emerging field of proteomic and metabonomic analysis; medical imaging and cryobiology will detail principles of protein localisation in cells and tissues, methods of cell and tissue visualisation through to the use of whole body imaging by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI); finally, tissue engineering will build on the students’ existing understanding of maintenance of cells in vitro and the development of methods to create three-dimensional cultures and tissues. Our students will participate in individual projects with the aim of extending their range of practical skills in the context of research.

Career opportunitiesBiomedical Engineering is, together with Biotechnology, one of the UK’s leading, cutting-edge industrial sectors. The UK also has the dominant market position in the European market. Similar growth is also visible in India and China where considerable emphasis is being placed on the development of hi-tech, strongly science-based industries.

This demonstrates that the course will generate graduates who will move into a major industrial growth area.

Typical career destinations include: pharmaceutical or biotechnological industries; academic institutions; the public and private healthcare sectors.

*This course is open to international students who have a work permit (HSMP) and visa allowing them to study part-time.

Biomedical Engineering (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Guy Grant:t: +44 (0)1582 743 566 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Cell and molecular biology

Computational biology

Medical imaging and cryobiology

Biomaterials and tissue engineering

Laboratory-based research project

Medical imaging and cryobiology


Dr John Reynolds Principal Lecturer in Biomedical Science

Scan the code to see what else John has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/johnreynolds

We have exclusive laboratories for postgraduate students, where they can undertake their research projects in the depth that they require. The employability of our postgraduate students is very good. Many students go on to do Phd’s either at Bedfordshire or various research institutes all over the world.

105

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: Applicants should have good Honours degree or equivalent in a biological or biochemistry-related subject. Applications may be considered from a sound academic background and good, relevant practical experience. All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the CEFR, equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The course provides high-quality,

broad-based training in biotechnology, providing a wide knowledge base and key transferable skills

n The experienced teaching team consists of research-active specialists in academic disciplines related to biotechnology, drawn from institutions across the UK

n The academic staff have extensive experience in supervising the training of postgraduate research students and the practical projects of postgraduate students on taught courses

About the courseMSc Biotechnology course covers comprehensively the core subjects of modern Biotechnology: through an advanced understanding of molecular and computational biology to applied microbiology.

The aim of the course is to provide students with an understanding of how microbes can be used on an industrial scale to benefit humankind. New technologies in molecular biology, microbiology and computational biology will be taught and an insight given into how these methodologies are applied in

biotechnology industries. The underlying biochemistry will be explained at an advanced level. Laboratory-based projects will be offered in one of the four taught themes – (i) molecular biology, (ii) computational biology, (iii) applied microbiology and (iv) analytical biology – to provide our graduates with the laboratory skills required for subsequent employment in biotech/pharmaceutical industries or academia.

Career opportunitiesBiotechnology is one of the UK’s leading manufacturing sectors and it is a rapidly developing and expanding industry in many other countries, including China and India. It is also a rapidly growing area in universities, providing

academic research opportunities or possible employment in related spin-out companies. Therefore, this Biotechnology degree will support graduates seeking careers in biotechnology industries, including pharmaceutical and food companies; academic institutions; health-related industries, including the NHS; and other public organisations.

Biotechnology (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Arthur Hosie:t: +44 (0)1582 743 203 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Analytical methods

Applied microbiology

Computational biology

Molecular biology

Research project


Aishwarya ShivashankarappaMSc Biotechnology student

The Professors who teach on the course are highly experienced, and the guidance and support from them is very good.

106

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: September or January




Entry requirements: This postgraduate course is open to individuals who have a first degree (or equivalent qualification or experience) in dentistry, nursing and allied dental professions. It may also be available to those from other backgrounds (eg healthcare managers and educational developers) who wish to develop their knowledge of education, training and leadership in the context of dentistry. When applying you will meet the course leader to discuss your learning needs and requirements, and the appropriateness of the course to meet these.Members of the course team will be happy to discuss your eligibilty for the course and how it may meet your professional learning and development needs.

Key featuresn This innovative, flexible course

combines study days with supported online learning

n The experienced, interdisciplinary course team are established medical and dental educators with experience spanning undergraduate and postgraduate dental, medical and healthcare education

n The course has a unique focus on the development of dental educators for staff working in NHS, HEI and private sector contexts

n The PgCert in Dental Education is accredited by the Higher Education Academy, leading to fellowship of the HEA

About the courseThis innovative course combines study days, workshops and masterclasses with remote access online learning.

The course is likely to appeal to dental professionals who are engaged in education and/or training in primary or secondary care dental settings. Those who are teaching dental students or courses related to dentistry, such as those for dental nurses, therapists, hygienists or technicians, are also encouraged to apply.

The course has a practice-based approach, designed to address the development needs of those new to dental education and training, and those with experience. It has a flexible structure, with clear pathways to higher awards (PgDip and MA in Medical Education), as well as the opportunity to engage in stand-alone units or study days for Continuing Professional Development purposes.

The course places clear emphasis on the development of dental educator skills and also affords opportunities to explore

interprofessional, interdisciplinary and disciplinary specific aspects of education and training.

Education and training in dentistry have undergone significant reform in the past decade, creating new challenges and opportunities for those with educational roles and responsibilities.

Visiting experts will make regular contributions to study days, masterclasses and online activity.

Career opportunitiesThis course supports the development of individuals who wish to pursue explicit educational and/or educational leadership roles in the context of dental education.


Dental Education (PgCert)

To find out more contact Victoria Martin:t: +44 (0)1582 489 006 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Dental education in practice – focuses on aspects of dental teaching including tutorials, supervision and chairside teaching; also includes observation of teaching in your workplace

Contemporary educational perspectives – explores the ways in which theories of learning shape, influence and allow us to develop our teaching, learning and assessment practices

Workplace-based learning – offers a contemporary analysis of workplace-based learning and assessment and how to enhance their effectiveness


107

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Elinor Japp Dentist, PgCert in Dental Education graduate

The course entertained, challenged and stimulated me intellectually, professionally and personally. It has fundamentally changed the way I think and improved my practice.


Starts in: October or January each year




Entry requirements: This postgraduate course is open to individuals who have a first degree (or equivalent qualification or experience) in dentistry, dental nursing and allied dental professions.

Key featuresn The only university accredited course

in Law and Ethics specifically for dental professionals

n A practice-based course addressing aspects of law and ethics in dentistry

n Opportunities to tailor assessments to relevant areas of professional interest and/or workplace need

n Combines face-to-face study with online learning

About the courseThis innovative and dynamic course has been designed specifically for dental care professionals, working in a range of dental care contexts. The course provides unique opportunities to critically examine dental care and practice from relevant ethical, legal and professional standpoints.

This part-time course combines study days (eight in total), with supported on-line learning and self-directed study. You will be taught by dentists and other health and social care professionals with legal and ethical expertise.

You will have an opportunity to tailor assessment tasks in ways that allow you to deal with real issues you encounter in your professional lives. Tutor support for assessment activities is provided. This practice-based approach is designed to address the various needs of those who are relatively new to dental practice as well as those who are more experienced.

Career opportunitiesDesigned to develop the skills and practices of dental care professionals with an interest in legal and ethical dental practice. The course promotes a strong action orientation and is likely to be of relevance to those who wish to enhance their legal role in dental practice and other settings (eg practice managers, clinical leads), indemnity organisations, primary care organisations or to legal firms as expert witnesses.

Dental Law & Ethics (PgCert)

To find out more contact Dr Hoda Wassif:t: +44 (0)1582 489 224 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Legal, ethical and professional frameworks that underpin dental practice

Comprehensive view on aspects of dental law as it relates to dental care and practice


Did you know?This is the only university accredited course in Dental Law and Ethics within the UK, that is specific to dental staff. This course focuses on enabling dentists to work with professionally relevant legal and ethical principles, considering the ways in which these principles influence their everyday practice.

108

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: September but admissions throughout the year


Duration: Usually 2-3 years (but up to 6 years) part-time


Entry requirements: You should normally have an undergraduate degree in medicine or in a health-related profession, with at least one year of full-time practice (or equivalent) at post-registration level. Healthcare professionals without a degree who have professional qualifications with normally three years’ experience post-registration will be considered.

Key featuresn The Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire

Postgraduate Medical School has a strategic campus at Putteridge Bury and links to all the major clinical and academic centres in both counties; a new Institute of Diabetes for Older People (IDOP) was launched in May 2008 and is undertaking some key studies with funding from the Department of Health and the European Union

n The teaching teams comprise senior NHS specialists led by Professor Alan Sinclair, who is a leading international figure in medicine and diabetes; he directs a major programme in diabetes research and also leads on several national and international initiatives

n Close links with the University of Hertfordshire and Cranfield University are being developed to enable more collaboration in diabetes learning and teaching

n A distance learning course in Diabetes at Master’s level is under development

About the courseThis course is designed to enhance the academic capabilities, including clinical research methodology skills, of medical and healthcare practitioners, and to meet their Continuing Professional

Development needs. It aims to equip healthcare practitioners with the knowledge and skills to engage positively in a wide spectrum of academic activities. Working within the NHS is not mandatory since the course will also benefit those in other health-related areas. Students from overseas will find that the friendly and supportive environment within the Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire Postgraduate Medical School (BHPMS) assists them in adapting to this blended-learning course.

On successful completion of the course, you will have developed a wide range of skills, knowledge and attitudes with which to undertake greater involvement in clinical practice and research activity using an evidence-based framework.

The highly experienced and supportive teaching team will help you to develop a critical, analytical and reflective stance towards medical education and its practice. The course includes a combination of face-to-face study days and independent study, as well as various assessment methods. Student feedback confirms that excellent support is available throughout the course.

Career opportunitiesYou will have the opportunity to gain a high-quality postgraduate qualification and to specialise in the area diabetes. You will gain a firm foundation in the design, implementation and evaluation of clinical research activity in both practice and higher education settings. You will then be able to apply this knowledge and skills to foster your career development either as a doctor in training, or other health professional.


Diabetes (MSc)

To find out more contact Professor Alan Sinclair:t: +44 (0)1582 743 285e: [email protected]

Maureen Edovic:t: +44 (0)1582 743 988e: maureen.edovic@beds.


Research methodology

Project preparation

Evidence-based medicine

Ethical and legal aspects

Detailed areas of study relating to the specialism of diabetes


Did you know?This course is delivered almost entirely by senior NHS specialists and all units have practical guidance on diabetes care in most clinical settings.

109

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: October

Location: Luton campus, Butterfield Park, Luton



Entry requirements: You should have an Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent, or, exceptionally, evidence of previous advanced study, research or professional experience.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn We have good links with local

organisations who lead in the delivery of the patient safety agenda

n The University has worked with organisations at a national level on safer care initiatives

n We are one of the first educational organisations in this country to offer this type of course

About the courseThis MSc Enhancing Quality Through Patient Safety, is one of the first in the UK to deal specifically with the patient safety agenda. Safer care is a key priority of the Department of Health, as evidenced by the fact that it is the first objective in the Standards for Better Health document (DH, 2004).

Since its creation in 2001, the National Patient Safety Agency (NPSA) has concentrated much of its efforts on facilitating organisational and occupational change to promote patient safety. It is therefore clear that senior healthcare staff need to support and drive the patient safety agenda as an integral part of their work role.

Offering this high quality programme at Master’s level meets the continuing professional development (CPD) needs of the staff involved in delivering the objectives of the Department of Health and its partner organisations such as the NPSA and the NHS Institute for Innovation.

Career opportunitiesThe drivers for enhanced quality and patient safety will continue to grow. Practitioners achieving this qualification will be well placed to participate and lead in the developments that are being made and planned within the patient safety arena.

Enhancing Quality Through Patient Safety (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Frank Milligan:t: +44 (0)1582 743 825 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

The nature and frequency of patient safety incidence

Safety culture and root cause analysis

Risk assessment and solution development

Human factors and design improvements for safer care

Implementing patient safety solutions


110

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Duration: 12 months full-time (intensive); otherwise 18 months. Part-time 3 years


Entry requirements: Honours degree at 2:2 or above in a relevant scientific subject i.e. biological, ecological or environmental related science. Applications may also be considered from candidates with relevant practical experience. All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the CEFR, equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Unique combination of environmental,

ecological and biotechnological sciences, combined with environmental project management skills

n Our teaching team includes internationally recognised academics – as well as guest lectures and talks from government and industry scientists

n Focus on key industry related employability skills

About the courseThe MSc Environmental Management course will provide a deep understanding of key theoretical and practical skills relating to global environmental change (including, but not limited to climate change). The course also empowers graduates with the key skills to effectively manage a changing environment (from scientific skills such as predicting changes and optimising environmental processes such as food production using biotechnology based methods, to management skills such as understanding of legislative and

economic processes in an international context). Each subject covered will draw upon the latest scientific literature, knowledge of academic staff (who are key researchers in many of the areas taught) and where appropriate, guest lecturers from other leading academics, government agency scientists or managers and industry professionals.

The key strengths of the course are the integration of environmental science, biotechnological methods and project management to sustainably manage the environment, biodiversity and ecosystem services (and the economic value of these services, such as food security, clean water and elimination of waste) in a world that is changing through diverse anthropogenic activities.

Career opportunitiesThe course will support graduates seeking careers in environmental science and management from a wide range of employment opportunities in the public and private sectors provided by environmental and ecological consultancies, environmental and agricultural research organisations, academic institutions, environmental agencies and other organisations in the following key areas:

n Research and development

n Environmental risk assessments

n Environmental biotechnology and food security

n GM trials and other biotechnology related environmental risks

n Environmental and Ecological Impact Assessments

n Environmental Data Analysis, Scientific Writing and Information Systems

Environmental Management* (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Rick Stafford:t: +44 (0)1234 400 400

(ext. 2142) e: richard.stafford@beds.


Global environmental change

Environmental biotechnology

Environmental project management


Did you know?Topical areas are covered in detail by this course, including climate change, food security and environmental sustainability, all of which are areas of high priority for funding and research for most national governments and industrial research and development internationally.

111

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: Luton campus, Butterfield Park



Entry requirements: You should have a Diploma in Nursing or an Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent, and relevant professional experience.

Key featuresn It is offered in a flexible format

n It enables you to follow your own subject discipline

n It enables you to gain credit for your professional experiences

About the courseThis course offers you the unique opportunity to have your professional experience recognised by the award of up to 90 Master’s level academic credits through the Accreditation of Prior and Experimental Learning (APEL) process. You may also use Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning (APCL) acquired at other institutions.

You have the opportunity to build your own programme of learning that meets your specific learning needs with the aim of improving your employability prospects.

If you wish to make an APEL claim against your practice experience you will be required to undertake an APEL Portfolio. All students accessing this course will be expected to complete a Personal Development Planning (PDP) learning contract to demonstrate how their chosen units relate to their personal and professional development.

Career opportunitiesYou are expected to complete a learning contract that actively engages you in the process of PDP. The units you select will be specifically related to your career development. After completing this course you may wish to progress into the following areas: senior roles in health and social care environments; specialist practitioner roles; teaching roles; research; consultancy; and health/social service management.

Health Studies (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Jacqueline England:t: +44 (0)1582 743 481 e: jacqueline.england@beds.


The course is tailor-made to each individual applicant using a Personal Development Planning (PDP) learning contract and option units.

The option units currently available include:

Assessment and diagnostic skills


Examination of the newborn

Human factors, environment and design in patient safety

Influencing people and organisations

Managing multiple health needs

Nurse and midwife independent and supplementary prescribing

Patient safety

Project management in health and social care


Leadership in healthcare practice


112

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: September, January or April




Entry requirements: This is a postgraduate course open to individuals who have a first degree (or demonstrably equivalent qualification or experience) in medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or a related healthcare discipline. It may also be open to graduates with interests in educational or faculty development in these areas.

Key featuresn This innovative, flexible course

combines study days with supported online learning

n Specialist PgCert awards in Dental Education, Medical Education Leadership and Medical Simulation are available

n The experienced course team bring expertise from higher and professional education contexts and are recognised for their innovative approaches to faculty development in medicine and dentistry

About the courseThis flexible course is designed for those with an interest in education in the context of medicine and/or health. Current students include hospital doctors, GPs, dentists, nursing, midwifery and allied health professionals working in NHS, Deanery, Higher Education and independent sector contexts. The PgCert in Medical Education is accredited by the Higher Education Academy (HEA), leading to fellowship of the HEA.

The course is aligned to appropriate professional standards and is therefore suitable for educational and clinical supervisors, as well as those wishing to become GP Trainers. The MA Medical Education course has been designed with the needs of busy professional people in mind. Each unit combines two to five focused study days (over a three-month period) with interactive online learning and

supported self-directed study. It offers stand-alone interim awards at PgCert and PgDip and has recognised entry routes from our specialist PgCert pathways in Dental Education, Medical Simulation and Medical Education Leadership see pages 107, 114 and 115.

There are specified Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) routes for individuals who have already completed a PgCert in an equivalent area and an entry by advanced standing route for experienced educators.

The course positions medical and healthcare education in its contemporary professional, policy and practice contexts. There is an explicit focus on the development of a full range of medical educator and educational leadership skills and the approaches to learning, teaching and assessment are designed to ensure that your practice is underpinned by sound theoretical principles.

Each unit provides opportunities to engage in work-related professional development activity and the highly experienced and supportive course team will help you develop a critical, analytic and reflective stance towards medical and healthcare education and its practice.

Career opportunitiesIncreasingly there is an expectation that those who are involved in education and training in both NHS and Higher Education contexts, should have a postgraduate qualification in learning and teaching.

Past students have commented that engagement in the course has broadened career opportunities and enhanced their career progression, providing them with the impetus and enthusiasm to adopt wider educational roles and responsibilities.

Medical Education (PgCert/PgDip/MA)

To find out more contact Dr Clare Morris:t: +44 (0)1582 743 868 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Medical education in practice

Dental education in practice

Simulation in practice

Educational policy and leadership

Contemporary educational perspectives

Workplace-based learning

Promoting professionalism

Curriculum in practice

Professional development

Faculty development

Evidence-based medical education

Medical education project


Dr Claire ColebournConsultant Intensivist, John Radcliffe Hospital, Oxford MA Medical Education graduate

The course is a real career springboard and it has made my working life a lot more fulfilling. It was undoubtedly the best thing I have done since qualifying.

113

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: This is a postgraduate course open to individuals who have a first degree (or demonstrably equivalent qualification or experience) in medicine, dentistry, nursing, allied health or social care. It may also be available to those from other backgrounds who wish to develop their knowledge of education, training and leadership in medicine and/or health (eg healthcare managers and educational developers).

Key featuresn An innovative, flexible course

combining study days with supported online learning

n Core and optional units allow tailoring to interests and role

n Experienced interdisciplinary course team who have local/national advisory and consultancy roles

n Focus on the development of educational leadership capabilities

n Relevant for those with formal leadership roles or for practitioners wishing to influence policy and practice

About the courseThis flexible course is designed for those engaged in teaching, learning and assessment and/or workforce development within medical, dental and healthcare contexts. Current students include hospital doctors and managers, GPs, dentists, vets, osteopaths, nursing, midwifery and allied health professionals working in NHS, Deanery, Higher Education and independent sector contexts. Our students often comment on the richness of learning opportunities provided by these multidisciplinary cohorts. The design of the Postgraduate Certificate in Medical Education Leadership has been informed

by the work of the NHS Institute for Innovation and Improvement models of Leadership.

The structure and delivery of the curriculum recognises the need for busy professionals to relate their learning directly to their current and future roles. Each unit within the award combines three or four focused study days (over a three-month period) with interactive online learning and supported self-directed study. There is an explicit focus on the development of a range of educational and developmental leadership skills and all learning and teaching approaches are underpinned by sound theoretical educational and leadership principles. The assessment for and of learning is supported by a highly experienced and accessible team who enable learners to develop a critical, analytic and reflective stance towards leadership in medical, dental and healthcare education and workforce development.

Students choose to undertake this qualification as a stand-alone certificate or as a recognised entry route into the PgDip or MA in Medical Education.

Career opportunitiesIncreasingly, there is a growing expectation that those involved in education and training in medical and Higher Education contexts should have a relevant postgraduate qualification. Past students have commented that engagement in this course has broadened opportunities and enhanced their career progression, providing them with the recognition, impetus and enthusiasm to adopt wider educational and/or leadership roles and responsibilities. This course is therefore relevant for those with formal leadership roles or for practitioners wishing to influence policy and practice.

Medical Education Leadership (PgCert)

To find out more contact Linda Jones:t: +44 (0)1582 743 798 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Educational policy and leadership (core)

Professional development (optional)

Promoting professionalism (optional)

Faculty development (optional)

Workplace-based learning (optional)


Did you know?This innovative and flexible course has been designed with the needs of medical and healthcare professionals in mind, giving you the opportunity to share practices and knowledge with a wide range of individuals working in these fields.

114

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: Putteridge Bury campus, Luton and Luton campus, Butterfield Park



Entry requirements: This is a postgraduate course open to individuals who have a first degree (or demonstrably equivalent qualification or experience) in medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or a related healthcare discipline. It may also be open to graduates with interests in educational or faculty development in these areas.

Key featuresn This flexible course combines study

days with supported online learning

n Opportunity to rehearse, critique and develop core facilitation skills which maximise learning in simulated settings

n Assessment activity is related to real-world issues, with options to tailor to your own work context

n The experienced course team bring expertise from higher and professional education contexts and are recognised for their innovative approaches to faculty development in medicine and dentistry

About the courseThis flexible course is designed for those with an interest in the educational uses of simulation in medicine and/or health. Current students include hospital doctors, general practitioners, nurses and midwives working in NHS and Higher Education contexts. Whilst simulation is now well embedded within medical and healthcare education and training, its use is often adopted uncritically. This course explores both the ‘thinking behind’ the use of simulation and the ways in which its educational use can be enhanced. It also provides opportunities to rehearse approaches to the use of simulation in our state-of-the-art simulation centre and to tailor assessment elements in line with professional interests and needs.

The PgCert course has been designed with the needs of busy professional people in mind. There is one core unit – simulation in practice – and one optional unit. Each unit combines four study days (over one term) with interactive online learning and supported self-directed study. Our learning, teaching and assessment strategy fosters the development of educational approaches which are underpinned by sound theoretical principles. Each unit allows some scope to engage in work-related professional

development activity and the highly experienced and supportive course team will help you develop a critical, analytic and reflective stance towards using medical simulation.

The PgCert in Medical Simulation provides a pathway into our highly regarded MA in Medical Education for those who wish to develop their interests and expertise further.

Career opportunitiesIncreasingly there is an expectation that those who are involved in education and training in both NHS and Higher Education contexts, should have a postgraduate qualification in learning and teaching. Past students have commented that engagement in the course has broadened career opportunities and enhanced their career progression, providing them with the impetus and enthusiasm to adopt wider educational roles and responsibilities.

Medical Simulation (PgCert)

To find out more contact Tony Kemp:t: +44 (0)1582 489 090 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/healths

Simulation in practice

Contemporary educational perspectives

Workplace-based learning


Did you know?Our new state-of-the-art Simulation Centre provides students with opportunities to practise approaches to the use of simulation in education or staff training.

115

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: British School of Osteopathy, London

Duration: 4 years full-time


Entry requirements: The normal minimum requirements for entry onto the Master’s in Osteopathy course are five GCSE’s at grades A-C including Mathematics and English language and three A Levels at which are to include Biology and one other science (preferably Chemistry). A typical offer is three A Levels at grades BBC. As an alternative to A Levels, AVCE, BTEC National Diplomas, Access Certificates, Scottish Highers, Irish Leaving Certificates, International Baccalaureates and a large number of home and overseas qualifications with relevant science content at an appropriate level are accepted. Students whose first language is not English are required to demonstrate fluency in both written and spoken English. A wide range of English language qualifications are accepted, including IELTS and TOEFL.All prospective students are required to attend an Interview and Evaluation Day during which prospective students are normally required to perform a range of aptitude tests, a written English test and a personal interview in order to demonstrate their suitability for the profession and the BSO.

Key featuresn Practical training with experienced

osteopaths

n A student-centred approach to academic and clinical training

n Opportunities to work with patients in a wide variety of clinical settings

n Teaching and learning to help you develop your own learning style

About the courseOsteopathy is a four year course that leads to professional registration with the General Osteopathic Council. Upon

successful completion, you will be able to practice as an osteopath. Osteopathy is a primary health care system, similar to physiotherapy and complementary to other medical practices. Osteopaths primarily work through the neuro-musculo-skeletal system, mostly on muscles and joints, using holistic and patient-centred approaches.

Career opportunitiesThe majority of students leaving the BSO become self-employed osteopaths. Opportunities in osteopathy are increasing and, as the public awareness of osteopathy grows, there is an increasing demand for qualified and registered osteopaths. Although most osteopaths work on a self-employed basis in the private sector, there are increasing opportunities to develop your career in a multidisciplinary environment. Developing links between the National Health Service and the osteopathic profession mean that there are

opportunities to work within hospitals, in partnership with doctors in general practice and in community health centres.

Osteopathy (MSc)

To find out more contact Admissions at the British School of Osteopathy:t: +44 (0)20 7089 5316 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/osteopathy

Human anatomy, physiology and pathology

Osteopathic technique, ethics and philosophy

Practice management and business


116

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: Applicants should have a good Honours degree or equivalent in a biological or biochemistry-related subject. Applications may be considered from a sound academic background and good, relevant practical experience. All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the CEFR, equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Unique in its combination of core

subject areas in drug research and development, all of which draw upon the latest developments in laboratory and clinical practice in pharmacology

n The teaching team comprises leading specialists and research-active staff at the University, as well as in other institutions, pharmaceutical industries, government agencies and NHS sectors

n High-quality, broad-based training in pharmacology underpinned by a wide knowledge base and key transferable skills

About the courseThe MSc Pharmacology course is designed to allow students to gain a broad overview of drug discovery and development; mechanisms of drug action at molecular level; drug treatment of relevant human diseases; and practical experiences of cell and molecular technologies used in relevant areas of pharmacology at an advanced level – all of which draw upon the latest developments in laboratory practice and clinical practice.

You will gain an in-depth knowledge of individual examples of drug development throughout and specialise in selected areas towards the end of the course, culminating with a laboratory research project chosen in one of these areas. Intensive laboratory practical experience and a research project are vital parts of training at Master’s level in Science. This course is designed to provide wider choices of laboratory-based research projects by applying state-of-the-art technologies and instruments under supervision of the research-active staff in the division.

Career opportunitiesThe course will support graduates seeking careers in drug research and development by offering a wide range of employment opportunities provided by pharmaceutical or biotechnological industries, academic institutions, the NHS and other public organisations. Key areas include: Higher Education (MPhil/PhD); drug design; pre-clinical research in experimental and biological studies; pharmacogenomics and proteomics clinical research; drug registration; licensing and regulatory affairs; medical information; medical sales; medical writing; and cell and molecular-based technologies.

*This course is open to international students who have a work permit (HSMP)and visa allowing them to study part-time. Distance learning is not available to international students.

Pharmacology (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Zheying Zhu:t: +44 (0)1582 743 476 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health


Drug discovery and development

Molecular pharmacology

Clinical pharmacology and therapeutics

Research project


Did you know?The Division of Science has invested £1m to create a new laboratory facility for postgraduate students, providing the division with a suite of modern, well-equipped labs.

117

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a Honours degree, or equivalent in terms of experience. You must be working within public health. All applicants must have the ability to study and complete all assessments with a suitably high standard of English, which in the case of overseas students, will be assessed in accordance with University policy. Our minimum requirements are IELTS 6.0 or equivalent. Please visit www. beds.ac.uk/english-language for detailed information.

Key featuresn It is offered in a flexible format

n It enables you to follow your own discipline

About the courseThis course focuses on the applied principles of public health and is aimed at both medically and non-medically qualifiedpeople. It is relevant to people with health service and non-health service backgrounds including primary or secondary care;nursing and professions related to medicine; health promotion; healthcare research; health management; and anyone wishing to develop a career in public health. An innovative work-based approach centres the course within the student’s practice and specific areas of interest appropriate to their level of experience and skill.

The course is dedicated to creating an effective ‘community of inquiry’ to foster group learning and support. It is based on the principles set out in the UK Government Public Health White Papers, which the National Health Service (NHS) uses to improve health and prevent disease, and not just to provide treatment for those who are ill. How these principles can be employed internationally will be explored. The course provides a useful introduction

to the academic part of the syllabus for the Membership of the Faculty of Public Health Medicine (MFPHM) part one examination and will also position students to take the core public health competencies. The course develops participants’ practical and critical public health skills which is underpinned by a sound understanding of associated theories. The course has three entry awards – Postgraduate Certificate, Postgraduate Diploma and Master of Science degree.

During the course you will have the opportunity to develop your own special interests and embark on academic research. The course is delivered by an eminent group of academics who, between them, have many years of public health expertise at practitioner and researcher level. Delivery of the course will also be via online interactive material and participation will be required via blogging and wikkies. Technological requirements are a computer with Windows 7 or XP running Microsoft Windows 2007. Technical help is available if needed.

Career opportunitiesPublic health has become an increasingly significant focus of government plans worldwide, initiating developments at local and national levels within multiple healthcare settings. Organisations require practitioners who have the

specialist skills and attitudes provided by this course, whether experienced practitioners or graduates seeking a working understanding of public health.

* Distance learning is not available to international students

Public Health (Taught) (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)Public Health (Distance Learning) (MSc)

To find out more contact Susan Sapsed:e: [email protected] e: bhpms.publichealth@beds.

ac.uk w: www.beds.ac.uk/bhpms

Concepts in public health

Exploring research methodology

Experimental evidence and evaluation

Epidemiology in public health

Ethical and legal issues in public health

Policies and issues in public health

Public health protection

Diversity in public health


118

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: February

Location: British School of Osteopathy, London

Duration: 12 months part-time


Entry requirements: Applicants should have a UK or overseas degree from a recognised academic institution, or an equivalent professional qualification, or a recognised health care qualification in osteopathy, chiropractic or physiotherapy. All students are required to have basic IT skills and a computer internet connection.

Key featuresn A strong manual medicine and

therapy focus

n High-quality educational, scholarship and research activities

n An opportunity for osteopaths, chiropractors and other manual medicine practitioners to engage in shared learning and enquiry

About the courseThis course is designed to fulfil individual and professional needs and meet the challenges of professional revalidation, both in terms of short and long-term study.

For osteopaths and other manual therapy practitioners who are currently involved in teaching or research, or are considering an academic career, this one year course aims to support their professional development as academics and/or researchers.

Career opportunitiesIn addition to the research-specific knowledge and skills gained upon completion of your programme of study, you will have developed transferable skills in areas such as communication, information literacy, creativity and critical thinking that will enhance your employability. In particular, the course will enable you to pursue a career in academia and research by teaching the requisite skills to equip you for life in today’s ever-changing health care environment.

Research Methods (PgCert)

To find out more contact the British School of Osteopathy:t: +44 (0)20 7089 5316 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/research

Advanced research methods and design

Statistics for health care research

Descriptive and inferential statistics

Introduction to multivariate and multivariable analysis

Practice of data analysis using SPSS and other statistical software packages


Did you know?The British School of Osteopathy is the oldest school of Osteopathy in the UK and its teaching clinic is the largest and busiest in Europe.

119

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: March and/or September




Entry requirements:MSc Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting) You should have a good first degree in an appropriate subject-related discipline, or a Diploma in Nursing or Midwifery, plus practice-related experience. All applicants need to demonstrate their literacy and numeracy by attaining GCSEs in English and Maths at grade C or above, or equivalent -- for example level two adult literacy and numeracy. MSc Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (School Nursing) You should have a good Honours degree or equivalent. You must be live on the nursing or midwifery register held by the NMC. Applicants must also have completed a period of experience of sufficient length to have consolidated pre-registration outcomes and to have gained a deeper understanding in relevant professional practice, usually two years. MSc Specialist Community (District) Nursing You must have a good Honours degree in an appropriate subject-related discipline or equivalent. You must be on Part One of the NMC register. Applicants must also have completed a period of experience of sufficient length to have consolidated pre-registration outcomes and to have gained a deeper understanding in relevant professional practice, usually two years.

Key featuresn Supported practice placements in

partnership with NHS Trusts

n Courses supported by nationally renowned research provided by the Institute for Health Research

n Innovative teaching, including web-based support and state-of-the-art learning environments

n We are joint first in the UK for nursing graduate prospects, achieving top marks in The Independent’s Complete University Guide 2012

n Rated as ‘outstanding’ for student support through our innovative personal lecturer scheme

n Dynamic course, led by experienced practitioners and lecturers

n Includes small-group teaching

n Supported in practice by community practice teachers and mentors

n Taught by experts with a wealth of specialist knowledge and skills in community-based nursing

About the courseThese courses are designed to focus on healthcare and social care provision to individuals, groups and communities within specialist community services. The emphasis in practice is on developing your competence and confidence in assessing the needs of individuals, groups and communities, and working in partnership with them to make informed health choices. The courses at Master’s level will equip you with the skills, knowledge and value base to enable you to function within the community and become an autonomous, reflective, evidence-based

and innovative practitioner, as well as help you to deliver an effective, client-centred and holistic programme of care.

Career opportunitiesOn successful completion of any of these courses, you will be entered onto the Nursing and Midwifery Council Register as a qualified Public Health Nurse.

Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting, School Nursing) (PgDip/MSc) Specialist Community (District) Nursing (MSc)

To find out more contact Christine Norgate:t: +44 (0)1582 743 841 e: christine.norgate@beds.


Assessments and interventions in public health practice

Promoting public health

Leadership and management in public health practice

Service improvement and innovation

Nurse prescribing


120

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: October




Entry requirements: You should be a senior professional from a health and social care profession, a profession allied to medicine or community support service in the UK, and have a first or upper second class Honours degree from a UK university or equivalent. Additionally, you should be in relevant employment, as the workplace will be the primary source for data collection used for the thesis element of the course. Applicants must submit a 500-word research proposal and a supporting letter from their employer. Suitable candidates will be invited for an interview.

Key featuresn It will enable you to develop evidence-

based practice and improve current practice in your field

n It is taught and supervised by health and social care practitioners with a wide range of research expertise

n It promotes meaningful study that will contribute to enhanced and innovative clinical practice

n You will be able to identify your own personal learning needs and develop a Professional Development Portfolio

About the courseThis Professional Doctorate has been developed in response to national and local initiatives with a focus on enhancing the profile of senior practitioners in health, social care and those of professions allied to medicine with a responsibility for the development of evidence-based practice and practice improvement.

It aims to provide a channel through which students will:

n Influence local and national policy and practice agendas within their own sphere of practice

n Develop their leadership capability through reflection and project management

n Enhance their creativity, critical thinking, risk taking and self-awareness

n Plan, implement and evaluate their own professional goals and those of their employer

n Promote an evaluative culture within their organisation where they can influence, implement and evaluate change

n Develop supportive networking opportunities with their peers

n Enhance their research skills and capacity through conference presentations and publications

n Become a member of the wider research community

The taught component of the course comprises a range of teaching and learning methods including lectures, seminars, group-work, e-learning, discussions, debates and workshops. The focus at stage one will be on the students’ learning needs in relation to the development of general research and project-specific skills.

The second stage builds on the first, with a focus on enhancing the students’ critical and analytical skills within a variety of research, service evaluation and audit methodologies.

Teaching at the first two stages will take place in three one-week blocks per stage in the autumn, spring and summer, supported by e-learning and supervisory tutorials.

There are no taught components at stages three and four, but the supervision continues through the use of tutorials with your supervisory team and via e-learning. You will also attend cohort study days for workshops about the viva voce exam and preparation of the thesis, which involves practice-based research and would normally not exceed 65,000 words in length.

The Professional Doctorate will be awarded to students who have critically investigated and evaluated an approved topic resulting in an independent and original contribution to professional practice, as demonstrated through the examined thesis and viva voce.

Career opportunitiesThis course will enable senior health and social care practitioners to enhance their profiles by building on their expertise and enhancing their skills and competency.

Professional Doctorate in Health Related Studies

To find out more contact Dr Sharon Black:t: +44 (0)1296 734 321 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/health

Key skills for postgraduate study

Planning projects in health and social care


Did you know?This Professional Doctorate responds to local and national initiatives with a focus on senior medical, health and social care professionals’ skills enhancement.

121

Hea

lth

& B

iolo

gic

al S

cien

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

The University of Bedfordshire is a major

provider of education and research in exercise science, sport and physical education

(PE) and has established a reputation for its exceptional

teaching, pioneering research and high graduate

employment rate.

All our courses are underpinned by research

conducted at the University. In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise 2008, the University was commended for its “world-leading” research in several areas including sport.

In order to remain at the forefront of academic

excellence and offer vocationally relevant courses, we are continually developing

new and exciting postgraduate degrees in PE, sport and

exercise science.

We are the first university to work with the Dame Kelly

Holmes Legacy Trust as an associate partner.

The partnership will allow talented young athletes the chance to learn from world-

class athletes and achieve their full potential, whilst opening up new opportunities for our

students to engage in the elite sporting community.

122

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Exercise Science, Sport & PE

The Department of Sport & Exercise Science offers a range of exciting and innovative courses that provide an opportunity for academic development and personal research, whilst providing skills and knowledge that make our graduates attractive to employers. Our state-of-the-art laboratories include an environmental chamber and muscle cell physiology laboratory, and you will be taught by staff who are widely recognised as leading experts in their fields, with experience of working at the highest level in sport and exercise science.

Professor John Brewer Head of Department Sport & Exercise SciencesDirector of Sport & Enterprise

Courses

126 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Clinical Exercise Physiology

127 PgCert/PgDip/MA Community Sport Management

128 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Physical Activity, Nutrition & Health Promotion

129 PgCert/PgDip/MA Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy

130 MSc Molecular & Cellular Exercise Physiology

131 MSc Sport & Exercise Rehabilitation*

132 PgCert/PgDip/MA Sport Development Management

133 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Sports Performance



123

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


Gain access to “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

Benefit from our research informed teaching and learning

Work in our state-of-the-art facilities which were used to train 2012 Olympic athletes

Staff are experts in their respective fields and many are internationally recognised

A long established history of high-quality teaching and over 100 years’ experience of teaching PE

Our Sport science labs boast an array of technical and scientific equipment for students to get involved in practical experiments to enhance their learning

Strong links with professional clubs and county football associations

Our courses provide an exciting, up-to-date industry-specific curriculum

Home to the muscle cellular and molecular physiology lab – currently the only one of its kind in the UK

Industry-standard facilities Our Bedford campus is home to a state-of-the art £8m Physical Education and Sport Science Centre, which will be used to train athletes for the 2012 Olympics. It boasts an array of hi-tech equipment including a human performance laboratory and two fully equipped gyms with movement sensor lighting, a spectator gallery, two high-quality dance studios and the muscle cellular and molecular biology laboratory, the first of its kind in the UK.

Department of Sport and Exercise Science Staff in the department have a range of experiences in sport and exercise, with a wide range of research interests and involvement with elite sport at the highest level. Many staff are recognised nationally and internationally for their academic work and experiences, including research.

Recent multi-million pound investment in state-of-the-art laboratory facilities has provided the Department with high-quality opportunities for learning and engagement in experimental work. The laboratories have a range of scientific equipment that includes an

environmental chamber, and equipment for the measurement of oxygen uptake, speed, reaction times, strength, power and body composition, as well as a dedicated tissue culture facility, the innovative muscle cell and molecular biology laboratory.

Recent new appointments have strengthened the Department’s expertise and reputation in muscle cellular and molecular physiology and applied sports science. Research interests include: muscle cellular and molecular physiology; applied sport and exercise physiology; and physical activity and health. Underpinned by research conducted at the University, the Department offers the following courses: MSc in Clinical Exercise Physiology; MSc in Sports Performance; and an MSc in Physical Activity, Nutrition and Health Promotion. The Department has also recently introduced a brand-new course, MSc Molecular and Cellular Exercise Physiology, find out more about this new course on page 130.

Department of PE and Sports StudiesPE teacher training education has been provided at our Bedford campus for more than 100 years and the University is one of the largest trainers of PE teachers in the UK. The Department has developed two brand-new courses – MA in Sport Community Management and MA in Sport Development Management - and will introduce further courses based on the needs of the current sporting environment.

Staff are actively involved in research and are committed to providing engaging teaching that incorporates the latest research findings, policies and practices. Some have held senior positions teaching PE in schools and have competed in national sports teams. The Department’s main focus is on physical education, pedagogy, community sport development and management, the promotion of active lifestyles and in-depth academic investigation into the nature of sport

124

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

in its numerous contexts and course specific areas of investigation such as adventure recreation, community development and management, and the national curriculum.

Institute for Sport and Physical Education (ISPAR) ISPAR draws together a wide range of disciplinary perspectives across the biophysical and social sciences. Research is focused around five main themes:

n Physical activity and health

n Social and cultural aspects of physical activity

n Muscle cellular physiology

n Applied sport and exercise physiology

n Physical education and sports pedagogy

Recent research projects have included:

n Who makes the best games? The results of a collaborative game-making project

n Teaching A level physical education to digital natives using a 21st century approach

n The occupational socialisation of physical education teachers and their development of knowledge and beliefs: a study of pre-service, graduating and graduated teachers

n Development of a practitioner research network in physical education

To find out more refer to page 185.

Scan the code to see what else Gordon has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/gordonmellor

Dr Gordon Mellor Head of the Department of Physical Education & Sports Studies

Our courses are all vocationally orientated. We understand that the best preparation for a career is important to students and this knowledge underpins all that we do. The ‘real world’ of sport and physical activity informs and determines what we teach and how we teach it. We help students identify what they need to achieve in order to succeed in their chosen career and we facilitate their efforts in this respect.

125

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

www.beds.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International) E: [email protected]



Duration: 1 year full-time, Part-time study is available by negotiation


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant science-based subject, such as biological science, sport and exercise science, psychology/ health psychology, exercise or a health science-based subject (eg nursing, physiotherapy, medicine or osteopathy). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Unique course with a multidisciplinary

approach to teaching

n Practical components of the course will allow application of theory

n Gain access to “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

About the courseThe aim of the course is to provide an intellectually challenging multidisciplinary programme of advanced study in the application of exercise physiology in clinical settings. The course involves the detailed study of the physiological consequences of a range of chronic debilitating diseases and highlights the predictable changes that these different diseases cause during exercise testing. You will be given a solid grounding in the theory and application of a variety of physiological tests and their application in clinical populations. The theoretical parts of the course are underpinned by significant time spent in the laboratory

learning the practical skills required. This includes graded cardiopulmonary exercise testing; cardiac ultrasound measurements; vascular ultrasound measures; and muscle function analyses. A further strength is having the practical and theoretical elements of Phase IV cardiac rehabilitation embedded within the course delivery. The integration of theory and practice within the course ensures that you will be able to meet developing statutory professional requirements of practice-specific knowledge, understanding and skills.

Career opportunities Graduates will be able to work in the health and fitness industry. Further career opportunities also include health promotion and development with local authorities, and working as a researcher within the NHS. Graduates will also be well-placed to develop their research interests within higher education.

Clinical Exercise Physiology (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Nick Sculthorpe:t: +44 (0)1234 793 464e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/exercise

Darren Player PhD in Exercise Biochemistry and Cell Biology student

The nature of the campus and teaching allows each student to be involved and have the opportunity to meet with the academic staff on a one-to-one basis. The lecturers are always willing to help, whether it is for academic reasons, or if you want advice on future career opportunities.

Research design

Exercise testing and diagnosis

Exercise testing and prescription

Physical activity, nutrition and metabolic health

Laboratory skills

Research methods

Advanced exercise testing and diagnosis

Placement

Strength and conditioning


126

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK/EU) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (International) E: [email protected] www.beds.ac.uk



Duration: Full-time* or part-time


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant sport related subject. Applicants with non-sport related Honours degrees but with appropriate professional or extensive volunteering experience may also be considered. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Part-time and full-time options

available to suit your needs

n Flexible blended learning delivery

n Work in our state-of-the-art facilities which were used to train 2012 Olympic athletes

n Benefit from research-informed teaching and learning

n Access to “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

About the courseThe management of sport in the community is an ever-expanding field. The rapid growth of the sports sector has created opportunities to become a sports professional in an expanding, borderless industry. Sport is one of the most important industries in the UK in terms of interest, participation and consumer spending. With the Commonwealth Games in Glasgow in 2014 and the 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games in London as UK examples of a growing global

phenomenon, the demand for well-rounded graduates in the community sport management related professions has increased.

This is the course for students who are interested in managing sport at a community level: the bottom up model. The course is primarily concerned with learning how to promote and manage sport and active recreation participation in communities. It therefore explores the theory and application of the concepts of community, social capital, equity and sustainability. The course draws on research using the interpretive paradigm and develops an interventionist position which is distinctive from the more instrumental position of policy makers.

The course offers both full and part-time modes of study, with the former being attractive to sport graduates interested in management and the latter being especially attractive to sport coaches, managers and community leaders already working in the field.

Career opportunities Graduates of this course are well-placed to pursue careers in the areas of sport and leisure management, sport development, community sport organisation and facilitation, active lifestyles and healthy living promotion, and sport and leisure consultancy.


Community Sport Management (PgCert/PgDip/MA)

To find out more contact Dr Gordon Mellor:t: +44 (0)1234 793 370 e: [email protected]

Dr Paul Beedie:t: +44 (0)1234 793 284 e: [email protected]

w: http://uob.cc/exercise

Research methods in sport

Sustaining community sport

Managing community sport

Funding for sport

The sport manager

Sporting enterprise and entrepreneurship

Community sport leadership

Dissertation


127

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 1 year full-time. Part-time study is available by negotiation


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant science-based subject, such as biological science; sport and exercise science; psychology/health psychology; exercise; or a health science based-subject (eg nursing, physiotherapy, medicine or osteopathy). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Up-to-date course based on current

scientific evidence and health policies

n Student-centred to support an individuals academic, research and vocational accreditation aspirations

n Work or research placement opportunities to gain experience in an area of interest in public health, community, research and clinical settings

About the courseThis course offers a unique combination of topics which are relevant to the effective promotion of healthy lifestyles to prevent and treat diseases and conditions such as obesity, cardiovascular disease, type 2 diabetes mellitus, cancer and mental ill-health. Particular emphasis is placed on the role of physical activity, nutrition, health psychology, and professional communication skills in promoting health within a variety of population and patient groups, and within both community and clinical settings.

There are invaluable opportunities to further career prospects as part of the placement and research project units and to develop links with local NHS organisations, researchers and clinicians. Students are also encouraged to become active members of research teams conducting projects of relevance to physical activity, nutrition and health within the Institute for Sport and Physical Activity Research (ISPAR), including those in collaboration with local hospitals and/or schools. In addition, support is provided to those students wishing to apply for registration initially as an Associate Nutritionist with a view to converting to full registration as Nutritionist or Public Health Nutritionist following further relevant experience.

Career opportunities Diverse careers are open to graduates upon completion of this course, particularly in the health sector, and health and fitness industry. Examples include the areas of public health management, health commissioning and health provision; health improvement specialist posts (including those with a particular focus on the promotion of physical activity and/or healthy nutrition, healthy lifestyles, or a particular disease eg obesity); and exercise referral specialists.

There is also potential for graduates to be involved in consultancy-related activities relating to course fields and their specialist focus. Completion of this course also prepares students to undertake further postgraduate research qualifications or to be involved in research projects. For those health professionals or graduates already in post or accredited, the MSc in Physical Activity, Nutrition and Health Promotion offers opportunities to specialise in the fields of physical activity and nutrition and develop expertise in health promotion.

Physical Activity, Nutrition & Health Promotion (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Catherine Kerr:t: +44 (0)1234 793 241 e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/exercise

Physical activity, nutrition and strategic health planning

Professional skills for healthcare providers

Physical activity, nutrition and metabolic health

Psychological approaches to public health

Research methods and research design

Dissertation

Electives (eg placement, behavioural change, people management, exercise prescription)


Did you know?Placements and projects may be based in community, clinical, or laboratory settings. And they are all relevant to the local strategic commissioning and/or healthcare provision in relation to physical activity and nutrition, innovative research relating to physical activity, nutrition and health, and community-based schemes.

128

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time (for MA degree)


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class BA/BSc Honours degree or equivalent in the field of sport-related studies generally, with one of the following titles (indicative list only): Physical Education (with Qualified Teacher Status), Physical Education, Physical Education and Sport, Sport Science, Sport Studies, Sports Coaching, Sports Science and Coaching. Special entry is available for applicants with a primary school teaching qualification with appropriate experience in physical education and sport, and for applicants with no degree but with extensive and appropriate teaching and/or coaching experience and demonstrable through Advanced Prior Experience and/or Learning (APEL). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n A 100-year tradition of physical

education teaching

n Wide variety of practical and theoretical topics

n Holiday and vacation schools available on some units

n We can provide you with work placements during your course (if required)

About the courseThe MA Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy is a rigorously designed and intellectually demanding professional education and development Master’s

degree. It is studied in order to become a more effective and reflective teacher or coach in school, club and other community sport settings. The course offers a flexible route of study to suit those with interest and/or aspiration to develop and advanced knowledge and critical understanding in the following areas: primary school sport and physical education, physical education teacher education, sports coaching.

The course also offers two research pathways, one that builds on a practitioner research methods unit leading on to a practitioner research-focused dissertation and a second that builds on a social research methods unit into a social research dissertation. Each of the units studied is grounded in the most recent developments in research on physical education and sport pedagogy, to which members of the course team are themselves significant contributors.

Career opportunities Physical Education teaching, sports coaching in schools, community sports coaching, performance sport coaching, Physical Education Teacher Education, Coach Education

A flexible, research-led and research-informed Master’s course being taught by world-leading researchers in the areas physical education and sports coaching grounding the theoretical

study of physical education and sport pedagogy in your practical experience, drawing on current and past workplaces.

Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy (PgCert/PgDip/MA)

To find out more contact Dr Stephen Harvey:e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/exercise

Advanced sport pedagogy

Models based practice (includes practical)

Physical literacy and motor development (includes practical)

Becoming a physical education and sport practitioner

Physical education and sport pedagogy theory in action

Models of physical education teacher education

Assessment for learning in sport, exercise and active leisure

Practitioner research methods

Research methods

Dissertation


129

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Luton campus and Bedford campus



Entry requirements: Graduates with a first degree normally 2:1 (at least 2:2 classification) in a relevant biological science (including anthropology and psychology), sport / exercise science, human movement, physical activity, biomedical and health-related sciences (e.g. nursing, physiotherapy, medicine, osteopathy).For applicants already trained in cell and molecular biology, leading-edge information and advanced techniques are provided.All applicants must have the ability to study and complete all assessments with a suitably high standard of English. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Experience a unique course with a

multidisciplinary approach to teaching

n Benefit from practical components of the course which allow application of theory

n Gain hands-on training in molecular exercise physiology techniques and train to critically analyse and communicate original scientific material

About the courseThe aim of the course is to provide an intellectually challenging multidisciplinary programme of advanced study in application of molecular and cellular exercise physiology research.

Molecular and cell biology methods are now required to address many of the

big, unanswered questions in the sports and behavioural sciences, but few sports and behavioural scientists are trained in these techniques. The major aim of this MSc is to address this skills gap by providing hands on training in techniques of cell and molecular biology such as qRT-PCR (gene expression or genotyping), cell culture, microscopy, immunostaining, histochemistry and western blotting for graduates of sports- and behavioural science-related degrees. Vocational laboratory training will provide you with necessary skills and training to be employed in molecular exercise physiology or life sciences research and the transferable skills to allow you to work in other laboratory-based settings such as industry/biotechnology.

The course is delivered in well-equipped new purpose-built facilities at our Bedford campus, within the Institute for Sport and Physical Activity Research (ISPAR), which has dedicated Molecular, Cellular and Human Physiology Research Laboratories. In addition there is access to linked facilities at the Institute of Biomedical and Environmental Science Technology (IBEST) with Microbiology, Tissue Culture and Analytical Laboratories equipped to a similar high standard at our Luton campus.

Career opportunities Graduates will gain a qualification relevant to a wide range of careers in the healthcare, physical activity, biomedical and public health promotion sectors. Together with specific research,

professional and generic skills and qualities for employment in academic and research settings related to physical activity and health, human movement or exercise, sport science, biomedical and the life sciences (ranging from anthropology to zoology). In addition to specialist knowledge, graduates develop valuable transferable laboratory practical skills, thus increasing employability in a difficult job market.

Molecular & Cellular Exercise Physiology (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr William M. Brown:t: +44 (0)1234 793 264 e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/exercise

Research design


Laboratory techniques in molecular and cellular physiology

Research methods

Molecular and cellular aspects of exercise-induced hypertrophy

Molecular and cellular aspects of endurance exercise adaptation

Anatomy and physiology of the musculoskeletal system


130

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13





Duration: 12-18 months full-time, or 3 years part-time


Entry requirements: Graduates with a first degree normally 2:1 (at least 2:2 classification) in a relevant health science subject (i.e. Physiotherapy, Sports Therapy, Chiropractic, Osteopathy, Medicine) or equivalent, and two years paid work-based experience in therapeutic practice. All non-standard entry candidates will be required to attend an interview with the Award Manager.

Key features n The course integrates theoretical

and practical components needed by students who wish to work within sport and exercise rehabilitation

n Some units are shared with other courses allowing students to exchange ideas and share good practice

About the courseThis is a course designed primarily for qualified and practising Physiotherapists, but is also available to other musculoskeletal therapists including: Sports Therapists, Chiropractors, Osteopaths and Doctors.

The course provides a framework through which therapists can develop and hone their expertise in the management of sports and exercise injuries, and the management of sports and exercise performance. Therapists will have the opportunity to refresh and develop their knowledge of: anatomy, biomechanics, physiology and pathologies, common in the field of sport and exercise.

Therapists will be able to learn a range of assessment and treatment techniques, whilst studying within a department which is second to none in terms of its equipment. Students will also work alongside teaching staff

who have outstanding experience of clinical practice within the field, including supporting athletes for the 2012 Olympics and other international sporting events.

Through practice, reflection and critical discussion amongst the variety of musculoskeletal professionals studying on the course, therapists will be able to develop sophisticated understandings of assessment and treatment skills and the evidence base that underpins these. During their time on the course therapists will learn to undertake autonomous assessment and treatment planning, to manage complex and unpredictable conditions and to evaluate their own practice as highly accomplished sports and exercise rehabilitation specialists. They will also learn to critically evaluate the evidence base for their practice, formulating new ideas and novel solutions and stimulating them to identify gaps in the evidence that give rise to new research questions.

Career opportunities Lecturer in Further or Higher Education†

Teacher†

Specialist Physiotherapist/Specialist Sports Therapist†

Strength and conditioning specialist†

Laboratory Specialised Technician

Police†, Armed Services and Prison Service

Further research

†Subject to existing or additional qualifications

Sport & Exercise Rehabilitation* (MSc)

To find out more contact Mark Cousins:t: +44 (0)1582 489 214e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/exercise

Assessment and prehabilitation/ rehabilitation

Physiology of strength and injury

Biomechanics of sports and injury

Psychology of injury and rehabilitation

Physiotherapy clinical critical reasoning and professional development

Advanced physiotherapy practice and reasoning

Dissertation

Research methods


131

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 1 year full-time*, or 2-4 years part-time


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant sport related subject. Applicants with non-sport related Honours degrees but with appropriate professional or extensive volunteering experience may also be considered.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Flexible blended learning delivery

n Work in our state-of-the-art facilities which were used to train 2012 Olympic athletes

About the courseThe management of sport in the community is an ever-expanding field. The rapid growth of the sports sector has created opportunities to become a sports professional in an expanding, borderless industry. Sport is one of the most important industries in the UK in terms of interest, participation and consumer spending. With the Commonwealth Games in Glasgow in 2014 and the 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games in London as UK examples of a growing global phenomenon. The demand for well-rounded graduates in sport development and sport management related professions has increased.

The Sport Development Management course aims to be at the leading-edge of international and UK study in sport and development – a specialised

professional and research field that is built upon the role of sport in the development process. The course is designed to empower current and future leaders working in the public and voluntary, as well as private areas of sport and development management; providing advanced skills and knowledge necessary to enter and excel in this dynamic field. The course has two primary, though interrelated foci: firstly, the management and development of sport, with an emphasis on the development and enhancement of sport participation and providing sustainable pathways to policy and practice. Secondly, development through sport, where sport is used as an effective and cost efficient tool for human and social development.

The Sport Development Management course has been developed in response to the demand for these highly skilled sport development managers. The Master’s integrates a variety of problem and project-based learning and teaching approaches, so that students maximise their professional and personal development. Built around a core of Master’s-level analysis and management in sport development, students are encouraged to personalise their studies through appropriate choices of option units to reflect their career aspirations.

The course offers both full and part-time modes of study, with the former being attractive to sport graduates interested in management and the latter being especially attractive to sport coaches, managers and community leaders already working in the field.

Career opportunities Graduates of this course are well-placed to pursue careers in the areas of sport and leisure management, sport development, community sport organisation and facilitation, active lifestyles and healthy living promotion, and sport and leisure consultancy.

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise of 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Sport Development Management (PgCert/PgDip/MA)

Research methods in sport

Sport development in global context

Sport development management

Funding for sport

The sport manager

Sporting enterprise and entrepreneurship

Community sport leadership

Dissertation


To find out more contact Dr Gordon Mellor:t: +44 (0)1234 793 370 e: [email protected]

Sam Elkington:t: +44 (0)1234 400 400

(ext.4249) e: samuel.elkington@beds.

ac.uk

w: http://uob.cc/exercise

132

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13






Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent in a relevant science-based subject, such as biological science, sport and exercise science, psychology/health psychology, exercise or a health science-based subject (eg nursing, physiotherapy, medicine or osteopathy). All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Unique course with a multidisciplinary

approach to sports performance

n Enhanced employability with opportunities to gain professional accreditation in your chosen field

n Explore different disciplines and their contribution to helping athletes increase performance

n Practical components of the course will enable application of theory

n Gain access to “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

About the courseThe MSc Sports Performance is an innovative course designed to meet the needs of students who are interested in the optimisation of performance in sport. It is designed to provide the necessary theoretical and practical skills for those who wish to work with performers as a coach, strength and conditioner, or in sports science support. In addition it

provides an avenue for elite performers to study their own performance and to develop the necessary skills to help their future performance, or prepare them for work opportunities after retirement from sport. This could be linked to the University’s sports scholarship scheme, from which funding for elite sports performers is available. The course also provides the necessary foundation knowledge and skills for professional accreditation with a number of bodies including the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES); the United Kingdom Strength and Conditioning Association (UKSCA); or appropriate higher coaching awards (Level 3 or above).

Career opportunities Career opportunities in the sports field have expanded greatly in recent years. The professionalising of many sports through the National Lottery process and increased governing body investment has opened up opportunities in many areas of sports including coaching, sports science support, and strength and conditioning areas. Growth has been particularly encouraging in female and Olympic sports, opening up

employment opportunities for graduates with the necessary higher qualifications and professional accreditation.

Sports Performance (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Iain Fletcher:t: +44 (0)1234 793 291 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/exercise

Strength and conditioning

Performance analysis

Research design

Coaching in a performance setting

Sport science support

Laboratory skills

Exercise prescription for clinical populations

Research methods

Professional skills

Cardiopulmonary exercise testing and interpretation


133

Exe

rcis

e S

cien

ce, S

po

rt &

PE

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

The Division of Tourism and Leisure at the University of Bedfordshire has a

proven track record of providing high-

quality management courses in tourism, leisure and events. All our courses are

underpinned by research conducted

at the University so our students can benefit from

the latest thinking and developments

in the area. In the Government’s

Research Assessment

Exercise (RAE) 2008 we were commended

for ‘world-leading’ research in the area of

tourism and leisure.

134

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

Tourism, Hospitality & Events Management

Dr Sally EverettHead of the Division of Tourism and Leisure

The Division has a very supportive and dedicated staff team who are enthusiastic and passionate about their subject and our students. We maintain an extensive range of employer and partnership links and are able to offer unique employment opportunities for work placements and internships, which may in some instances present permanent employment opportunities for our graduates.

Courses

138 PgCert/PgDip/MSc International Tourism & Hospitality Management

139 PgCert/PgDip/MSc International Tourism Management

140 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Sport Tourism Management

141 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Tourism & Events Management

142 PgCert/PgDip/MSc Tourism & Environmental Management


Scan the code to see what else Sally has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/sallyeverett

135

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


We maintain strong links with organisations from the events, hotel and tourism sector to contribute to our Division career days, inform our curriculum, provide consultancy opportunities and ensure our courses meet the requirements and needs of employers

You will be taught by a dynamic team of highly qualified staff, many of whom are internationally recognised

All of our courses are underpinned by research conducted at the University

You will gain a qualification that reflects current thought and practice, essential for a successful career in tourism, leisure and events tourism

The Division is home to some of the best-known experts in tourism and leisure, bringing specialist knowledge and extensive experience into the University to offer courses with real breadth and depth. Staff are actively engaged in current research activity, which is why the University of Bedfordshire is leading the way in tourism research in areas including food tourism and poverty alleviation. We also for the first time, co-hosted the prestigious annual International Tourism Sustainability Conference, in Mauritius which is testament to our growing reputation.

Teaching is focused in a number of areas including:

n Inward foreign investment

n Financial management for hospitality

n International tourism management

n Tourism and hospitality marketing

n Event management

n Sport tourism

Innovative courses The Division has a wide range of full-and part-time Master’s courses in tourism, events and hospitality management, which are all enhanced by research-informed teaching and employer engagement to ensure you gain the knowledge and skills to meet the needs of today’s employers. The courses are MSc in International Tourism Management; MSc in Tourism and Environmental Management; MSc in Sport Tourism Management; MSc in Tourism and Events Management; and MSc in International Tourism and Hospitality Management. These courses are also offered as Postgraduate Diplomas and Certificates.

Please visit www.beds.ac.uk/tourism to find out more.

Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR) Our reputation has been further strengthened by the launch of the Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR)

136

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

which will ensure the Division continues to make an invaluable contribution to research in this field.

INTOUR is the University of Bedfordshire’s research and consultancy institute for tourism management. The key thematic foci of the institute are:

n Environment and sustainable development

n Economic impact and regeneration

n Heritage and cultural interpretation

n Social inclusion and community cohesion

INTOUR has a vibrant PhD tourism programme with distinguished alumni who now have senior positions in academia, business and government departments. Examples of research enquiry include: cultural identity; poverty alleviation; sustainable tourism; post-disaster recovery; food tourism; environmental management and hotel development and financial investment.

Vocational focus We have established links with several large travel and leisure companies including The Hilton Group, Monarch Airlines, easyJet, Wrest Park and Canals and Rivers Trust, which allows our students to engage with industry and gain hands-on practical experience to enhance their learning. Current activities that our postgraduate students are involved in include:

n Producing a marketing strategy for English Heritage at Wrest Park

n Working as consultants on research projects for national organisations eg British Waterways as part of our new Junior Research Institute (student-led group).

n Field trips to local businesses and leisure attractions

n Involvement and engagement in research seminars with world-renowned professors

n Publishing work in academic journals

n Conference attendance

n International partnerships

137

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 12 or 18 months full-time


Entry requirements: Applicants are expected to have a good Honours degree in a field related to tourism, hospitality or the wider social sciences such as: hotel management; history/heritage studies; human communications; environmental studies; natural resource management; geography; political science/policy studies; international development/ International studies; planning/town planning/landscape planning; tourism management/tourism studies; leisure management/leisure studies; events; marketing; or economics. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n Industry relevant and applied units

which equip students with the skills necessary to be successful in the industry

n The course draws on substantial links with industry partners to provide real-life case studies

n Research-informed teaching delivered by experts in the field who are actively publishing and collaborating with industry and academic colleagues

n The course attracts world-leading and world-renowned scholars to deliver guest lectures and sessions

About the courseThe MSc International Tourism and Hospitality Management is an interdisciplinary course which looks critically at the broad range of issues

which affect international tourism, hotel and hospitality management. These contextual matters primarily include strategic tourism and hospitality management, international marketing, human resource management, financial management for the hospitality industry, social issues, political issues, environmental issues, global issues, and a range of specialist areas of interest to the sector (sport, event management, environment and hotel management). Thus, you will be expected to be able to read about, understand, and articulate a very wide range of academic and industry sources, case studies and resources.

This course is one of the most robust, challenging, relevant and industry-focused of its kind in the UK. The course is underpinned by world-leading research and experts from several disciplinary departments within the University; real-life industry case studies and examples; draws on an impressive range of specialist and more generalist core and optional units; builds on a very popular and successful portfolio of tourism Master’s awards; and equips you with the skills, knowledge and experience to ensure you can confidently embark (and develop) a career in tourism and/or hospitality management.

Career opportunities On completion of this degree, it is expected that you will be able to pursue careers in numerous areas including: policy-direction in government sector tourism planning/management; market development in corporative tourism; third sector work in local/regional/national/trans-national areas of public culture/public nature/heritage which have interface with tourism; hotel and hospitality management; tertiary sector education in hotel and hospitality, tourism management/studies; culturally-appropriate tourism/hospitality management; environmentally-

responsible strategic tourism/hospitality management; consultancy (research) work in tourism/hospitality, or become entrepreneurs.

This course is primarily aimed at people wanting to move directly into employment, but if you find your studies particularly stimulating and want to study further then there is always the possibility to continue to Doctoral studies, i.e. a PhD or a DBA level.

International Tourism & Hospitality Management (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Sherif Elroubi:t: +44 (0)1582 743 129 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg

Strategic tourism and hospitality management

International tourism marketing

Financial management for the hospitality industry

Managing people

Research philosophies and principles

Research practice in tourism

Dissertation

Business principles and practice in hospitality

International tourism development

Event tourism

Contemporary issues in tourism

Events management

Sport tourism

Planning for leisure and tourism provision


138

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 12 or 18 months* full-time


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language


n Extensive industry links ensuring ‘real-life’ applicable research

n New university-designated Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR) and Junior Research Institute for students

About the courseTourism is conceivably the world’s largest industry today. This innovative and interdisciplinary course provides

students with a critical view of the broad range of global issues which affect international tourism and its management. These include: marketing management; heritage, cultural, social, environmental and political issues; and sustainable development. Students are expected to be able to read, understand and articulate a wide range of outlooks on the selection, production, and development of peoples, places, and pasts for tourism today. The course draws upon up-to-date examples and case studies from the industry and uses a virtual learning environment to facilitate learning.

Career opportunities Diverse careers are open to graduates of this course. These include working in organisations which are involved in the planning of tourism development, including ministries of tourism; regional/national tourism organisations and other state-sponsored tourism agencies; local government and development authorities’ offices; and non-governmental organisations and consultancies. Many sectors of the tourism industry offer employment opportunities including: tour operators and enterprises; airlines;

and the hospitality and hotel sectors. Management consultancy, policy advice and research in relation to travel and tourism think tanks are also other possible career options, alongside academic careers in further and higher education

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 or 18 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

International Tourism Management (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Sherif Elroubi:t: +44 (0)1582 743 129 e: [email protected]

Dr Sally Everett:t: +44 (0)1234 793 273 e: [email protected]

w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg







Event tourism

Sport, tourism and cities

Planning for leisure and tourism

World-making: tourism and globalisation

Stewardship, tourism and the environment

Dissertation


139

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13



Location: Park Square, Luton campus

Duration: 1 year full-time* or 2 years part-time



Key features n Benefit from flexible blended learning

delivery

n Benefit from extensive industry links ensuring `real-life’ applicable research

About the courseThe sport and leisure industry is rapidly growing – it has been conservatively estimated that sport is an important consideration for over 22 percent of vacations and is worth billions worldwide. The postgraduate degree in Sport Tourism Management is an

innovative new course which will provide you with the management and business skills necessary to become effective senior managers in the global tourism industry.

This dynamic course blends practical and theoretical aspects of sport tourism with an emphasis on real-life operational principles and practice. You will become familiar with current issues in the industry and will gain knowledge of operational aspects. The course will be underpinned by academic theory in leisure, sport events and fandom and will involve students in the application of concepts in industry-related situations.

Career opportunities A choice of careers is open to graduates upon completion of this course, including the management of sport events and stadia, sport tour managers and sport development managers. Graduates will also be able to pursue specific posts in the tourism/leisure/sport/recreation industries as leisure centre managers, sports club managers, project managers and tour guides.


Sport Tourism Management (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)


Research philiosophies and principles

Sport tourism



World-making: tourism and globalisation


Sport, tourism and cities

Planning for leisure and tourism

Sport and leisure industry context and environment

Dissertation

Event tourism


To find out more contact Denise Cardwell:t: +44 (0)1582 489 354e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg

Formula 1 race at the Valencia Grand Prix Spain

140

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13




Duration: 12-18 months full-time or 2 years part-time




n Extensive industry links ensuring ‘real-life’ applicable research

n Gain access to our “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

n Research-informed teaching and learning

n Underpinned by academic theory in tourism, leisure and events

About the courseEvents-related tourism is one of the fastest growing global industry sectors today. With an increase in international events and festivals, there has been a rise in demand for high-level management skills too.

The MSc in Tourism and Events Management is an innovative and inter-disciplinary new course, specifically developed for the MICE (Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, Exhibitions/Events) Industry, after consultation with leading professionals in the field. It will provide students with the skills necessary to meet the demand for management professionals in the industry.

The course will focus on tourism-related events and leisure and sporting events, including local and regional sporting competitions as well as global scale events, such as the Olympics. Although multidisciplinary, this course will also focus on problem-solving and decision-making and will enable critical thinking and creativity in analysis, synthesis and appraisal.

The course is underpinned by academic theory in the fields of tourism, leisure and events and will involve you in the application of concepts in industry-related scenarios and realistic simulations. You will develop and apply the skills of critical evaluation and be encouraged to become a self-directed, independent, reflective learner.

Career opportunities A choice of careers will be open to graduates upon completion of this course in the areas of event marketing; event management; special production strategies and organising events; festival management; hospitality and event operations; corporate and public sector leisure and tourism services; and event and exhibition venues. Graduates will also be able to pursue posts as events consultants and not-for-profit event organisers.

Tourism & Events Management (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Nazia Ali:t: +44 (0)1582 793 132 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg



Events management

Sport tourism

Sport tourism and cities



Event tourism

Communication strategies for events

Worldmaking: tourism and globalisation



Dissertation


141

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13Bonny Baby MSc Tourism and Events Management

I chose this university because of the great feedback from management students. This course helped me to achieve my career goal by getting me into a management placement in the international hotel group, Marriott. I would definitely recommend the University to anyone interested in tourism management.




Duration: 12 or 18 months full-time* or 2 years part-time


Entry requirements: Students from the UK will normally need at least a Second Class Honours degree or equivalent.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key features n First course in the UK to combine

tourism and environmental studies

n Benefit from specialist lectures offered by other universities, agencies and commercial enterprises

n Options to choose career pathways within business, government, non-government or voluntary organisations

n Visit specialist facilities and development sites

n Gain access to our “world-leading” staff expertise and research as rated by the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008

About the courseThe MSc Tourism and Environmental Management is an innovative new course which will equip students to engage with and manage the complex changes and challenges facing the international tourism industry in the 21st century. It is the first Master’s degree in the UK to combine tourism and environmental studies within a theoretical framework.

The uniqueness of the course is based upon its interdisciplinary approach to analysing the tourism and environment relationship, one that is based on a combination of the paradigms of the social and natural sciences.

Based upon its integrated scientific approach, the course will equip you to choose career pathways within business, government, non-government or voluntary organisations. You will have the opportunity to acquire invaluable business and consultancy skills in environmental impact assessment related to the tourism industry.

Career opportunities Diverse careers are open to graduates upon completion of this course. These include organisations that are involved in the planning of tourism development, including ministries of tourism; regional/ national tourism organisations and other state-sponsored tourism agencies; local government and development authorities’ offices; and non-governmental organisations and consultancies.

Many sectors of the tourism industry offer employment opportunities including: tour operators and enterprises; airlines; and the hospitality and hotel sectors. Management consultancy, policy advice and research in relation to environment and tourism think-tanks are also other possible career options, alongside academic careers in further and higher education.

The generic skills acquired through the course also enable graduates to pursue careers in organisations outside the tourism and environment sectors.

*Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 or 18 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Tourism & Environmental Management (PgCert/PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Sally Everett:t: +44 (0)1234 743 273 e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/tourism-pg


Environmental management and sustainability

Environmental project management





Dissertation


142

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13


We maintain links with organisations from the travel and tourism sector including London Luton Airport, Wrest Park, Monarch Airlines and British Waterways.

143

Tou

rism

, Ho

spit

alit

y &

Eve

nts

Man

agem

ent

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13

144

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

The Bedfordshire Institute for Media, Arts and Performance offers a dynamic, artistic and professional environment in which to

learn, with research that has been rated as “world-leading” in the Government’s

Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008.

We aim to produce world-class practitioners for the creative industries. The Institute has established links with media, design

and performing arts companies with good opportunities for work placements and

gallery space for students. We specialise in the unique combination of craft,

professional and essential business skills for the creative industries.

A good number of our lecturers and academic staff have been actively involved in the media

industry for many years, prior to joining us at the Bedfordshire Institute for Media, Arts and

Performance. Most have worked, and some continue to work,

in journalism, broadcasting, film,

dance, theatre and for radio and television companies. Other staff

regularly author and co-author an impressive number of texts on their specialist areas.

Those who study an Art and Design related course will have personal access to a young and

creative team of practitioners and academics who regularly publish and exhibit nationally and

internationally in the creative industries.

Our courses not only provide a rigorous and supportive academic framework for your

studies but also give you access to the invaluable professional networks which our

staff maintain and work within. All our Master’s courses have strong relationships with the

creative and teaching professions; and all provide an inspiring, empowering and enjoyable route to

postgraduate attainment in your chosen area.

Media, Arts & Performance

Professor Alexis Weedon Head of Journalism & CommunicationsUNESCO chair in New Media Forms of the Book

Scan the code to see what else Alexis has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/alexis

The best thing about my job is celebrating the achievements of research by students and staff – whether they have an article or creative work published, a paper accepted in an international conference, a piece of artwork exhibited or purchased, or a performance that is well received. The cultural richness that comes from such a diverse and international student body is inspiring.

Courses

148 MA Art & Design

149 MA Art, Design & Internet Technologies

150 MA/MPhil/PhD By Research in Media

151 MA Community Dance Leadership

152 MA Creative Digital Film Production*

153 MA Dance Performance & Choreography

154 MSc Dance Science

155 MSc Digital Film Technologies & Production*

156 MA Documentary

157 MA Fashion Design, Styling & Promotion*

158 MA International Cinema

159 MA International Journalism

160 MA Mass Communications

161 MA Media, Culture & Technology

162 PgCert Performing Before the Camera

163 Professional Doctorate in Journalism, Media, Cinema or Television



145

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Strong links with the Research Institute of Media, Art and Design

Teaching staff have experience in local, regional, national and international magazines, newspapers, the broadcast media and PR

Our artist in residence programme offers opportunities for professional dance artists to develop their work and enables students to study alongside those making work for professional performance and touring

The Division of Performing Arts and English has a strong research culture that develops and maintains the excellent quality of teaching in its subject areas

We boast a multi-million pound Media Arts Centre containing a television studio, white space studio, performance studio, two electronic newsrooms, ten digital video suites, multimedia computer suites and creative writing labs

We offer regular RIMAD research seminars, screenings, talks by guest speakers and research projects, as well as being home to the editorial base for Convergence: The International Journal of Research into New Media Technologies

Regular masterclasses and guest lectures from high-profile speakers in industry

Staff regularly publish and exhibit their work

Close to London and the internationally renowned West End theatre scene, plus many broadcasting companies

Emphasis on employability and transferable skills

Work on Radio LaB, the University’s very own radio station – you can present and produce your own shows, and it also provides an outlet for student music

Media The Institute boasts a multi-million pound Media Arts Centre, that offers four broadcast spaces, including an industry-standard television studio with four High Definition cameras; a ‘white space’ rehearsal studio; a ‘self op’ studio with green screen facilities, an integrated digital newsroom; and a performance theatre that is fully equipped with a lighting rig, control room and vision mixing equipment. The Centre also has two radio stations, along with ten digital video suites, numerous multimedia computer suites, and creative writing labs with additional studios for animation and design work.

Art and Design The Division of Art and Design has gone from strength to strength over the last few years. Not only have we leapt a massive 45 places up the league tables, but we have now entered the top 20 for student satisfaction in the Guardian University Guide 2012. Our spacious art and design studios offer a friendly working environment in which resources are continually being improved and upgraded so you can develop your ideas, skills and research.

Performance Our Performing Arts students have access to modern, professional-standard facilities to support learning, teaching

and research in dance. Our Bedford campus boasts a £4.5m 280-seat purpose-built performance theatre, which is fully equipped with state-of-the-art lighting and sound systems.

There are also three large specialist Dance studios, each of which is fitted with professional sprung floors and AV equipment. Additionally, students have access to an 80-seat studio theatre, two large gym spaces for rehearsal and practical research, as well as a suite of specialist movement science laboratories.

Engaging with industry The Institute capitalises on its role as a provider of advanced-level education and training in dance by continually seeking to enhance the network of partners with which it collaborates as part of a regional hub of dance and arts activity. Students have access to a programme of professional work within the University of Bedfordshire Theatre, and they can also benefit from inward visits from artists and educators via performances, and have the opportunity to get involved in masterclasses and workshops from professional artists.

First-hand professional experience The state-of-the-art Media Arts Centre has been a backdrop for the BBC’s Politics Show East when it hosted a special Question Time event. The show

146

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

was broadcast live from our industry-standard TV studio. Our Media students were also given the opportunity to help in the production of the show and operate the cameras.

Our students can also get involved in Radio LaB – a full-time community radio station that is run by our students at the Luton campus. And, the TV Lab was launched in April 2011, providing a platform for live television to be broadcast from our studios in the University.

In March 2010 the University of Bedfordshire Theatre hosted its first professional season of work, offering showcases in dance, theatre, film, comedy and music. As a result, students have access to on-site professional-level touring performance, and such work is embedded in their learning through attendance as audience members, and through utilisation of the education and outreach work that frequently accompanies their performance output.

Students can also benefit from the Dance and Performance Evening School, which provides further training in a range of dance and performance techniques.

Research In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, the University of Bedfordshire was

commended for its “world-leading” research in several areas including Communications, and Cultural and Media Studies. Half of our Media research was rated as “world-leading” or “internationally excellent” and 95 per cent was judged as being of ‘‘international significance” (RAE) 2008. Highlights include Professor Alexis Weedon’s research on how books are turned into films, and Professor Ivor Gaber has advised the Department of International Development.

The Research Institute for Media, Art and Design (RIMAD) has an ethos of pursuing excellence in our students, staff and international profile. The Institute supports a wide range of research degrees and major research projects. We encourage applications and research proposals in practice-led projects, as well as theoretical and historical research across the media, art and design disciplines.

The Centre for International Media Analysis, Research and Consultancy (CIMARC) has research specialisms in new media, publishing, cross-media integration, political communication, journalism, sport media and community radio.

Dance at Bedfordshire has developed an international reputation in recent years

for research in the field of dance and new technology. The Centre for Applied Research in Dance (CARD) supports and promotes excellence in research in e-dance and knowledge transfer between the academic and professional domains within the subject, and aims to enhance learning and teaching in dance through the development of advanced scholarship in the subject.

Research degree study areas We welcome research degree applications in the following areas:

n Psychoanalysis and cinema/games

n Cultural impact of new media technologies

n Linguistics and gender

n English literature

n Journalism

n Sport and media

n Publishing

n Spanish cinema

n Practice-led research in: documentary, creative writing, art or design, new media

n Performing arts, dance or theatre

See page 185 for more information on research.

Madhurima PaulMA Media Arts (Mass Communications) graduate

I chose to study at Bedfordshire because of its outstanding performance and its reputation in the arts. The courses offered by the University are brilliant, and so is the teaching.

147

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree in an art and design subject. Applicants who have developed an artistic or design practice, having completed a degree in another discipline, are also welcome, provided you can provide portfolio evidence of your practice.With applications, students should submit a statement of approximately 500 words that gives a rationale for their work with an indication of how they aim to develop it during the course.Applications should also be supported by no more than 12 photographic examples of creative work, submitted in a PowerPoint or PDF document on a CD-ROM. Once we have received the application we will invite applicants for an interview, with their portfolio.As we are unable to interview overseas students, they should give particular attention to the supporting statement and are asked to submit no more than 25 photographic examples of their work in a PowerPoint or PDF document. As well as examples of completed work, we are particularly interested to see evidence in the portfolio of how you have developed visual ideas for the work.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Unique multidisciplinary course

offering the opportunity to engage in a range of creative practices and critical ideas

n You can focus your studies in any area from animation, fashion, graphic arts, illustration, interior design, textiles, fine art, photography and video art, and advertising for design

n Access to studio space and excellent facilities including printmaking, computers, video and photography, and materials workshops

About the courseThe course is open to applicants from a range of art and design disciplines and practices. It will provide a distinctive learning experience that links creative practice with relevant theory, so that you can develop your creative practice at a professional level in a focused and critically robust way. The course draws on a strong art and design research culture, balanced by a focus on the actual production of art works and design.

You will be encouraged to consider in depth, the nature of your creative practice, as well as the ideas and issues that concern you as an artist or designer. We would expect you to be an independent and critical thinker and, with tutorial support, develop a practice that best suits your creative intentions.

Through studio practice, seminars, research and critical writing you will engage in contemporary art and design discourse and locate your work in a cultural and critical context, whilst establishing your practice at a professional level. As a student on the course you will be able to draw on expertise in critical theory and visual culture, graphic design and illustration, interior design and interior architecture, fine art, photography, video art, fashion, animation and motion graphics.

Career opportunitiesThe course is primarily aimed at students who wish to establish their artistic and creative practice at a professional level, working as independent artists and designers, and you will be encouraged to take advantage of exhibition and competition opportunities.

Having taken an advanced course in art and design, you will have been able to develop, focus and substantiate your creative ideas – a process which should help you find appropriate employment in the creative industries.


Art & Design (MA)

To find out more contact Colin Davies:t: +44 (0)1582 743 185e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Contemporary issues in art and design

Visual culture and critical theory

Studio practice as research

Professional studio practice


148

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree in an art and design subject, and have developed an interest in the use of new technologies in creative practice. We will also consider applicants who are graduates of computer science courses who have developed an interest in visual arts or design practice and can demonstrate, through a portfolio of your work, that you will be able to engage with an art and design course. With applications, students should submit a statement of approximately 500 words that gives a rationale for their work with an indication of how they aim to develop it during the course.Applications should also be supported by no more than 12 photographic examples of creative work, submitted in a PowerPoint or PDF document on a CD-ROM. Once we have received the application we will invite applicants for an interview, with their portfolio.As we are unable to interview overseas students, they should give particular attention to the supporting statement and are asked to submit no more than 25 photographic examples of their work in a PowerPoint or PDF document. As well as examples of completed work, we are particularly interested to see evidence in the portfolio of how you have developed visual ideas for the work.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn One-to-one contact with staff, with

an emphasis on your development

n Unique course that offers the opportunity to engage in creating and disseminating art and design work, exploiting the internet and new technologies

About the courseThis course recognises that the internet and associated technologies offer the artist and designer new opportunities for the creation and dissemination of work. The course is aimed at those who wish to acquire a broad professional basis in the expanding creative internet and new media technologies. This course offers exciting possibilities for collaborative ventures between scientific and artistic disciplines. You will work alongside MA Art and Design students and there will be an emphasis on the relationships between practice, theory and internet programming. Like art and design students, you will be encouraged to articulate contemporary art and design discourse and locate your work in a cultural and critical context.

You will not only be able to draw on expertise in art and design theory and practice, but also expertise in computing.

Career opportunitiesHaving taken an advanced course in Art, Design and Internet Technologies, you will have been able to develop, focus and substantiate your creative ideas within an area of expertise that is offering new

employment opportunities in specific sectors of the creative industries. The course will also equip you to establish your artistic and creative practice at a professional level, working as an independent artist or designer.


Art, Design & Internet Technologies (MA)

To find out more contact Colin Davies:t: +44 (0)1582 743 185e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media


Applied programming

Multimedia applications

Contemporary issues in art and design

Visual culture and critical theory

Studio practice as research

Professional studio practice


Colin DaviesHead of Art & Design

When choosing a course look to the teaching staff to see how many have a professional practice outside of teaching. At Bedfordshire we offer you the perfect balance between teachers and practitioners.

Scan the code to see what else Colin has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/colin

149

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: September, January or June

Location: Luton or Bedford campuses, dependent upon specialist subject area

Duration: 1 year MA by Research, 2 years MPhil, 3 years PhD


Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree or equivalent professional standing in a relevant discipline for the MA route. An MA or outstanding BA is required for the MPhil/ PhD route.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Solid links with media industries and

practitioner networks, as well as scholarly expertise

n World-class expertise in applied and practice-based research and cutting-edge areas such as new media, as well as traditional areas of media analysis

n Full support of specialised research groups in film and cross-media research, new media research, journalism and political communication and practice-based research

n Lively research culture, including weekly research seminars and regular international conferences

n Postgraduate office space

About the courseThe Research Institute for Media, Art and Design (RIMAD) offers research-based MA, MPhil and PhD opportunities. The Institute has established expertise in a number of specialist areas in media, and art and design, and has many years of experience supervising research students to completion.

RIMAD is very well placed to offer supervision in emerging fields of practice-based research.

Recent students have worked in a diverse range of areas including creative writing, visual arts, film studies, media analysis, video game studies and more.

Career opportunitiesCareer opportunities are dependent upon specific areas of study, but employment prospects in education,

media organisations, the creative industries and government are all greatly enhanced by research qualifications.

Applicants are advised to visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/research for further details on the research specialisms of the Institute.

By Research in Media (MA/MPhil/PhD)

To find out more contact Professor Garry Whannel:t: +44 (0)1582 743 452e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/media

Practice-led MA by Research – areas of specialism include:

Art and design

Creative writing

Film

Journalism

Multimedia

Performance

Radio

MPhil/PhD – areas of specialism include:

Art and design (practice-based research)

Creative writing (practice-based research)

English

Film theory and practice

Media and sport

Music technology

New media/internet studies (theory and practice-based research)

Performance


Gavin Stewart PhD graduate

I chose to do a PhD with RIMAD because it provided an opportunity to develop my own research project and creative work in a well-resourced and supportive environment. Completing my PhD was an exhilarating and rewarding experience which required me to think in new and challenging ways. The University has some truly remarkable researchers who are recognised as world-class.

150

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have at least a Second Class Honours degree in a relevant subject, or relevant professional experience as equivalent.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The division has a deep and extensive

network with arts organisations, venues, artists, festivals and educational establishments locally, regionally, nationally and internationally

n Develop applied projects in communities through which you can test your ideas, develop new models and build networks of your own

n The University also houses several regional dance companies, including Step Out Arts and DanceDigital

About the courseThe MA Community Dance Leadership centralises the dance artist as an agent of change, locating both dance methodology and choreographic practice within the areas of community arts, cultural enrichment, social cohesion, inclusivity and diversity. As a dance leader you will instigate both artistic innovation and inclusive participatory paradigms that engage diverse communities in dance. You will have outstanding opportunities to develop your practice in an industry-focused academic environment that has strong partnerships with key arts organisations and community projects.

In addition, the course will offer you the opportunity to focus on your development as a progressive, critically informed, highly skilled, independent and self-sufficient dance leader and artist. During the course you will be able to refine and develop your leadership, facilitation, teaching and management practices in dance to enable you to develop substantive contributions to the field through practice, research and employment. You will also research and develop critically informed approaches to engaged practice, participatory arts, community dance and activism in the development of the dance sector.

Students on this course are taught by tutors with internationally significant experience as academics, practice-led researchers and dance artists.

Career opportunitiesThere are many career opportunities available to successful students who complete this Master’s course, including:

n Community dance artist

n Arts manager

n Interdisciplinary performance practitioner

n Choreographer

n Educator

n Independent portfolio worker in the creative industries

n Screen-based performance

Possible pathwaysThe full-time pathway is completed over one academic year, including the summer

session, and the course teaching typically runs from October to the September of the following year.

A two year part-time pathway is available. A University Certificate in Somatic Practice is also available.

Community Dance Leadership (MA)

To find out more contact Amalia Garcia:t: +44 (0)1234 793 295e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Dance artist in the community

Delivering community dance leadership

Dance for inclusion and diversity

(Co-Lab): Inter-professional working project

Researching dance

Dance research project/dissertation

Somatic practice (optional)

Choreographic research (optional)

The dancing mind: dance psychology (optional)


151

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Starts in: February




Entry requirements: Candidates should have a lower Second-class or above Honours degree, or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate. Candidates will also be considered if they possess significant media industry experience. Candidates for the course will be expected to submit a portfolio of work with their application. Candidates will be interviewed by telephone about how they produced their portfolio.

All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn A dynamic and experienced course

team of acclaimed film-makers and published scholars

n Excellent media production facilities

n A course structure that provides an exciting and challenging blend of practice and theory

n Regular opportunities to participate in media-related research seminars, events and conferences

About the courseMA Creative Digital Film Production is a new specialist course in digital film production. This course provides an opportunity to develop your practical skills, and your creative and critical thinking in a stimulating and challenging environment. It is a cohesive and dedicated course that provides lectures and workshops by a range of academic experts and professional practitioners.

The course builds towards a Master’s project that will challenge you to make an extended film project or undertake a research dissertation.

Career opportunitiesThe MA Creative Digital Film Production will be valuable for anyone seeking to work with the moving image. It is of particular value if you are seeking to develop a career as an independent media producer or if you are seeking work within the television and film industries. Other career paths open to you include broadcasting, arts or media administration, marketing, sales and advertising.

Creative Digital Film Production* (MA)

To find out more contact Dr Gavin Stewart:t: +44 (0)1582 743 250e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Cross-media approaches to story-telling

Scriptwriting

Digital film production

Production planning and development

Editing and post-production techniques

Film history and theory


Did you know?MA Creative Digital Film Production is a fantastic opportunity to meet a wide range of industrial professionals and to participate in an international film festival.

152

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013







Key featuresn The division has well-established

relationships with professional choreographers and artists, and draws upon this network to bring in the highest quality artists to work with you

n Students participate in SHIFT Dance Company: Repertory and Performance, and work with professional choreographers to create a touring programme

About the courseThis Master’s degree is an exceptional course that is designed to enhance your professional skills and employability in a range of artistic, academic, educational and community contexts. The distinctiveness of the course stems from the flexibility of opportunity to engage in professional-level repertory performance practice and creative and choreographic research in an industry-focused academic environment.

Additionally, the course enables you to focus on your development as a professionally-equipped, independent and self-sufficient dance practitioner and scholar, and finesse your practical, theoretical and professional skills in performance and/or choreographic

practice as a means of enhancing and sustaining access to employment. During this postgraduate course you will be able to immerse yourself in high-quality practice-led learning and teaching that is located in excellent studio, theatre and library facilities. You will also gain full access to our on-campus professional performance work.

Career opportunitiesOn completion of this Master’s course you will be equipped to pursue a wide variety of careers including:

n Performer

n Interdisciplinary performance practitioner

n Choreographer

n Educator

n Independent portfolio worker in the creative industries: consultant and researcher

n Screen-based performance

Possible pathways:The full-time pathway is completed over one academic year, including the summer session and the course teaching typically runs from October to the September of the following year.

A two-year part-time pathway is available. A Postgraduate Certificate in Repertory and Performance is available. A University Certificate in Somatic Practice is also available.

Dance Performance & Choreography (MA)


Repertory and performance

Dance research project/dissertation

Researching dance

(Co-Lab): Interprofessional working project


Choreographic research (optional)

The dancing mind: dance psychology (optional)


Professor Helen BaileyHead of the Division of Performing Arts & English

This course prepares students for employment by attempting to mirror industry standards and professional expectations, and by making use of regional and national contacts in the contemporary dance and performance sector. What’s more, the core teaching team has a wealth of expertise within the dance profession, which is a vital resource for students.

153

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013







Key featuresn Flexible course, enabling students

to focus on the role of dance in public health, elite participation or a combination of both

n The course is led and taught by staff with a strong academic and applied practice background in dance and sport science research, dance making, performance and leadership

About the courseDance Science is developing new areas of knowledge in the subject and this course is unique in the UK. It will provide you with an intellectually challenging programme of advanced study in the latest approaches to dance practice from psychological, physiological and biomechancial perspectives. This postgraduate course is taught in state-of-the-art movement analysis laboratories in which you will have access to some of the latest technologies to support research in dance and exercise sciences. It will allow you to develop expertise in a range of scientific approaches to dance, preparing you for a career in the professional dance performance sector.

The course develops your understanding of, and interaction with, dance, from a scientific perspective, whilst contextualising your studies within the cultural, artistic, political and social circumstances of dance practice. It also focuses on your development as a competent and rigorous dance scientist able to work holistically from physiological, psychological and biomechanical perspectives with recreational, vocational and professional dancers.The MSc Dance Science enhances your employability through the choice of elite-focused and/or public-health focused units throughout the duration of the course; you can choose to specialise in one area or select across both to diversify your training. What’s more, the course engages you directly in the context of applied dance science employment by replicating the demands of the workplace in set assessments and specifically the nature of multidisciplinary partnership working in the Interprofessional Working Project unit (full-time students: term two; part-time students: term four).The course capitalises on the combined teaching, learning and research excellence of the Division of Performing Arts and English, and the Department of Physical Education and Sports Studies.

This opportunity is currently unique to the University of Bedfordshire and will allow a rich cross-fertilisation of ideas, debate and research across disciplines, whilst allowing students access to a wide range of elective units to carve a distinct study and research pathway suitable for a sustainable career in dance science.

Career opportunitiesThere are many career opportunities available to students who successfully complete this course including:

n Researcher in dance science and applied contexts

n Educator

n Independent portfolio worker in the industries

n Movement and health professional

n Performer

Possible pathwaysThe full-time pathway is completed over one academic year, including the summer session and the course teaching typically runs from October to the September of the following year.

A two year part time pathway is available. A University Certificate in Somatic Practice is also available.

Dance Science (MSc)


Research design

Research methods

The dancing body I: applied physiology

The dancing body II: applied biomechanics

The dancing mind: dance psychology

(Co-Lab): Interprofessional working project

Dissertation

Physical activity, nutrition and metabolic health (optional)

Exercise testing and diagnosis (optional)

Psychological approaches to public health (optional)

Coaching in a performance setting (optional)

Professional skills for healthcare providers (optional)

Performance analysis (optional)

Strength and conditioning (optional)



154

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Starts in: February




Entry requirements: Candidates should have a lower Second-class or above Honours degree, or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate. Candidates will also be considered if they possess significant relevant industry experience. Candidates for the course will be expected to submit a portfolio with their application. Candidates will be interviewed by telephone about how they produced their portfolio. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Excellent media production facilities

n A course structure that provides an exciting and challenging blend of technology workshops, practice and theory

n A dynamic and experienced course team of acclaimed media-makers and published scholars

n Regular opportunities to participate in media-related research seminars, events and conferences

About the course

MSc Digital Film Technologies and Production is a specialist course, focused on the effective deployment of contemporary digital film technology. This course provides an opportunity to develop your practical skills, and your critical thinking about digital film technologies in a stimulating and

challenging environment. It is a cohesive and dedicated course that provides a combination of practical workshops with lectures and seminars by academic and professional practitioners.

The course builds towards a Master’s project that will challenge you to make an extended practical project or undertake a research dissertation.

Career opportunitiesMSc Digital Film Technologies and Production will be valuable for anyone seeking to work with digital film technologies. It is of particular value if you are seeking to develop a career as a media technologist or if you are seeking work within the television and film industries. Other career paths open to you include broadcasting, arts or media production, theatre production, marketing, sales and advertising.

Digital Film Technologies & Production* (MSc)


Digital film technologies

Production planning and development

Lighting and sound

Editing and post-production techniques

Production roles, responsibilities and workflows

The film business: current issues and debates


Did you know?MA Digital Film Technologies and Production provides an excellent opportunity to engage with a wide range of industrial professionals and gain access to new techniques and technologies.

155

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have at least a lower Second Class Honours degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Media Studies or Practice, or equivalent.Applicants should have a first degree in the areas of Arts, Humanities or Social Science, or should possess significant media industry experience.All applicants must submit a two-page proposal outlining a documentary film they would like to make. This should be accompanied by a show-reel that demonstrates their ability to tell stories with pictures and sound.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn We boast a multi-million pound

Media Arts Centre containing a television studio, white space studio, performance studio, two electronic newsrooms, ten digital video suites, multimedia computer suites and creative writing labs

n You will have the unique opportunity to study documentary practices in moving image, photographic and journalistic forms

n Opportunity to develop your practical skills in a stimulating environment

About the courseThis is an innovative taught course in documentary production with a base in digital video production and the possibility of exploring photography and multimedia.

It is designed to establish a firm theoretical and practical base from which you can develop and make your own documentaries. Students from a variety of backgrounds will be able to use their subject knowledge to produce documentaries.

All stages of the process will be covered, from the initial proposal, research and writing, to the design, filming and editing of the final documentary. You will be able to choose from video, photography and multimedia technologies to realise your ideas and to discover the unique features of each medium.

This MA will enable you to produce a major practical project informed by contemporary debates and historical perspectives. You will explore the role of fact-based production within the context of constant rapid technological change.

The course is underpinned by an awareness of the political, legal, moral and ethical issues that inform contemporary production and exhibition.

We have excellent links with industry professionals and throughout the

course there are opportunities to attend documentary festivals in the UK and mainland Europe.

Career opportunitiesThe career paths open to successful students include documentary film making and media research.

Documentary (MA)

To find out more contact Dave Green:t: +44 (0)1582 743 040e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Documentary production

Documentary history and theory

Cinematography

Sound design

Production research


Work with the very latest industry-standard technology to refine your specialist skills, and produce your own documentaries on location (as above)

156

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Starts in: February




Entry requirements: Good Honours degree in a relevant area of study – or substantial industry experience (min 4 years).All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Professional support provided to our

students

n Benefit from up-to-date digital skills and equipment needed in contemporary fashion design

n Flexibility in attendance and length of course

n Be taught by excellent staff in a supportive atmosphere

About the courseThe MA is designed to offer a programme of study at Master’s level. Emphasis at this stage is centred on students understanding the skills and specialist knowledge needed to study Fashion Design, Styling and Promotion at this level, and developing frameworks of thinking and practical methods of application needed to complete studies at M level. The MA provides an appropriate understanding and a skillset for future development in Fashion Design, Styling and Promotion.

The MA offers students a series of inductions and continuing support introducing practical skills and creative thinking that are pertinent to success within Fashion Design, Styling and Promotion: including CAD, design and enterprise.

Projects and workshops are designed to engage debate in fashion and enhance a fundamental understanding and

knowledge of the discipline to include practice, business and the potentiality of the subject area. Skills in analysis, and research in applied practice are introduced through the unit structure.

The MA provides the key skills needed to assist life-long learning and a sustained career in the chosen discipline and include those transferable skills needed for continued development or career change.

Career opportunitiesUpon completion of this course, students will be prepared to enter the industry in: fashion design, entrepreneurial opportunities, in addition to the fashion promotion industry as a buyer or stylist.

Fashion Design, Styling & Promotion* (MA)

To find out more contact Danielle Roberts:t: +44 (0)1582 743 401e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Computer-aided fashion design

Pattern cutting

Display and promotion

Drawing and styling


Did you know?We use London as a resource, with regular visits to fashion events and regular talks and workshops with leading practitioners from London and Europe.

157

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have at least a lower Second Class first degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Media Studies, or equivalent.Applicants should have a first degree in the areas of Arts, Humanities or Social Science, or should possess significant media industry experience.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn This is the first MA course to focus

on the relationship between cinema as art and industry in a global context

n The course was developed by leading international cinema expert, Professor Geoffrey Nowell-Smith, editor of the Oxford History of World Cinema

n Work with experts in film analysis, and benefit from regular seminars, screenings and guest speakers

About the courseThis course provides an overview of cinema in a global perspective, with the opportunity to examine diverse examples in detail.

Born at the beginning of the 20th century, cinema soon spread to all parts of the globe. It became a means of expression for cultures the world over, but also an industry dominated by a handful of companies, mainly American-based.

This course looks at all aspects of the cinema phenomenon – at aesthetics and economics, at the work of film-makers around the world, at the global media industries and at the interrelations between these aspects. Also, as part of our media arts postgraduate provision, it provides a thorough grounding in the study of the media as a whole, enabling students to get a clearer picture of the

place of cinema in the wider context of global media.

Half of the course consists of self-directed independent study with individual supervision, allowing students to pursue their own particular area of interest (subject to suitable supervisory availability).

Professor Geoffrey Nowell-Smith, a former Professor at the University, who devised the course, gave it a global perspective. He comments that:

“The cinema conquered the world in a very short time and its parts have always remained interconnected, with Hollywood in a dominant position. Many film studies courses, even at MA level, only look at the parts – this one looks at the whole. It puts students in a position to really understand the context in which film and other media operate.”

Career opportunitiesThis course is ideal for students seeking a job in cinema-related fields in areas such as programming, marketing or administration. It provides an understanding of film in relation to the global cultural industries. It is also a valuable academic qualification for people teaching film studies at all levels.

International Cinema (MA)

To find out more contact Dr. Austin Fisher:t: +44 (0)1234 743 173e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Cultural theories

European cinema

Film analysis

Representation and reality

Post-colonial and ‘third’ cinema

World cinema and global media


158

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Gain a thorough understanding of cinema within a global perspective – as well as studying the media as a whole






Entry requirements: Candidates should have a lower Second-class first degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Journalism or the equivalent. Applicants will be expected to produce a portfolio of journalism work which should include: a news story and a 1,000-word feature article on a given subject. Inclusion of these two pieces is the minimum requirement for portfolio submission. Applicants to this course will also be interviewed about how they researched and wrote the pieces in their portfolio. Staff will then assess the prospective student’s aptitude and suitability for the course.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Evaluate and analyse globalisation

in its many guises, including: the nature of the global downturn; the role of important transnational global economic and political players; and how digital technologies and new media and business opportunities and challenges have changed how journalists work

n Learn the craft of thorough and effective journalism practice for audiences from the hyper-local to the global, instructed by experienced professionals

n Develop an internationalised approach to journalism beyond specific cultural perspectives, deepening the level analysis

n Learn and practice the latest academic and journalistic research techniques

n Articulate your journalism across a series of media platforms

n Produce under supervision a final project or subject of your choice, either in the form of a journalistic portfolio or as an academic dissertation

About the courseThe MA International Journalism is a course for our times, designed to respond to the various challenges of globalisation and the need for a more internationalised approach to journalism.

The degree will challenge those from the UK and beyond to think past their national perspectives, comprehending that to get the full story you need to look across both geographical borders and traditional divisions within journalism.

Today’s big stories are complex, simultaneously political, economic, hyper-local and global. On the course you will learn and critique theories relating to the role of the media and globalisation and will have the opportunity to practise journalism across various media platforms, using our new state-of-the-art digital newsroom.

Career opportunitiesThe qualification will be of value to anyone seeking to work as regional or national reporters, political, economic and foreign correspondents. In terms of journalism’s related industries, the qualification would be of value to those seeking work as media regulators, related lobby groups and the creative industries more broadly. The media industry is a rapidly changing field and an understanding of the ways in which the media can be allied is an important transferable skill. The project work on the course provides an opportunity to make contacts and develop specialist knowledge of specific areas of the media and regulation.

Typical areas that media graduates could expect to find work in include

broadcasting, journalism, arts or media administration, governmental regulation of the media and lobbying of governments on behalf of the media, research, marketing, sales and advertising, design, and writing. Students who graduate from this MA course will be qualified to apply for MPhil and PhD research degrees.

International Journalism (MA)

To find out more contact Dr Paul Rowinski:t: +44 (0)1582 489 195e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

The global reporter

Journalism practices around the world

Research methods

Multiplatform journalism

Research project


159

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have at least a lower Second Class Honours degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Media Studies, or equivalent. Applicants should have a first degree in the areas of Arts, Humanities or Social Science, or should possess significant media industry experience.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn We have been offering Master’s

courses in media for more than 15 years and this course has grown out of our experience and expertise in new media, cinema, and journalism

n We have academic staff who are specialists in many areas including new media, publishing, journalism, radio, the media industry, cinema, documentary production and sport in the media

n Opportunities to develop your own specialist interests, with individual tuition

n Opportunities to volunteer on our community radio station Radio LaB 97.1fm for those who have skills in this area

About the courseAs the various elements of the mass media converge, it is increasingly appropriate to develop a broader understanding of how different aspects of the media interconnect. This course

examines key issues of media and communication, introducing principles of cultural theories and media research methods.

For this course you must complete a series of core units that address the central issues and concepts informing the study of the media. You can then choose from a range of units that address various aspects of media, including new media technologies, cyberculture, electronic publishing, the media industries and international cinema.

Your choice can be guided by your interests. For example, a student interested in the international media industry could combine units on publishing, the internet and international cinema to gain a better understanding of the environment in which they may work in the future.

The course includes two self-directed independent study projects, which can be either a dissertation based on a research project, or a practical project with a critical contextual study. It is this project work that provides you with the opportunity to tailor the course to your own interests (subject to staff supervisory expertise).

Career opportunitiesA wide range of potential employment opportunities in the media exist for those who have developed their knowledge and understanding at postgraduate level, including media research, journalism, arts administration, advertising and PR.

Mass Communications (MA)


Media theories and methods

Designing for the web

Media and cyberculture

Publishing, culture and technology

World cinema and global media since 1975


Online industry and culture

Film analysis


Dipannita MukjerjeeMA Mass Communications student

To be a professional in the field you need to know the theories, so I decided to study this course to give me an overall idea of media. I really enjoyed the unit on world cinema and global media since 1975.

160

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have at least a lower Second Class Honours degree or a postgraduate qualification such as a Postgraduate Certificate in Media Studies, or equivalent.Applicants should have a first degree in the areas of Arts, Humanities or Social Science, or should possess significant media industry experience.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The course has been running

successfully for more than 12 years and was launched as part of our strategic development of research on new media and convergence

n The Research Institute for Media, Art and Design at the University of Bedfordshire is the editorial base for Convergence: The International Journal of Research into New Media Technologies

n The Research Institute for Media, Art and Design also plays host to the annual Under the Mask: Perspective on the Gamer conference, as well as staging regular research seminars, screenings, talks by guest speakers and reports on our various research projects

About the courseThis course investigates the major developments and current debates in media theory as they relate to contemporary media artefacts; such as

the internet, video games, film, television programmes and increasingly, mobile computing. This investigation occurs in both the theoretical and practical components of the course and uses an extensive and diverse range of literature, course materials and assessments that draw on a wide range of intellectual traditions.

The course also offers opportunities to study a range of disciplines relating to media, culture and technology. In doing so, you will develop a portfolio of work and explore many of the latest developments in communication technologies.

This course includes two self-directed independent study projects, which can be either a dissertation based on a research project, or a practical project with a critical contextual study. Students can choose to be supervised for their independent studies in a wide range of subjects; including new media studies, digital aesthetics, computer game cultures, cyberculture and the impacts of mobile computing on society.

Career opportunitiesCareer paths open to you include web design, mobile computing design, media research, journalism, advertising and PR.

Media, Culture & Technology (MA)

To find out more contact Dr Gavin Stewart:t: +44 (0)1582 743 250e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/media

Designing for the web

Media and cyberculture

Games studies

Online industry and community

Publishing and new technology

Research methods

Media theory



Steven ConwayMA Media, Culture & Technology graduate

I chose the course to broaden my skills, maximise my employability, and most importantly to satiate my curiosity with regard to many subjects, concepts and theories. This course has taught me the enormous value of critical thinking and remains invaluable in the work environment.

161

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: February


Duration: 1 semester full-time, or 6 months part-time


Entry requirements: Applicants are expected to have a BSc/BA or equivalent in the area of arts, humanities, or social science. In addition to these standard entry requirements, all applicants will be interviewed. We will also consider applicants with relevant professional experience, who will be judged by an interview panel. Because the course requires teamwork, it will not run if there are fewer than five students.All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Engage in a curriculum that anticipates

the needs of the industry, including up-to-date practices and techniques of working before the camera

n Enjoy the opportunity of building professional contacts and experience while completing the course

n Gain first-hand experience of the roles within a professional multi-camera TV studio equipped with a fully-functional professional gallery

n Benefit from access to a dedicated theatre space for your practice complete with cameras, a projector and a professional gallery

n Participate in exciting research seminars, conferences and projects

n Learn to operate our recording and editing facilities to support your progressive development, archiving and final presentation of your show-reel

About the courseThis innovative course focuses on performing and presenting in front of a camera in a variety of situations, including fictional drama and factual programming. It is designed for individuals who have found the need to develop this area of expertise in their professions and who may, or may not, have a background in acting and public speaking. This could include political figures, spokespersons, presenters, reporters, actors, and any others who may expect to be in the public eye.

The curriculum of this course is largely tailored to your individual needs. To enable your personalised learning, we will address your unique concerns and emphasise the development of your performance through practice-based research. Your performance before the camera is an integral part of your research method. Your learning will be multi-faceted. You will experience different roles within a professional TV studio and theatre via technical workshops and your progress will be archived for a final presentation of your professional show-reel.

You will also be working in an exciting research environment supported by the Research Institute of Media, Art and Design (RIMAD), which holds regular seminars and conferences in which students can be involved. Should you particularly enjoy the research elements of the course, you will have the opportunity to be directly involved, or employed within the Research Informed Teaching (RIT) scheme to work on research projects in co-operation with our academic staff.

Strong professional links embedded within the course provide opportunities to build invaluable professional contacts and experience from your participation in masterclasses and seminars run by directors, actors and other experts working within television, film and other media/professional industries. In addition, our close location to London will enable you to have easy access

to the UK’s hub for the expansion of satellite and digital television and its internationally renowned West End theatre scene.

Career opportunitiesThis course opens up numerous career opportunities for postgraduates pursuing a professional career in acting and presenting for television/film and for those pursuing careers in journalism, politics and business who, in the course of their work, are frequently called upon to present themselves and their ideas before a camera.

Performing Before the Camera (PgCert)

To find out more contact Dr. Maria Wiener:t: +44 (0)1234 489 274e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/media

Working before the camera

Practice-based research methods for performance to camera


162

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Our Media facilities will help to prepare you to work confidently in front of the camera






Entry requirements: You should possess a good Honours degree, or a Master’s degree or equivalent qualification. Candidates will normally be in relevant employment and experienced senior professionals or managers in journalism, media, television or related fields.

Key featuresn We are the only UK University to

offer this award

n The Research Institute for Media, Art and Design has a mature research base in media, an experimental centre for e-dance research and a highly active exhibition culture in art and design

n The Doctorate runs from October to July for the first year of the research degree, and the taught elements are delivered in blocks, enabling you to continue to work while you study

About the courseOur Professional Doctorate in Journalism, Media, Cinema or Television is ideal for senior practitioners and managers. It is also suitable for media educators, including those with previous industry backgrounds, aiming to equip themselves in these and cognate areas, with a knowledge base and analytical grounding in emerging media theories and multi-platform journalism and research methods, as relevant to individual fields of enquiry. This will ensure candidates have a secure base from which to conduct research that makes an original contribution both to their companies and their professional fields at the highest level.

A Professional Doctorate requires a significant original contribution to knowledge in the student’s field of professional practice. The thesis, and any allied research-based projects

required to complete stage two of the Doctorate, will usually be based in the student’s own industry or workplace and will derive from their own professional practice. It is assumed that this research will contribute to the development of the media industries in general, specific companies in particular, and specifically the capacity of individuals to reflect analytically about their work place.

Read more about this research degree by viewing our online Professional Doctorate brochure at: www.beds.ac.uk/profdoc

Career opportunitiesThe career paths that are available to our graduates include roles as senior teachers, management, and public service jobs in the media industries.

Professional Doctorate in Journalism, Media, Cinema or Television

To find out more contact the Research Graduate School:t: +44 (0)1582 489 031e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/media

Emerging media theories

Professional contemporary practice

Models and methods of media analysis

Thesis – circa 50,000 words in length


Tim CollingsProfessional Doctorate student

“My advice would be: make sure you have enough time, and don’t allow outside pressures to restrict your availability to dedicate yourself to it. I have found some of the things we have been presented with quite enlightening, sometimes entertaining and pretty intriguing.

Scan the code to see what else Tim has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/tim

163

Med

ia, A

rts

& P

erfo

rman

ceU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Establish networks with like-minded professionals across a range of media industries and develop your own original ideas

The University boasts a body of international staff who

undertake leading research in a wide range of psychology

and social studies fields. Therefore our courses provide

our students with the latest thinking and knowledge, and the skills which meet current

employer and governmental agendas for these professions

– ultimately ensuring that they are highly

employable after graduation.

The University’s Department of Psychology has a body of international staff with

extensive research and teaching interests in a wide range of psychology fields.

There is particular emphasis on the new and more dynamic

aspects of this exciting and rewarding subject.

164

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

Psychology & Social Studies

Courses

168 MA Applied Social Work: Practice Education

169 MA Applied Public Policy: Children’s & Young People’s Services

170 MA Applied Social Work Practice: Children & Families

171 PgDip/MSc Coaching Psychology*

172 MSc Forensic Psychology

173 MSc Health Psychology

174 Master of Professional Social Work

175 Professional Doctorate in Children & Young People’s Services Leadership (PDC & YPSL)

176 Professional Doctorate in Systemic Practice (PDSP)

177 MSc Psychological Approaches to Health & Management

178 MSc Social Work

179 Specialist Social Work



Our students have the opportunity to learn from, and work alongside, internationally renowned researchers who shape policy and service provision. We maintain strong partnerships with government departments, voluntary organisations and providers of healthcare services – allowing us to bring a strong applied focus to our teaching and learning, and deliver courses which meet the needs of the next generation workforce.

Scan the code to see what else Michael has to say, or visit: http://uob.cc/michaelps

Professor Michael Preston-Shoot Professor of Social Work Dean of the Faculty of Health and Social Sciences

165

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Benefit from cutting-edge research in which lecturers are involved

We have a fully international staff team with a wealth of expertise from around the world

You will have the opportunity to work collaboratively with staff on research projects and present outcomes at prestigious conferences

Enjoy access to excellent teaching and research facilities which are exclusive to psychology students

In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, 50 per cent of our applied social studies research was commended as “world-leading” (including social work and social policy), and our funding more than doubled as a result

Research conducted within the Psychology department provides evidence of outstanding and original achievement in, and contribution to, the discipline of psychology

Psychology Our British Psychological Society (BPS) accredited MSc Health Psychology has received commendations for the quality of provision and student satisfaction. We also have a new BPS accredited MSc in Forensic Psychology – the only one in the region – which supports the requirements of the BPS Division of Forensic Psychology. In addition, we offer the well-regarded MSc Psychological Approaches to Health and Management, providing a range of skills for students with little or no psychology in their undergraduate degree, but who have interests in psychology. There is also an innovative MSc in Coaching Psychology (currently subject to approval).

Specialist facilities We boast the best leading-edge equipment to support our students in their studies, including:

n A cognitive and biological psychology laboratory, offering specialised and up-to-date physiological data acquisition equipment

n Eye-tracking technology

n Problem-solving, perception and skills-learning equipment

n A wide range of psychometric testing software

n A human interaction laboratory, which can be used for child observation and social interaction, fully equipped with a two-way mirror and linked to a multimedia studio

n A qualitative data analysis laboratory with specialist software

n An intranet resource laboratory

n Data analysis laboratories which are equipped with the latest statistical and experimental software

n A TV studio and multimedia editing suites

n Individual research cubicles, fully equipped with psychology-specific software for creating and running experiments

Applied Social StudiesThe University’s Department of Applied Social Studies has rapidly come to be

Jacqui HartPhD in Post-traumatic Stress Disorder

I enjoyed my time at Bedfordshire so much that I came back for a PhD. My undergraduate degree in Psychology was the perfect platform. The most difficult aspect of studying for a PhD is keeping within the parameters of the research question because I start to read fascinating articles in related subjects. But that is also what is so rewarding – it can send you in all sorts of interesting directions.

166

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

recognised as a centre of excellence in the study of social care and social policy. This has been achieved by developing and delivering high-quality courses of academic and professional study and by undertaking innovative and influential strategic and applied research relevant to policy makers, service managers and practitioners.

We are accredited by the National Youth Agency (NYA) to provide courses leading to youth and community work qualifications, and by the General Social Care Council (GSCC) for the delivery of social work courses. The staff combine extensive research and teaching interests across social work, youth work, criminal justice, social studies and health and social care, making for an impressive and hugely active body of research.

Research applied psychological research Research conducted within the Psychology department provides evidence of outstanding and original achievement, and contribution to the discipline of psychology. Members are renowned both nationally and internationally, and their research has been widely disseminated in peer-reviewed journals, books, book chapters and research reports, as well as at national and international conferences.

Examples of the areas of research in the department include:

n Work-life balance, work stressors and wellbeing

n Coaching psychology

n Cyber-harassment

n Drug addiction, obesity and binge eating

n Eye-witness misidentification, offender behaviour and rehabilitation

n Developmental reading disability and eye-movement tracking during reading

n Graduate employability and the student experience

n Cross-cultural studies of marital satisfaction

n Impact of therapies on depression and distress

World-leading applied social studies research In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, 50 per cent of our applied social studies research was commended as “world-leading” (including social work and social policy), and our funding more than doubled as a result.

Staff are actively involved in research projects and have authored an impressive number of texts in their specialist areas such as social work, youth work, criminal justice, social studies, and health and social care, as well as investigating ways in which students learn within higher education.

Many of the professors, senior researchers and teaching staff have valuable national and international reputations for the quality of their research, and are frequently consulted by government departments, local authorities, professional associations and voluntary organisations.

Not only does our research inform teaching, but we also work closely

with King’s College London in running a programme of conferences and seminars which draw on the top speakers in their field, open to postgraduate students free of charge.

These exciting opportunities provide direct contact with leading academics.

Research degree study areas We welcome research degree applications in the following areas:

n Child and family welfare: children in care, services for troubled adolescents, children in need, poverty and social exclusion

n Child abuse and child sexual exploitation, and the trafficking of children and young people

n Evidence-based social work

n Crime disorder and public safety

n Special educational needs

n Occupational stress

n Evaluation of education and victim support services

See page 185 for more information.

Students benefit from using state-of-the-art psychological equipment such as the ‘brain wave’ hat monitor

167

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: Putteridge Bury campus

Duration: Up to 30 months part-time


Entry requirements: This course is designed to meet the requirements of Stage 2 of the new Practice Educator Framework (Skills for Care 2010) as recommended by the Social Work Reform Board. Students applying for this course will normally have the support of their employer and must be in a position to mentor and support the learning of a team member, colleague, or student in work-based learning. Entrants will have achieved Stage 1 Practice Educator status as defined by the Practice Educator Framework prior to commencing the course and should have a minimum of three years post-qualifying experience.Successful applicants will normally have a first degree and preferably a 2:1, must have a professional qualification in Social Work, and be registered with the professional body.

Key featuresn This course builds upon the

University of Bedfordshire’s reputation for providing high-quality education and training in Practice Education

n This course is driven by the new Professional Capabilities Framework for Social Workers [PCF] in mind (SWRB 2010) and ensures excellence in practice

n Benefit from a cutting-edge response to the changing nature of social work education building on the department’s expertise in both teaching, learning and research in effective Practice Education

About the courseThe MA in Applied Social Work: Practice Education is part of a range of Continuing Professional Development (CPD) courses available for Social Workers at the University. This course is part of a developing portfolio of courses designed to support Social

Workers in their professional careers and to extend and deepen professional competence in an area of advanced and applied practice: in this instance Practice Education. This course has been devised following the recommendations of both the Social Work Reform Board and in accordance with the Practice Educator Professional Standards (PEP). Inherent within these proposals is the importance of the Practice Educator role in making complex decisions on students’ suitability for Social Work practice. The role of the Practice Educator is seen as crucial in ensuring the links between academic learning and work-based practice are secured. Practice Educators need to have a systematic understanding of knowledge, and a critical awareness of Social Work practice, its complexity, and have a comprehensive understanding of techniques applicable to Practice Education which this course is designed to deliver.

The PEP sets out learning outcomes that Practice Educators should meet to demonstrate that they are competent. It provides clear expectations as to how they should be assessed and the qualifications and experience required. The overall aim is to improve the quality of Practice Education and to provide qualifying Social Work students with high-quality preparation, appropriate skills and knowledge, in their Social Work training by providing excellent practice learning opportunities with well-trained and qualified Practice Educators.

Career opportunitiesAs this course has been developed within the new framework for CPD as defined by the Social Work Reform Board it offers clear career opportunities. Students successfully completing the course will be able to specialise within their field, in Professional Education in Social Work. Furthermore, as the Practice Educator Framework develops nationally, there will be increased demand for practitioners who have a

high level of skills in work-based learning and assessment in order to provide the practice-based learning required across the spectrum of qualifying and post-qualified education.

Applied Social Work: Practice Education (MA)

To find out more contact Louise Grant:t: +44 (0)1582 489 187e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/psychology

Managing teaching and learning

Mentoring and coaching

Teaching and assessing law

Applied research skills


Did you know?The unique feature of this course is that it has been specifically developed to respond to the Social Work Reform Board’s recommendations for Continuing Professional Development for Social Workers and with particular emphasis upon the Framework for Practice Educators.

168

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a First or upper Second Class Honours degree awarded by a UK university or other recognised awarding body, or an equivalent academic qualification, and/or relevant work experience.

Key featuresn Work within the Department of

Applied Social Studies, offering unique awards in social work, youth work, and child and adolescent development

n Benefit from the department’s particular expertise in children’s services, youth work and youth crime and justice. It has gained a national and international reputation for its research and scholarship within the Institute of Applied Social Research (IASR)

n Develop key research and analytical skills that are vital for your profession and effectively enhance your expertise in issues relating to children’s and young people’s services

About the courseBy analysing in depth the current policy context for work with children and young people, this innovative Master’s course is especially relevant to those working, or wishing to work, in the field. The course focuses on the theories underpinning policy and practice, addresses the current political and policy perspectives on marginalised children, young people and their families, alongside dealing with methods of social enquiry and research.

Designed for professionals and graduates who wish to enhance their current knowledge of policy for children and young people, this course provides you with an opportunity to research policy intensively. In addition, the course offers a framework for researching how certain policies affect families and a general understanding of how policy impacts upon

children and young people – ultimately equipping you with the skills necessary to operate effectively in this field.

During your time studying this course, you will be able to engage and communicate with others involved in practice and policy-focused research pertaining to children and young people. You will also be able to examine theory on child protection, lifespan development and the sociological and psychological factors involved in childhood and adolescence. The course enables students to gain a strong grounding in politics, policy and service development. In addition, you will explore the relationships between theory, research and evidence, as well as the contributions of qualitative and quantitative approaches to research. This course has been designed with direct input from our “world-leading” researchers, who also teach on the units (RAE 2008).

The teaching on this course is designed to maximise convenience for you as a busy professional. The curriculum is taught in blocks of two-three days throughout the year. There is an expectation of 25 days attendance (maximum). Additional face-to-face and virtual tutorial support is offered throughout the term.

Career opportunitiesThis course is designed to meet the needs of graduates who wish to specialise in working with children and young people, and is aimed at professions in social work, youth work, education and related children and family services. Armed with a good postgraduate degree, students can expect to be promoted to managerial roles or have an opportunity to be recruited into other senior roles within their profession. Graduates will be able to secure employment in a range of positions within service delivery for children and young people across all sectors as well as opportunities in research and policy development.

Applied Public Policy: Children’s & Young People’s Services (MA)

To find out more contact Fiona Factor:t: +44 (0)1582 743 774e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/psychology

Critical issues in the delivery of services to children, young people and families

The conceptual framework – theories shaping public policy for children’s and young people’s services

Models and methods of social investigation

Dissertation

Young people and illicit drug use in the UK (optional)

Socially excluded young people, education, training and employment (optional)

Youth justice: current issues and critical perspectives (optional)

Violent youth crime and group offending (optional)

The trafficking and sexual exploitation of children and young people (optional)

Young people’s participation (optional)


169

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013



Location: Putteridge Bury campus

Duration: Up to 30 months part-time


Entry requirements: There are specific qualification, registration and experience entry requirements for this course.Successful applicants will normally have an Honours degree (2:2 or above), and must have a professional qualification in Social Work. All applicants should be practising social workers in a children and families social work setting. Most applicants will have a minimum of three years of post-qualifying experience within the children and families setting for direct entry into the course.Those social workers who have less than three and more than one year of consecutive post-qualifying experience in children and families social work must successfully complete the 30 credit Embedding Professional Capabilities unit before they are allowed to continue onto the Master’s course.Applicants must be registered with the professional body for social workers.

Key featuresn This course builds upon the

University of Bedfordshire’s reputation for providing high-quality post-qualifying education and training for children and families social workers

n This course has been specifically developed to respond to the Social Work Reform Board’s recommendations for Continuing Professional Development for Social Workers and with particular emphasis upon the Munro Review of Child Protection and her recommendation for developing social work expertise in knowledge, analysis and intervention (DFH 2010b)

n This course is driven by the new Professional Capabilities Framework for Social Workers [PCF] in mind (SWRB 2010) and ensures excellence in practice

n Benefit from a cutting-edge response to the changing nature of social work education that builds on the department’s expertise in both teaching, learning and research in effective Practice Education

About the courseThe MA Applied Social Work Practice: Children and Families is part of a range of Continuing Professional Development (CPD) courses available for Social Workers at the University. This course is part of a developing portfolio of courses designed to support Social Workers in their professional careers and to extend and deepen professional competence in an area of advanced practice: in this instance Children and Families. This course has been devised in accordance with the recommendations of both the Social Work Reform Board and the Munro Review of Child Protection (DFE 2010a; DFE 2010b; 2011).

This course is designed to provide children and families social workers with the advanced systematic understanding, knowledge and skills needed for competent practice and the development of higher level Professional Capability. It recognises that social workers need to develop professional expertise in making the best judgements in complex family interventions. Acknowledging that social workers require confidence, resilience and adaptability to cope with the multifaceted demands, risk and uncertainty in social work practice, this course will be built on a firm foundation of evidence from research and best professional practice. Recognising

the importance of critical analysis and reflection in assessments, planning and decision making, this course will equip social workers with the analytical skills necessary for fostering sound ethical judgements in the changing context of social work. Drawing from the Professional Capability framework for social workers, practitioners will be enabled to demonstrate a substantially enhanced level of competence and management of risk, fostering the principles outlined in the codes and values for social workers whilst emphasising service users’ rights, diversity and the importance of social justice.

Career opportunitiesAs this course has been developed within the new framework for CPD as defined by the Social Work Reform Board it offers clear career progression opportunities. Students successfully completing the course will be able to specialise within their field, as there will be increased demand for practitioners who have a high level of mastery in children and family social work which will undoubtedly enhance career opportunities in the increasingly competitive public sector market.

Applied Social Work Practice: Children & Families (MA)

To find out more contact Louise Grant:t: +44 (0)1582 489 187e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/psychology

Complex decision making and risk

Current issues in children services

Optional units in a range of subject areas such as sexual exploitation, gang crime, fostering and adoption and sexual trafficking


170

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013







Entry requirements: Students will normally be required to have attained at least a second class Honours degree in Psychology or a closely related subject. Relevant work experience in either a paid or voluntary capacity is a desirable, though not essential, entry requirement. Relevant work experience may be in any one or more of the following, or allied areas:

n Counselling (including telephone and computer-assisted counselling)

n Advice and guidance (including careers advice and helplines)

n Teaching and tutoring

n Learning support (including mentoring)

n Research within the area of psychology and related fields

n Health and care related posts

n Support work within the charity and voluntary sector


Key featuresn The MSc Coaching Psychology

is one of a small number of Postgraduate level courses in Coaching Psychology in the UK

n You will be taught by members of a team who are actively involved in the development of the discipline of Coaching Psychology and have been for a number of years

n The course is informed by the teaching team’s areas of individual expertise and informed by our research interests and coaching-related consultancy activities

About the courseThe course is contemporary in its coverage of theory and practice, with a curriculum that reflects recent developments in the rapidly expanding field of coaching psychology. In line with the core philosophy of the course the teaching strategy aims to link theory with practice. Hence students will be introduced to diverse theories, historical and current, relevant to coaching psychology. In doing so, they will be reflecting critically on these ideas whilst considering how they might apply in the setting within which they may be undertaking coaching and/or research. Students will also engage in substantial practical work such as designing coaching interventions; undertaking supervised coaching practice; writing case studies and maintaining reflective practice logs. The course facilitates experiential opportunities to enable students to become more self-aware, and to experiment with new skills and techniques. A deepening knowledge of psychological theory and coaching approaches will be applied to this work as the course progresses.

The course is designed to prepare students for a future career as a coaching psychologist and to give them the necessary skills to continue to develop as coaching psychologists within their own specialism after completion of the MSc.

Career opportunitiesCoaching Psychology is a growing professional route and one that is relevant to applications across a number of employment sectors.

However, the advanced route to accredited practitioner status is only one possibility and, having completed the degree students will find that career opportunities are open both inside and outside psychology. Whilst life coaching is one possible career route from the

course, graduates skills and knowledge obtained can be usefully applied in the charity, voluntary and social enterprise sectors. The MSc is a useful springboard for clinical psychologists, counsellors, educators and nurses who have a particular interest in positive psychology theory and coaching.

Coaching Psychology* (PgDip/MSc)

To find out more contact Dr. Emma Short:t: +44 (0)7881 521 350e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/psychology

Theories of personality and individual differences

Underlying theories of psychotherapeutic approaches

Coaching practice in diverse organisational settings

Specific intervention approaches such as motivational interviewing

Coaching practice and reflective practice development

Psychological perspectives and positive psychology

Research methods in coaching psychology


Did you know?The MSc in Coaching Psychology presents a way into the core approaches that inform the way psychologists work as coaches today. Being a part of this course will enable you to explore the ways in which coaching is used to enhance well-being and performance in everyday life and enable you to grow and maximise your own potential in life and work.

171

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree in Psychology and provide evidence of the Graduate Basis for Chartership (GBC) with the British Psychological Society (BPS) or equivalent. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

About the courseForensic psychology is not only a key area within the Department of Psychology but is also an established profession, and one that is relevant to the whole community. This course provides Stage One training towards becoming a Chartered Psychologist and a full member of the British Psychological Society (BPS) Division of Forensic Psychology, and is the only MSc Forensic Psychology course in the region – Hertfordshire, Bedfordshire, Buckinghamshire and Northamptonshire.

The course is accredited by the BPS Division of Forensic Psychology and its exciting and engaging curriculum supports the Division’s requirements, as well as incorporating the teaching team’s research expertise. It will therefore cover areas such as criminological psychology, investigative psychology, psychology in the courtroom, and the assessment and treatment of offenders.

The course content is employment-focused, involving ‘realistic learning’ with aspects of forensic psychology tied to real-life scenarios and practice.

A number of specialist lectures are delivered by professionals working in the field. The course will also cover advanced training in research methods and professional skills. The final part of the course includes the dissertation unit which allows the student to engage in detail within a research topic relevant to forensic psychology.

The course provides a strong integrated programme of Forensic and Criminal Psychology at foundation, undergraduate and postgraduate levels. It can be taken as part of a pathway from a foundation degree, through the BSc (Hons) Psychology and Criminal Behaviour or the BSc (Hons) Psychology degrees which confer the Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership with the BPS, to the Master’s level award and Stage One qualification in Forensic Psychology. It is also on track to include the Stage Two qualification in the near future.

Key featuresn Accredited by the British

Psychological Society (BPS)

n We offer a forward-thinking and progressive curriculum

n Excellent links with local courts and prisons

n Our applied research in areas such as psychopathy, violence and drink-driving has gained national and international recognition

n Our research has been published in nationally and internationally recognised journals

Career opportunitiesForensic psychology can be evidenced in a range of settings such as the prison and probation service, the NHS during criminal investigations, and in community settings. More so, the advanced route to Chartership in forensic psychology also opens up a range of career opportunities both inside and outside the forensic sector and the field of psychology.

Forensic Psychology (MSc)

To find out more contact Louise Starkie:t: +44 (0)1582 743 703e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/psychology

Criminological and psychological approaches to crime and patterns of crime

Offender profiling

Geographical profiling

Police interview techniques

Forensic psychology in the courtroom

The treatment and assessment of offenders

Violent and sexual offenders

Working with offenders with mental disorder

Young offenders

Female offenders

Substance misuse and offending


Get hands-on experience of reporting on a witness case

172

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a good Honours degree in Psychology and provide evidence of the Graduate Basis for Chartership (GBC) with the British Psychological Society (BPS) or equivalent.


Key featuresn We offer a forward-thinking and

progressive curriculum

n Excellent links with healthcare providers and the University’s Postgraduate Medical School

n Our applied research in areas such as stress, and health and weight management has gained national and international recognition

n Our research has been published in nationally and internationally recognised journals

About the courseThis innovative course is designed to meet the needs of psychology graduates who wish to specialise in the psychology of health, illness and the healthcare system, and it forms Stage One of the training required to become a chartered psychologist and full member of the Division of Health Psychology (DHP) within the BPS. It also provides the first step towards becoming a Registered Health Psychologist with the Health Professions Council (HPC). The course comprises eight compulsory taught units and a research project which forms the basis of a thesis. The

taught units are designed to cover the core curriculum for Master’s degrees in health psychology, as stipulated by the DHP training committee (BPS).

The core philosophy of the course revolves around using a scientist-practitioner model to equip you with research and practical skills, all within the diverse cultural background that the Luton community provides. Students completing the course will have a strong theoretical background in health psychology and a variety of practical skills required for working in the field.

The Department of Psychology is very welcoming and relaxed. The Health Psychology team comprises nine members of staff, three of whom are registered health psychologists, and one who is Professor of Applied Psychology.

Alumna Nicola Davies commented: “The MSc Health Psychology at the University of Bedfordshire taught me to think as a scientist and health professional, thus providing me with both theoretical and practical skills that I could apply within the field. The taught units were diverse and conducted in an environment that encouraged active learning.

Since leaving the University, I’ve remained in contact with a number of the staff – who are now my colleagues. I’m indebted to them for helping me get where I am today.”

Career opportunitiesThe success of the course is reflected in the successful careers of our former students who have gained, or are about to gain a PhD. Others have progressed to careers including: Smoking Cessation Co-ordinator for an NHS Primary Care Trust (PCT); shared care support worker; Research Assistant in the Child and Adolescent Mental Health Service (CAMHS); and employees in the Clinical Health Psychology Unit of Northampton General Hospital.

As a chartered psychologist and registered health psychologist, you can work within the health sector at

management level or apply health psychology knowledge and methods to educate and improve patient recovery and health.

Career options include working in Government (advising on policy-making, effective interventions and advertising strategies); research (including project management, preventing illnesses – especially coronary heart disease and cancer – and patient-practitioner communication); and teaching. Graduates also work in the NHS on preparing for surgery/coping skills and psychological methods to manage stress, pain or terminal illness.

The non-BPS accredited Master’s course – Psychological Approaches to Health and Management – can be taken as an alternative if you do not have GBC. See page 177.

Health Psychology (MSc)

To find out more contact Professor Andy Guppy:t: +44 (0)1582 489 329e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/psychology

Health psychology in applied contexts

Lifestyle and individual differences

Public health

Effects of health interventions in areas such as health promotion, chronic stress, eating disorders and addiction

Advanced research methods for health psychologists

Stress, coping and chronic disease

Mechanisms of health and disease

Professional skills for health psychologists (including communication skills)


173

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013


Starts in: Start date to be confirmed, information will be published on the DfE website

Location: Luton campus, Park Square and Aylesbury, Oxford House

Duration: 18 months full-time, work-based

Open to: UK students*

Entry requirements: Applicants for the postgraduate Social Work courses at the University of Bedfordshire must normally have been awarded an Upper Second Class Honours degree (2.1) in a course recognised by Higher Education Institutions in a broadly social science based discipline. For the CWDC approved ‘Step-Up to Social work’ course for which the Master of Professional Social Work Practice is approved, applicants may have a first degree (First Class or Upper Second Class honours) in any discipline. In addition, they must meet the CWDC criteria of having experience of working with children, young people and families, and demonstrate emotional resilience. As for any qualifying Social Work course, all successful applicants must also have achieved at least Key Skills level 2 in English and Mathematics. This would normally be equivalent to grade C in the GCSE examination in English and Mathematics.

The initial selection process will be managed nationally by the Department for Education and applicants will then be interviewed locally by regional employers and their partner HEIs. Applicants will be required, through the selection process, to demonstrate substantial relevant experience and an aptitude to work with children and families in need, ie the appropriate personal qualities, values and skills to be a social worker. All applicants selected will be required to undertake a written task group exercises and personal interview as part of the selection process. Applicants will be required to declare any previous offences (including reprimands and formal warnings) and any previous disciplinary matters, and if selected, successful applicants will be required to undergo a Criminal Records

Bureau check to ensure their suitability for working with vulnerable groups. In addition, successful applicants will need to complete an occupational health check and give permission for contact with their GP, where necessary, to confirm their suitability for Social Work training.Students with relevant prior experience and /or certificated learning may be able to claim APL in accordance with the University’s published criteria and up to a maximum of 90 academic credits at Master’s level.

Key featuresn You will be fully supported by an

employer organisation and paid a bursary while you train

n This course is only open to students selected and sponsored by a Local Authority Children’s Services Department

About the courseThe Step-Up to Social work programme is a Government initiative described as “a tailored training programme which provides trainees with a Masters in social work, alongside intensive hands on experience. It has been specifically designed as a new way for career changers to train to become qualified social workers”.

Local employers have been actively involved in shaping both the curriculum and delivery, providing opportunities for students to engage in work-based learning alongside academic study.

Students will spend fifty per cent of their time over the duration of the course (ie a minimum of 200 days) in supervised and assessed professional practice in a range of social work and related agencies. All unit assessments have been designed to help students to develop and demonstrate the knowledge, skills and values required for professional practice and to prepare them fully to meet the requirements of the professional regulator as registered practitioners.

Career opportunitiesGraduates will be able to enter the Professional Register as qualified

Social Workers and work in a wide range of Statutory, private, voluntary and independent organisations, providing services to vulnerable and disadvantaged individuals, children, families, groups and communities.

Post-qualifying (PQ) level study is available to qualified Social Workers in a range of settings, allowing graduates to engage in Continuing Professional Development (CPD) and demonstrate their fitness for continuing registration. The University of Bedfordshire offers PQ courses at Graduate and Postgraduate level with more courses being developed with local employers to meet the needs of the workplace.

*UK students who have been selected and sponsored by a Local Authority Children’s Services Department, as part of the DfE scheme. Visit: http://uob.cc/prof-social to find out more. You can also register your interest using this link and will be informed of future opportunities if and when they become available.

Master of Professional Social Work

Developing knowledge skills and theories for social work practice

Critical issues in understanding law and society

Ethics, values and anti-oppressive practice

Critical issues in specialist and inter-professional practice

Advanced skills for critical and reflective social work practice

Advanced knowledge and theory for social work practice


174

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

To find out more contact Amanda Thorpe:t: +44 (0)1582 743 058e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/psychology

T: +44 (0)1582 743500 (UK) T: +44 (0)1582 489326 (EU/International) E: [email protected] www.beds.ac.uk 175

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013





Entry requirements: You should be a senior practitioner or manager in children and young people’s services, youth justice or an allied field and have substantial practice experience, a relevant first degree awarded with upper second or first class Honours and/or a relevant Master’s degree or equivalent. Please note that this course in not applicable for international applicants.

Key featuresn The PDC&YPSL is the only course of

its kind in Europe

n The course is supported by a large staff team of leading figures in the field, including leading figures in the field including Dr Tim Bateman (Director of Studies), Dr Isabelle Brodie, Dr Cherilyn Dance, Professor Donald Forrester, Professor Ravi Kholi, Professor Margaret Melrose, Professor Jenny Pearce, Professor John Pitts and Professor Michael Preston-Shoot

n A wide range of guest speakers and lecturers contribute to the course

About the courseThe Professional Doctorate in Children and Young People’s Services Leadership (PDC&YPSL) has three strands:

n Children’s services

n Young people’s services

n Youth justice

The course recognises the commonalities between these three fields of service delivery while enabling students to focus their research on the strand that fits most closely with their specialist area of interest.

The PDC&YPSL is an intensive part-time degree developed jointly within the Institute for Applied Social Research at the University of Bedfordshire in partnership with Barnardos, the Brathay

Trust and Nacro Youth Crime Section. It is an applied alternative to a PhD for senior practitioners and managers, equipping them with a knowledge-base and theoretical grounding to make a significant original contribution to knowledge in their own field at the highest level. This course allows students to follow one of the three pathways listed above, depending upon their area of practice expertise.

The structure of the PDC&YPSL The PDC&YPSL is completed in two stages over three years. Stage one consists of one taught year of study and is completed by an 8,000 to 10,000-word article of publishable quality. Stage two runs over two years and is completed by a 60,000-80,000 word thesis, or other form of research based project. It is anticipated that the independent research at stage two will draw on the student’s area of professional expertise.

The course is designed to fit around students’ work commitments. Each year consists of three one week ‘schools’ in the autumn, winter and spring and three two-day seminars. Each student is assigned a supervisory team appropriate to their research interests. The team consists of a Director of Studies and a second supervisor. An external supervisor may be invited to join the supervisory team where expertise relating to a particular topic is required.

There are regular opportunities for tutorials, and students can keep in touch

with staff and fellow students via a dedicated website and email.

Career opportunities The PDC&YPSL equips students to assume senior professional and practice roles in children’s services, young people’s services, youth justice and allied fields, and can provide a career pathway to work in academia.

Professional Doctorate in Children & Young People’s Services Leadership (PDC&YPSL)

To find out more contact Dr Tim Bateman:e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/psychology

Students take ‘Models and methods of investigation’ as a core unit during stage one, providing them with the necessary theoretical grounding and practical knowledge of research methods to undertake independent research during stage two. The remainder of the curriculum is tailored each year to the particular interests of the student cohort, but the cross disciplinary nature of the course ensures that students can draw on broad base of learning to provide a wider theoretical and policy context for their chosen pathway



Starts in: February

Location: Luton campus, Park Square and Putteridge Bury campus, Luton



Entry requirements: Candidates should normally be experienced systemic professionals, working for example as consultants, therapists, leaders, trainers or supervisors. You should have an advanced level of understanding of systemic practice and wish to undertake research into relational practice using dialogical, collaborative, narrative, appreciative, post Milan, postmodern practices from the systemic social constructionist communities. It is expected that candidates will possess a minimum of a postgraduate qualification in an area of Systemic Practice or equivalent or higher professional qualification and a minimum of three years systemic practice experience. Candidates will normally be working in a relevant professional context which enables them to carry out the development of practice-based inquiry and to articulate of accounts of that practice for relevant audiences. Candidates will be required to submit a short piece of original writing on the topic of their proposed research and a statement about why they are interested in pursuing this doctoral course but are not bound by this research proposal.

Key featuresn Produce reflexive practitioner research

using innovative research methods coherent with systemic practice

n Encourages the use and development of systemic research methodologies and systemic adaptation of traditional research methods

n Supervised by highly experienced systemic practitioner researchers, as well as other academics from within the University and from the international systemic community

About the courseThe Professional Doctorate in Systemic Practice is a part-time course with three years of regular meetings designed to support a creative learning community of practitioner researchers who will be developing and writing about innovative and cutting-edge systemic practice. It provides opportunities for experienced practitioners to make an original contribution to their professional field at the highest level.

This PhD equivalent is aimed at people wanting to undertake research directly related to their practice. Systemic Practice occurs in wide range of environments and with a broad range of people. We anticipate that practitioners coming into this course will have an advanced appreciation of the use of systemic ideas in work areas that might include organisations, communities, therapy, groups, teaching and supervision. This course draws on the KCC School of Systemic Practice. It encourages new ways of inquiring into systemic practice, into the fluid and shifting connections in the reflexive shaping of a) systemic theory and practice and b) systemic research theory and practice.

The PDSP is an applied alternative to a PhD for advanced practitioners who want to benefit from membership of a systemic research school and its specialist understanding of systemic theory, practices and values. Like other professional doctorates, this course enables practitioners to engage in practitioner research which will usually be focused on an area of practice in which practitioners are currently engaged.

The structure of the PDSPThe PDSP has three phases requiring an attendance at five blocks of three days in each of the three years. Phase one includes i) learning opportunities which situate systemic practice and postmodern research methods in a social constructionist understanding of science, knowledge and research theory and ii) reflexive space which supports

the emergence and shaping of students’ research interests. Phase two centres around the development of the practical and theoretical inquiry into your practice. Students will continue to develop their practice project in consultation with the programme faculty, fellow students and with other members of the systemic and research communities. This aim of Phase three is to i) progress a completion plan for the research; ii) to develop writing and reporting skills; iii) to work on form and content of the portfolio; iv) to prepare for doctoral examination and understand doctoral standards. In addition, students can take a further year or two to complete Phase three after the end of year three. Throughout the course, there are regular opportunities for tutorials and students can keep in touch with staff and fellow students via a dedicated website and email.

Career opportunities PDSP graduates will have undertaken research at the highest level and create an original contribution to the field. Graduates are encouraged to publish papers or books from their research. Professional doctorates may help to secure positions in academia and enhance one’s professional standing.

Professional Doctorate in Systemic Practice (PDSP)

To find out more contact Dr Gail Simon:t: +44 (0)7979 856 929e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/psychology

Postmodern research methodologies; scientific discourses; reflexivity in and as research; relational ethics; systemic, collaborative, dialogical, social constructionist theory

The student’s own research subject


176

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have a good first degree or equivalent professional qualification, as well as experience of, or interest in, working in a health setting. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn Excellent links with local healthcare

providers and the University’s Postgraduate Medical School

n A unique combination of topics in health, psychological assessment and human resource management

n The opportunity to develop skills towards applying for a certificate of Occupational Testing (level A)

About the courseThis course has been specifically designed for health professionals or

students with a health-related academic background who wish to improve their understanding of psychological concepts and applications in the area of health psychology and human resource management, with a view to developing their careers. It is also for graduates from a variety of disciplines who wish to pursue a career in primary mental health. The course will equip you with the managerial and clinical knowledge required for these roles. The course focuses on professional skills, the role of stress in the development of illnesses, the impact of personality and lifestyle variables on health and illnesses, mental health and its interventions and links with skills on human resource management and psychological testing for job selection and research purposes.

The course seeks to develop understanding of the main models and theories in the field of health, mental health and occupational psychology, to provide an insight into the relationship between psychology and other disciplines in the human sciences, and to provide knowledge of research skills needed in a practice setting.

Career opportunities Typically, graduates can enhance their prospects of promotion to more responsible roles or have an opportunity to be recruited in primary care services, especially in relation to mental health.

Career paths of graduates include: local directors of NHS community services for physiotherapy; dietetic, cancer screening and HIV-positive research posts within the NHS; managerial posts in Primary Care Trusts (PCT); mental health workers in primary care; and psychological test administrators in a reading disability centre.

* Full-time courses that start in September comprise 12 months of study, but those starting in February include a three-month summer break and therefore run for 15 months.

Psychological Approaches to Health & Management (MSc)

To find out more contact Dr Candan Ertubey:t: +44 (0)1582 489 305 e: [email protected]

Dr Antigonos Sochos:e: antigonos.sochos@beds.

ac.uk

w: http://uob.cc/psychology

Effects of lifestyle and individual differences on health behaviour

Effects of health interventions in areas such as alcohol use and chronic stress

Psychological assessment from test administration to interpretation

Research methods for health psychologists

Occupational health psychology

Managing people and leadership skills at work

Mental health in primary care

Develop skills on application of cognitive behavioural therapies in primary care settings

Stress: theories, measurement and management


Luciano Thomas MSc Psychological Approaches to Health & Management graduate

I am delighted to have chosen this course. It has armed me with practical experience and a confident readiness to embark upon broader horizons.

177

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: You should have at least an upper Second Class Honours degree from a recognised Higher Education institution in a broadly social science-based discipline.

Students with first degrees in other disciplines or with a lower second class degree may be considered if they can demonstrate substantial experience in social work or social care during the previous five years.

Applicants must also have Key Skills level two or above in English and Maths, eg a GCSE at grade C or above, or equivalent qualification which includes an assessment of these skills. All applicants should demonstrate in their application substantial relevant experience of delivering social care services, either in a paid or voluntary capacity.

All applicants selected for an interview will be required to undertake a written task for which advanced notice and a reading list will be provided. They will also be required to declare any previous offences and, if selected, to submit to a CRB check. Applicants will also need to complete a health-check questionnaire and give permission for contact with their GP. All international applicants will be assessed using UKBA policy. The minimum requirement for direct entrants to postgraduate study in the UK is level B2 on the CEFR. The University requires equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band for direct entry to a postgraduate study. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language

Key featuresn The GSCC (social work’s regulatory

body until summer 2012) has commended our commitment to the provision of a supportive and student-centred environment

n Blended learning throughout, which facilitates study from home

n The University and GSCC review of Social Work at the University in 2009 commended the involvement of service users and carers in all elements of the courses

About the courseSuccessful students achieve both a higher degree and a professional qualification in social work. The various aspects of the course are fully integrated and you will be encouraged to develop academic and practice skills, plus, from the beginning of your studies, you will develop a value and evidence-based approach to the profession.

Placement opportunities are under constant development with our employer partners and are offered in statutory settings as well as in private and voluntary agencies. Both encompass work with a wide range of service user groups and offer the opportunity to work in partnership with other relevant professionals. Practice learning is structured in recognition of the fact that you may embark on the course with only a limited knowledge of social work practice, but will complete it as a professional ready to embrace employment in a range of settings.

Your studies are designed to equip you with the knowledge and skills you will need to enable you to work with service users across the life course and within relevant statutory frameworks.

You may be eligible for a bursary administered by the NHS Bursaries Unit. For more information, visit: www.nhsbsa.nhs.uk. We also work with employers who sponsor students through the course and hope to further develop this route into the profession with our local partners.

All information is provided in good faith but please note that it may be subject to change because of national developments in social work education.

Career opportunities Successful students will be able to seek employment with a wide range of local authorities and within many private and voluntary agencies throughout the UK.

Social Work (MSc)

To find out more contact Sally Cornish:t: +44 (0)1582 743 174e: [email protected] w: http://uob.cc/psychology

The professional social work curriculum is under nationwide review following recommendations made by the Social Work Task Force and further developed by the Social Work Reform Board – you can find details at: www.education.gov.uk/swrb

It is anticipated that the University of Bedfordshire’s revised curriculum will be delivered from 2013; details are not yet confirmed but the course will maintain its adherence to professional requirements and employability

Similarly, the transition of the regulation of social work from the GSCC to the Health Professions Council may have implications for the course of which applicants will be advised as necessary. In the light of these imminent changes please note that while all information about the MSc in Social Work is provided in good faith it may be subject to change


178

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013






Entry requirements: This course is designed for qualified social workers in children and families social work, who are registered with the Health Care Professionals Council, who are employed in social work practice and are seeking to gain the Post Qualifying Award in Social Work at Specilaist Level.

Successful applicants will not be permitted to proceed until they have gained the credits for the appropriate Consolidation unit or have satisfied APL requirements for this unit.

Other professionals/service users may study the course or individual units they will qualify with a graduate diploma in work with Children Young People Families and Their Carers.

Key featuresn This course has been designed in

consultation with local employers to offer social workers and other professionals working with children, young people and their families with specialist knowledge to improve their social work practice

n Drawing upon the extensive specialist knowledge in this field within the department, students will be encouraged to develop critical reflective skills and an ability to access up-to-date evidence and research to inform their practice. Thus, equipping them for the challenges they will face in the workplace

About the courseThis course has been designed for all qualified social workers and other professionals who work with children, young people and their families across all sectors. Equipping you with specialist knowledge and skills to improve your social work practice, this course is delivered by qualified staff and service

users who offer a range of thought-provoking areas of study.

Career opportunities This course enables qualified social workers to demonstrate their competence as a social work practitioner and consolidate their learning since qualification. For those students without a qualifying degree in social work it will enable them, on completion to achieve a degree.

This award allows social workers to demonstrate their commitment to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) and demonstrate their fitness for continuing registration. Many local employees use successful completion of this course as a part of their internal career progression structure.

To find out more contact Louise Grant:t: +44 (0)1582 489187e: [email protected]: http://uob.cc/psychology

Specialist Social Work (Graduate Diploma)

Research and child care law

Interprofessional working

Ethics for professional practice

Enabling others


Louise GrantSenior Lecturer in Social Work

The course stresses the importance of reflective practice and professional development. It therefore supports social workers in dealing with the uncertainties and complexities of professional social work practice with children and families.

179

Psy

cho

log

y &

So

cial

Stu

die

sU

niv

ersi

ty o

f B

edfo

rdsh

ire

2013

180 www.beds.ac.uk

gettingstarted

From fees and finance to town culture and maps to our campuses, it’s all in here and more besides.

The following pages provide you with the information required to get you

to your first day at the University in the simplest, swiftest manner.

181

182 Your postgraduate qualification183 Short professional courses184 Taught courses185 Research degrees186 Part-time study187 Return to learning188 Fees and funding190 How to apply191 Accommodation192 Learning resources193 Student support194 Town life196 Get involved in culture and the arts197 Get involved in the University198 Get involved in the Students’ Union199 Get involved in sport200 Investing in your career201 Take me to Beds: directions202 A-Z course index

gettingstarted

There’s also information on our buzzing Students’ Union and ideas on how you can get involved and make the most of your University experience.

If you require any further information visit our website at: www.beds.ac.uk/pgstudy or call our helpline on: +44 (0)1582 743500

Un

iver

sity

of B

edfo

rdsh

ire

182 www.beds.ac.uk

We have a strong commitment to excellence in teaching, support and research, to ensure you gain a postgraduate qualification with strong career relevance and vocational value.

Your postgraduate qualification

Postgraduate study is an invaluable investment for life, designed to enhance your career prospects, facilitate career change, add to your academic achievements and provide you with an opportunity to gain an in-depth understanding of an area that interests you. Postgraduate qualifications can be studied full-time, part-time or a number of courses are available via distance learning. We offer two main types of postgraduate degrees – taught and research-based.

Taught courses The University offers a selection of taught awards:

n MA (Master of Arts)

n MSc (Master of Science)

n LLM (Master of Laws)

n PgDip (Postgraduate Diploma)

n PgCert (Postgraduate Certificate)

n PGCE (Postgraduate Certificate in Education) – this is an initial teacher training course and focuses mainly on developing teaching skills for the subject you intend to teach

n MBA (Master of Business Administration) – the MBA is best suited for those specialising in business, management or administration

To find out more visit: www.beds.ac.uk/pgstudy

Research degrees Research degrees consist of independent study supervised by academic staff and can take between one to five years to complete. The University awards the following:

n MPhil (Master of Philosophy)

n MRes (Master of Research)

n MA by Research (Master of Arts)

n MSc by Research (Master of Science)

n PhD (Doctor of Philosophy) – a PhD is an advanced level academic course and involves the submission of a thesis which is original academic research in a chosen field of study

n Professional Doctorates – These are practice-based research degrees. Professional Doctorates currently offered by the University include the Professional Doctorate in Children and Young People’s Services Leadership, a Doctorate in Education (EdD) and a Professional Doctorate in Media, Journalism, Cinema or Television

To find out more visit: www.beds.ac.uk/research

Distance learning Some courses are available by distance learning with online support. There is no attendance requirement, which is ideal if you have other work or family commitments. For more information about which courses are available in the form of distance learning please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/distancelearning

Professional Accredited Certificates The University offers a range of professional certificates accredited by professional organisations to gain knowledge and develop skills in a specific area.

Entry requirements Applicants for a taught course require a good Honours degree in a related field or an equivalent qualification from a recognised university in the UK or overseas. Applicants for a research degree should generally have an Upper Second Class Honours or Master’s degree or equivalent in the relevant subject area. For MSc/MA by Research a good Honours degree is required in the appropriate subject. Some courses have additional entry requirements. Please see entry requirements for individual courses in this prospectus or visit our website for more details.

English language entry requirement All international/overseas applicants will be assessed in accordance with University policy. This is to ensure they have the ability to cope with the demands of the course. The minimum requirement is level B2 on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR), equivalent to 6.0 IELTS with at least 5.5 in each band. Other qualifications are also accepted, please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/english-language for detailed information and a list of other qualifications we accept.

183

You

r p

ost

gra

du

ate

qu

alifi

cati

on

//

Sh

ort

pro

fess

ion

al c

ou

rses

The University of Bedfordshire offers professionally accredited courses in a diverse range of subject areas which provide you with opportunities to progress your career and develop your skills.

Short professional courses

Knowledge Hub The University of Bedfordshire’s Knowledge Hub delivers high-level training to groups and individuals in leadership and management, and works collaboratively with employers to provide training which meets the ever-changing demands of business. For more information on the following courses and bespoke training opportunities, and the latest information on costs and attendance, please contact the Knowledge Hub:

t: 0800 328 5334, e: [email protected] w: www.beds.ac.uk/knowledgehub

Project Management Training n PRINCE2®

n PRINCE2 Foundation Course

n PRINCE2 Practitioner Course

n PRINCE2 Conversion Course

n PRINCE2 Re-Registration Exam Workshop

Project Management Trainingn Coaching & Mentoring Workshop

CMI Level 3

n Award in Leadership & Management CMI Level 5

Advanced Project Management n Managing Successful

Programmes (MSP™)

IT Service Management n ITIL® V3 Foundation Certificate

Sales and Marketing Training n Advanced Sales & Marketing

ISMM Level 3

n Operational Sales & Marketing ISMM Level 4

n Account Management and/or Sales Management ISMM Level 5

n Change Management Foundation

ITIL® and PRINCE2® are Registered Trade Marks of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. MSP™ is a Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce

For more information call: 0800 328 5334 or email: [email protected]

Other short professional courses offered across the University’s Department’s include:

The University’s NHS Business Unit n Continuing Professional Development

– Diploma to Degree: e: [email protected]

Department of English Language & Communication n General English Language Courses:

e: [email protected]

n Beginners Business Language Courses: e: [email protected]

The Department of Psychology & Consultancy Training Unit The Department of Psychology at the University of Bedfordshire offers a portfolio of specialist and professional workshops and consultancy to researchers, academics, health and social services, business and not-for-profit organisations. Training areas include research methodology and analysis, creativity and thinking, stress management and wellbeing.

For more information contact the Consultancy and Training Unit: e: [email protected] w: www.beds.ac.uk/ctu

The Institute of Applied Social Research (IASR) regularly designs and delivers industry-relevant courses and training events.

t: 01582 743085 e: [email protected]

Entry requirements Entry requirements for each course vary so please visit our website or contact us for more information.

New courses The University is constantly developing and introducing new courses and training opportunities. For the most up-to-date listing for short and professional courses please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

184 www.beds.ac.uk

Many taught courses can be carried out on a full- or part-time basis and are usually facilitated through lectures, seminars, tutorials or lab-based work, and tend to be assessed by coursework or examinations.

The structure of a taught Master’s varies from course to course, so it is important to find out what your course of interest is offering. Many include some form of research project or dissertation, as well as taught elements. Some offer a choice of units, but others have a set criteria that all students have to follow. However, if you want to focus fully on research, then a research degree may be the best option. See page 185 for more information.

Qualifying criteria To qualify for a Master’s degree, you will need to gain 180 credit points at Master’s level. Typically this will be made up of eight 15-credit units and a dissertation worth 60 credits. A dissertation is a major piece of independent work in a chosen subject and forms a crucial part of your study. In most subjects, intermediate qualifications are available after completion of 60 credits (a Postgraduate Certificate) and 120 credits (a Postgraduate Diploma). This can be extended to a higher-level qualification at a later date, provided the credits you obtained are still current.

Our Master’s courses involve independent work, with support from a University tutor.

Study planning A Master’s course can usually be completed in one year by full-time study with a September start. We also offer a January or February starts, in which case the course will run for 15 months. A number of our courses are available part-time – check out: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

Delivery and support Most units are a blend of lectures and seminars, and are supported through materials that are available on the web via the University’s virtual learning environment – Bedfordshire Resources for Education Online (BREO). It is also possible to study particular units within the workplace (work-based learning) or to develop a unit to meet your own needs through independent study.

Education and teaching courses Postgraduate teaching courses run at our Bedford campus offer specialisms in a range of disciplines. Students undertake at least 120 days of practical school placement in addition to attending lectures, seminars and workshops.

Entry requirements Candidates should hold a good undergraduate degree at Honours level in a related field or an equivalent qualification from a recognised university in the UK or overseas. For post-experience and professional qualifications there may be additional entry requirements set by the University or professional body. Please check our website or contact our Admissions team to find out more.

Credit for prior achievements If you have credit from a previous postgraduate qualification, whether studied at Bedfordshire or elsewhere, you may be able to use some of it towards a higher award. APCL (the Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning) is applicable if you have a recognised qualification, and APEL (the Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning) is where credit is given for wider work experience. Please refer to the academic course contact if you think you may be eligible, who will be able to provide you with guidance and advice.

We offer an extensive selection of relevant taught postgraduate courses embedded with the specialist knowledge of leading academics to provide you with an outstanding qualification.

Taught courses

Advantages of studying a Taught Master’sn Enables you to develop

necessary research skills and techniques

n Study fits in with other commitments such as work or childcare

n The course is taught over a longer period which allows more time for development

n The course is more structured and more guidance on projects is provided

n More contact time with your tutors and peers

www.beds.ac.uk/pgstudy

To find out more about our taught courses, visit:

185

Tau

gh

t co

urs

es /

/ R

esea

rch

deg

rees

For students who want to focus entirely on research, a research degree at the University of Bedfordshire may be the best option.

Research degrees

There are currently around 185 full-time and 165 part-time research students at the University and over one third of those students are international. These are distributed between nine research institutes:

n Business & Management Research Institute (BMRI)

n Institute of Health Research (IHR)

n Institute of Applied Social Research (IASR)

n Institute of Biomedical & Environmental Science & Technology (iBEST)

n Institute for Research in Applicable Computing (IRAC)

n Research Institute for Media, Art & Design (RIMAD)

n Institute for Research in Education (IRED)

n Institute for Sport & Physical Activity Research (ISPAR)

n Institute for Tourism Research (INTOUR)

Leading in the fieldThe University of Bedfordshire has scored consistently high ratings in teaching assessments carried out since 1995 by the Quality Assurance Agency. We work closely with employers and these links with industry are reflected in the research profiles of the institution.

In the Government’s Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008 the University of Bedfordshire was recognised for the quality of its research, greatly improving its position with respect to other UK institutes compared with previous years.

In this Government report, the University received recognition for its “world-leading” research activity in:

n Communications, Cultural and Media Studies

n Earth Systems and Environmental Science

n English Language and Literature

n Social Work, Social Policy and Administration

n Sport, Tourism and Leisure

The University has also been recognised as “internationally excellent” within the areas of:

n Business and Management Studies

n Computer Science and Informatics

www.beds.ac.uk/research or www.beds.ac.uk/prospectus

For more information on Research Degrees and our Research Institutes please visit:

where you can view a digital version of our Research prospectus.

Advantages of studying a Research Degreen Enables you to focus on/specialise in a particular

research area that interests you

n Independent study opportunity to develop your own ideas

n Useful if you are considering a career in the commercial world where research is a key focus

n Gain a real sense of ownership and achievement in the final product

n You will be well prepared for a career in research and academia

186 www.beds.ac.uk

Whether you aspire to further your career prospects while continuing with your current job, or wish to develop a specialist area of interest, we have plenty of options to suit your needs.

Part-time study

Almost a third of our students study part-time. That is because we have made it easy to study with us while meeting life’s other commitments. So you can rest assured that we understand your needs and are fully equipped to support you.

Study optionsWe offer high-quality courses with a range of part-time study options. Designed with employer requirements in mind, our courses provide opportunities for integrated personal, academic and career development. It is for this reason that the mode of delivery, course structure and length may vary depending on the particular course you wish to study.

To find out what is available to you, simply visit the dedicated part-time section on our website: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

Supporting our studentsPart-time students benefit from the same support and advice as those in full-time study. Round-the-clock access

to our online learning environment, extended Learning Resources Centre (LRC) and remote access to more than 80 information databases, means that you will always be able to get on with your work. To find out more, see page 192.

Student Information Desks (SiD) are available on each campus and have been built specifically to answer all your questions, ranging from course, staff, finance and counselling. What’s more, outside campus hours, you can access SiD online 24/7.

Our support does not end there. Each student is allocated a personal tutor from day one to advise them on how to develop the skills they need for their course. We pull out all the stops to help you make a success of your time at university. Find out more on page 193.

Financial helpFor information on financial support for part-time students, visit: www.direct.gov.uk

Entry requirementsWe are an inclusive university and consider a wide range of pre-requisites for entry. As well as UCAS tariffs, we also take into consideration any previous learning or relevant work experience you may have done, where appropriate assigning higher education credit through the Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) or the Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) – as well as other elements of your application such as work experience. See pages 190 for further details.

How to applyApplications for part-time study can be made directly to the University of Bedfordshire. To find out more and to download an application form, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/parttime

Aadam Baksh

Part-time basis suits me perfectly. I currently run a business and it is literally impossible for me to study full-time. The way the university has designed the course is excellent! It’s going really well and definitely doable.

MA Public Relations

187

Part

-tim

e st

ud

y //

Ret

urn

to

lear

nin

g

We have students of all ages within our vibrant and diverse community and believe that there should be no barriers to getting a degree. So whether you are interested in career progression, personal development or a career change, we will provide you with an exceptional support network.

Return to learning

Those who choose to return to education are excellent learners for a number of reasons, they:

n Are passionate about what they want to achieve

n Demonstrate invaluable enthusiasm and an eagerness to learn

n Bring a wealth of skills and experience from their work and personal life

Help every step of the wayMany students who choose to study a postgraduate degree are already in career positions so making the decision to undertake postgraduate study can be a key career choice.

We fully understand that many students will have other demands on their time, including perhaps family and other commitments, and that’s why we offer an excellent student support system, to ensure that the experience with us is rewarding and beneficial from day one.

Our services include:

n Employer-led events and workshops to enhance and develop new and existing employability skills

n One-to-one tutorials with your personal tutor for advice relating to your studies

n Access to professionally qualified careers advisers to discuss your individual career needs

n Help with finding childcare and other support services

We value the passion and commitment you can bring to our University.

To find out more, visit www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife/mature or visit us at one of our Postgraduate, Part-time and professional Open Event (see page 3).

Robert ChapmanPgCert Management

The support is very good, all the lecturers are very approachable and you have the chance to contact them if you are stuck on a subject. My advice would be to “do it” as you will enjoy every second of the course and learn masses of information.

46% of our students are aged over 25 years

188 www.beds.ac.uk

Being aware of the costs of further study is important. However, it’s also important to know that there is a wide variety of funding available to help you during your studies. The financial support and advice that we are able to provide go hand-in-hand to ensure you get the most out of your student experience with us.

Fees and funding

When thinking of returning to learning you should remember that there are two main costs associated with postgraduate study at the University of Bedfordshire:

n Your course tuition fees

n Your living costs

The combined fees and living expenses represent a large investment. However, here at Bedfordshire we offer a range of financial support to help you during your time with us and ease any financial burdens, enabling you to focus on your studies.

Fees for 2013Tuition fees can vary quite considerably between institutions. The fees are also dependent on the type of course you are studying.

To find out what the University of Bedfordshire will be charging for the academic year 2013-14 please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/money

University funding At the University of Bedfordshire we try to make financing your studies as simple and affordable as possible by offering a wide variety of financial support in the form of Bursaries, Scholarships and Studentships. For the latest information, eligibility criteria and for details on how to apply please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/pgfunding

UK/EU ScholarshipFrom September 2012, the University is offering a scholarship of up to £4,500 to UK and EU students on selected postgraduate courses*, providing you pay up front, or at registration – that’s a 50% discount on your tuition fees. This scholarship is for all full-time UK/EU Master’s students who are self-funding their Master’s course*, where full cost fees or pro rata, are being charged. To find out more visit: www.beds.ac.uk/pgmoney

*This scholarship is not available to those studying an MBA or PGCE course.

International Early Fee Payment Scholarships International students can benefit from a number of Early Fee Payment Scholarships if their tuition fees are paid in full either prior to, or during, registration. The scholarships are awarded automatically in the form of a tuition fee discount. These scholarships are not available to students coming from official collaborative partners of the University, as special financial arrangements will already be in place. To find out more about these scholarships please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/internationalscholarship

International Alumni Loyalty ScholarshipA £500 alumni discount for University of Bedfordshire overseas fee paying students who progress from an undergraduate course to a postgraduate course is offered. To find out more please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/internationalscholarship

Non-University funding Postgraduate study is a major investment and sound financial planning needs to be arranged in advance. As well as the University’s Scholarships and Studentships, there is also a wide variety of non-University funding options available to support you during your studies.

However, it is important to remember that non-University funding is not automatically awarded for some postgraduate study in the UK. Below is a list of sources of funding which could be applicable to you.

Part-time employment Some of our students decide to top-up their income by working part-time during their studies. Please note that certain restrictions on employment apply for international students. See: www.ukcisa.org.uk or visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/international for further information and advice.

At a glance...n Postgraduate study is not as

expensive as you may think

n A wide variety of funding is available from the University and external sources to help support your studies

Please note: All figures are based on 2012 entry. For the most up-to-date information for 2013 entry, and eligibility criteria, please visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/money

189

Fees

an

d fu

nd

ing

Employer sponsorship Your employer may have a budget for staff development and may consider paying all, or part, of the course fees.

Employer sponsorship could also extend to a contribution to the cost of books and materials, day release to attend classes or the provision of study time.

Career Development Loans A popular way of obtaining funding among UK students is to take out a Career Development Loan (CDL). A CDL is designed to cover course fees and other costs such as books, childcare and living expenses if you are studying full-time. Visit: www.direct.gov.uk/adultlearning to find out more.

Local Education Authority (LEA) Grants While there are no mandatory awards for postgraduate courses your Local Authority may make limited discretionary awards for postgraduate study, so it is always worth making an enquiry.

Educational trusts and charities There are a number of trusts that may be able to provide funding for postgraduate study, including the British Academy (for Social Sciences courses), The Royal Academy of Engineering (for Engineering courses), and the Royal Society (for Science courses). For the most up-to-date information please visit: www.direct.gov.uk

European Social Fund (ESF) EU citizens aged between 21 and 24 who are unemployed at the start of their course may be eligible for assistance with fees from the European Social Fund.

The British Council Visit: www.britishcouncil.org/ learning-funding-your-studies for more details.

Commonwealth scholarships For more details of the scholarships available, visit the Associated of Commonwealth Universities website: www.acu.ac.uk

United Kingdom Council for International Student Affairs (UKCISA) Visit: www.ukcisa.org.uk for information about Government and state scholarships in your own country.

British Chevening Scholarship scheme Chevening is the UK Government’s premier scholarship scheme, aimed at future leaders, opinion formers and decision makers. These scholarships are offered in more than 150 countries and are funded by the Foreign and Commonwealth Office. The scheme covers travel costs to and from the UK, fees, a monthly living allowance and study materials. Visit: www.educationuk.org/scholarships

Commonwealth Scholarship and Fellowship Plan (CSFP) The CSFP is one of the largest and most prestigious scholarship schemes for international students. Visit: www. csfp-online.org to find out more and for details on how to apply.

Royal Society Fellowships The Royal Society offers incoming fellowships for researchers from North America and Asia. The aim is to attract outstanding postdoctoral scientists to undertake high-quality research at a UK laboratory.

Funding for trainee teachers Unlike most other postgraduates, students who are studying a postgraduate course in Initial Teacher Training (such as a PGCE) can qualify for the finance package, comprising the Tuition Fee Loan, the Living Cost Loan, and the non-repayable Living Cost Grant, which are usually only available to undergraduate students. You may also be able to get a Training Bursary which is for students who train in certain ‘priority’ subjects.

To find out more information please visit: www.beds.ac.uk/money or www.direct.gov.uk. For information on the training bursary please visit: www.education.gov.uk

How to find out more There are many other external organisations that offer funding, and you can use the following search engines to carry out a comprehensive search:

www.scholarship-search.org.uk www.prospects.ac.uk www.studentcashpoint.co.uk www.postgraduatestudentships.co.uk

We know how complicated student finance can be. So, if you are unsure about applying for any of the funding, don’t panic. You can always come along to one of our open days and speak to our specialist staff. See page 3 for details on our open events.

190 www.beds.ac.uk

At the University of Bedfordshire we want to ensure that your application process is as simple and efficient as possible.

How to apply

Postgraduate taught courses Once you have chosen the course you want to apply for, whether full or part-time, all you have to do is download an application form from our website: www.beds.ac.uk/pg, fill in all the sections in full and return it – together with any supporting documents or information as detailed on the form – to the relevant Postgraduate Admissions team as below:

UK applicants Admissions University of Bedfordshire Park Square Luton LU1 3JU United Kingdom

t: +44 (0)1582 743500 f: +44 (0)1582 489323 e: [email protected]

EU and International applicants International Office University of Bedfordshire Park Square Luton LU1 3JU United Kingdom

t: +44 (0)1582 489326 f: +44 (0)1582 743469 e: [email protected] e: [email protected]

Education and Teaching applicants Applications for Postgraduate Certificate of Education (PGCE) courses are made online through the Graduate Teacher Training Registry (GTTR). Apply online at: www.gttr.ac.uk or for further information contact GTTR on:

t: 0871 468 0469 (UK) t: +44 (0)871 468 0469 (EU/International)

Applications for the Graduate Teacher Programme (GTP) course are made directly to the University and a strict application deadline applies.

For more information on teaching courses run at the University’s Bedford campus, contact Admissions on: t: +44 (0)1234 793279 f: +44 (0)1234 793277 e: [email protected]

The Admissions team will assess your application and respond to you as quickly as possible. You will be sent a letter detailing its decision.

Research degrees If your application is for a postgraduate research course, please email: [email protected] and you will

be advised on the application process relevant to your subject area. Once your application has been received, it will be considered by the relevant research institute.

Short and professional courses To apply for a short or for a professional course contact the relevant delivery team as detailed on page 183.

Application deadlines If your application is for a postgraduate teacher training course, please refer to the: www.gttr.ac.uk for application deadlines for 2013 entry.

For all other courses there is no specific deadline, but courses do fill early so to avoid disappointment we would encourage you to apply at your earliest opportunity. Applications can be submitted prior to receiving your final grades.

Our short and professional courses have various start dates – please contact the relevant team directly for deadlines information (see page 183).

Want to find out more about applying to Bedfordshire? Why not come along to our Open Events and speak to our Admissions advisers face-to-face and receive first-hand advice – register your interest at: www.beds.ac.uk/pgopenevents

At a glance...n Simple and efficient application

process

n Direct access to academics for pre-application advice

n Dedicated teams to support home/EU and international applicants

For International Nursing studentsInternational students are unable to take this course due to the nature of funding received by the University for these degree courses.

For international studentsThe conditions of leave to remain in the UK on a Tier 4 Student visa prevents holders of that visa from registering for this course. For more information please contact the International Office.

International student information(From courses section)

191

How

to

ap

ply

//

Acc

om

mo

dat

ion

As a postgraduate student, there are many housing options available at the Luton and Bedford campuses where you can make yourself right at home – and the University can provide help and guidance on finding the perfect place.

Accommodation

We appreciate that many postgraduate students may prefer to live with other postgraduates in quieter halls, which is why at the Luton campus we boast dedicated accommodation for you.

Luton campus The University has two Halls of Residence, in the standard Accommodation Halls, allocated specifically to postgraduates and students over 25 who are based at Luton – James Court and Wellington Court. These student Halls are situated in quiet residential areas, a ten-minute walk to the Luton campus. You may also wish to stay in studio flats in our brand-new accommodation – Fitzroy and Wenlock Court. These flats include a bed, desk, wardrobe, en-suite and kitchenette. Postgraduate students who apply for a multi-bed flat in Fitzroy or Wenlock Court will be grouped together where possible.

However, postgraduate students can also apply to live in any of our other accommodation blocks.

Bedford campus Some postgraduate students at Bedford may have the option of living in the £20m purpose-built Liberty Park Halls of Residence or in one of our University halls, all of which are located on campus.

At the Bedford campus we have a limited number of student halls, which

means that we may not be able to allocate you a room in University accommodation. The Accommodation team will assist postgraduates in finding alternative accommodation through the University’s private housing database and through Facebook with other students. For more information, please email us at: [email protected]

Added benefits n Safety first – we take security very

seriously, so we are all geared up with 24 hour security at both campuses including secure entry and CCTV, plus security guards and Resident Assistants at Luton

n All-inclusive value – rent for student halls in Luton and Bedford include the cost of all utility bills and contents insurance

Secure accommodation for nursing students Bedfordshire’s healthcare students have access to safe and secure accommodation at the University’s various hospital sites. Please note: we will send you an application form when you apply. Rent levels vary depending on your chosen hospital.

Away from halls Luton and Bedford boast a variety of approved private rented accommodation

at a significantly lower cost than London. International students could also choose to live with friendly local families through the homestay provision. For more information, please email us at: [email protected] and we can supply you with an information pack.

For information on the individual halls and room contents, and to see what is available to you, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/accommodation or email: [email protected]

Luton campus t: +44 (0)1582 405 000 e: [email protected]

Bedford campus t: +44 (0)1234 793 118 e: studentservices.bedford@ beds.ac.uk

At a glance...n Make new friends whilst living in

our comfortable Halls

n Safe, secure accommodation at all sites

n International students have the option to stay with a local family through our homestay provision

Fitzroy Court, Luton campus Make new friends Bedford accommodation

192 www.beds.ac.uk

Only the best will do when studying at such a high level and that is why we have invested in excellent resources and facilities, as well as extensive information technology, to support you.

Learning resources

Customer serviceOur staff are here to help. Learning Resources prides itself on the standard of its customer service. Staff can help with information needs, the use of equipment and basic assistance with standard software. Customer Service Desks are staffed throughout LRC/Library opening hours.

Academic liaison librarians The Academic Liaison Librarians (ALLs) is an expert team, and can support your learning by providing help and advice on:

n What kind of information you need for your essay, presentation, project or dissertation

n The best resources you should use to find that information

n Using search techniques to find high quality academic information quickly

n Referencing and how to avoid plagiarism

You’ll see them as part of your course but you can find out who your ALLs are here: http://lrweb.beds.ac.uk/help/ALLs

Computer skills trainingLearning Resources offer computer skills training to all students studying at any campus within the University. Training is available throughout the academic year at both the Luton campus and Bedford campus. There are also a number of workshops that are suitable for beginners and for people who wish to enhance existing skills.

Professional Academic Development (PAD)The PAD Team help students to enhance their academic skills. Areas where we can help you include:

n Assignment planning/argument construction/proofreading strategies

n Time management, organisation and ability to prioritise

n Academic reading techniques

n Note-taking

n Exam technique and revision strategies

n Mathematics or statistics

n Dissertation/thesis writing

ResourcesDuring your time at the University of Bedfordshire you will have access to:

n 4,000+ ebooks

n 280,000+ books

n 30,000+ ejournals

n 1,200+ print journals

n 80+ databases

n University past examination papers since 1999

n E-dissertations via the University repository

ComputersOur 700+ PCs will give you access to a wide range of applications including Microsoft Office, email, the Internet and your own University network space. We also have: Smartboards, printers, scanners and WiFi which you can use.

Campus detailsThere are LRC/Library facilities at each campus and you may use any of them. You are advised to check our website: lrweb.beds.ac.uk for the current opening hours.

Library catalogueThe library catalogue is your gateway to all of our print and electronic resources. Visit: library.beds.ac.uk

To get started there is a ‘Just a minute’ video to watch: lrweb.beds.ac.uk/libraryservices/whoweare/videos/1

The catalogue is also the home of the Digital Library. Find out more by visiting: library.beds.ac.uk/search/D and lrweb.beds.ac.uk/help/digital

Specialist software and equipmentTo help you get the most out of your time with us, we offer specialist software. From induction loops, height adjustable tables and flat-screen monitors, to ergonomic keyboards, Big Keys LX (keyboards for visually impaired users) and Keyboard Pro software for developing typing skills. The following software is also available:

n Kurtweil 1000

n Mind Genius

n Zoom text

n Read and Write Gold

n Optolec Text Magnifier

At a glance...n Excellent learning resources at

all campus locations

n Supportive staff to help you make the most of your learning opportunities

n Comprehensive study skills workshops throughout the year

n 24/7 access to digital resources

We know that studying at university often requires you to balance other work and personal commitments, and so our friendly and flexible environment ensures that you will receive all the support you need during your time with us.

Student support

Student services Our Student Information Desk (SiD) is located in our brand new Luton Campus Centre, as well as at our other campuses, so you can access our services wherever you are based. SiD delivers a range of services, all in one place. It is also available 24/7 online, to make accessing services as easy as possible, enabling you to focus on your studies.

SiD is the first port of call if you are experiencing any difficulties during your time with us and can also offer advice on all of the below…

Confidential study support Should you encounter difficulties with your studies you can access free, independent and entirely confidential advice by talking with an Engagement Adviser. Additionally, we assign every student a personal tutor when they register on a course.

Study support Based within the LRCs at both the Luton and Bedford campuses, the University’s Professional Academic Development (PAD) experts offer a series of free workshops to help improve your study skills, or help with reading, note-taking, assignment writing or referencing.

Help to pursue your career The Careers and Employment Service will assist you in making career decisions including CV writing, completing application forms and help with interview techniques. What’s more, using our strong links with local employers we provide students with opportunities to engage with, experience and learn from the “world of work” and assist our graduates to achieve their career goals. Help is also available even after you graduate. See page 200.

Prioritising health and wellbeing Your health should be your top priority. After all, if you’re not feeling your best, you can’t study at your best. Our Student Health Centres in Luton and Bedford offer appointments to see a doctor or a practice nurse. Our Health and Well Being Team is also on hand to discuss additional support issues and can provide services such as sign language interpreters, note-takers, dyslexia screening and support with mobility on campus.

We also provide free professional counselling at our campuses in Luton and Bedford that is confidential and open to all students. An email-response service and mental health support are also available.

Practising your faith Our Spirituality and Faith teams – based in the Tree House at Luton and in SeedBeds at Bedford welcome people of all faiths and beliefs. The chaplains and assistants can advise you on finding a faith community, a church, mosque, synagogue, temple or other places of worship. The teams have strong links with

the Luton and Bedford Councils of Faith and with the ‘Learning Together, living in Harmony’ Interfaith group in Aylesbury, and are able to use these connections to advise on many faith matters.

Financial assistance The Money Advice Team offers confidential advice and support from experienced staff. This is where you can enquire about Career Development Loans, Hardship and Childcare funds and alternative means of financial support. To read more about financial support see pages 188.

International support Our International Student Support Team ensures that each overseas student is well cared for during their time with us. Please see page 10 for more information.

193

Lear

nin

g R

eso

urc

es /

/ S

tud

ent

Su

pp

ort

At a glance...n Full support to develop skills and

ensure academic success

n Practical help with all health, spiritual and financial matters

n SiD is available 24/7 online

194 www.beds.ac.uk

Whether you are studying in Luton, Bedford or Aylesbury, you will discover a wealth of leisure pursuits, including sports, shopping and socialising.

Town life

LutonLuton has plenty of fun places on offer, including pubs, restaurants, clubs, a cinema and bowling. There’s also the University of Bedfordshire Students’ Union (Beds SU), based in brand-new facilities at our Campus Centre, an important hub for social events and student discounts. To find out more about UBSU, see page 198.

In the heart of it A short walk from the Luton campus are a variety of clubs, pubs and other places to wind down after a day of studying:

n While away the afternoon in The Brewery Tap beer garden; which is right opposite the campus

n Head over to The Park, which is a lively venue with pool tables – it’s so close it’s practically on campus

n Liquid is a student favourite playing chart tunes, while Envy is the place for RnB and hip hop

n There is also Charlie Browns and the Chicago Rock Café, both of which are known for their gigs and celebrity appearances

Let us entertain you There is an abundance of other entertainment on offer in the town centre to keep you busy:

n Catch a film or strikeout in one of 16 bowling lanes at the Galaxy Centre

n Head over to the cultural hub of contemporary theatre, art, dance and music, and home of the Filmstock festival, The hat Factory

n Shop ‘til you drop at the Mall Arndale and visit high-street favourites such as Primark, Topshop, and HMV – all under one roof

At a glance...n Wealth of leisure opportunities

right on your doorstep

n Lots to do in lively Luton

n Enjoy Bedford’s thriving student scene

n Discover the style and atmosphere of medieval Aylesbury

The Galaxy, Cineworld Cinema, Luton

Indoor market at the Mall Arndale Town Hall, Luton town centre

195

Tow

n li

fe

Bedford Bedford is a picturesque town on the banks of the River Great Ouse, combining peace and tranquility with a thriving student scene. This historic market town has several beautiful parks and plays host to a range of festivals and events to keep you entertained, the highlight being the Bedford River Festival, held every two years – don’t miss it!

Night fever There’s plenty of choice when it comes to nightlife too:

n Chameleon, Yates and The Rose are the most popular pubs

n Elements is a big favourite with students, as is HiFi and The Pad

n Live music fans will love Esquires, a venue that has a great reputation for featuring up-and-coming acts

Food for thought It is easy and inexpensive to eat out in Bedford. There’s something for all tastes and budgets:

n Enjoy the delicious ‘credit crunch lunch’ menu at Harpur’s, a modern, elegant restaurant

n At The Sizzling Wok, a real local favourite, you pick your ingredients and watch as your meal is prepared

n If Thai or Indian food is what you’re after, you will love Asia Lounge

n For views of the river and great burgers, check out the Riverside Grill

Aylesbury Our Buckinghamshire campus is based in the medieval county town of Aylesbury which is bursting with culture, intercontinental cuisine and cool clubs:

n Get together at the Stars Bar – the official student venue

n You can immerse yourself in the world of classic children’s tales at the Roald Dahl Children’s Gallery

n The new Chicago Rock Café plays cheesy tunes and live music, just perfect for socialising with your newly made friends

n Popular places like The Hobgoblin, the Hop Pole and The Slug and Lettuce offer great food and drink deals

n Friars Square and Hale Leys are Aylesbury’s two main shopping centres, ideal for some retail therapy

n If you like to breathe in the fresh air of English countryside, stroll through the town’s regular open air markets displaying a range of antiques, bric-a-brac and food

Getting out and about in BedfordshireLondon is only a 30-minute train journey from Luton and a 40-minute train journey from Bedford and, if you’re seeking a little variety, catch a bus to Oxford, Milton Keynes, Bedford and Cambridge; many services operate several times each day. If you want to go even further afield, you can also jump onboard a National Express coach to some of Europe’s most famous cities for as little as £15.

For more information on life at Bedfordshire, visit our website: www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife

Luton town centre River Great Ouse, Bedford Aylesbury

Market town of Bedford

196 www.beds.ac.uk

You can take part in countless creative arts activities and events while studying at Bedfordshire. So, if you feel like exploring the local area and what it has to offer, look no further.

Living it large in Luton From comedy nights to carnivals you will find that there is more than enough to keep you busy:

n The Luton International Carnival – Europe’s biggest one-day carnival is held each May

n Luton Fireworks Spectacular – with free admission and warming refreshments fit for a chilly November evening

n The Luton Mela Festival – a festival atmosphere with food, music and dance

n Eid Festival – nearby Dunstable Downs hosts the largest celebration of Muslim culture in the East of England

n Filmstock – an annual film festival held at the hat Factory

n Luton Library Theatre – showing ballet, comedy and theatre

n The Grove Theatre – in nearby Dunstable, staging West End hits and live music

Bringing it on in Bedford With a wealth of parks and green open spaces, Bedford is able to host an enviable range of events:

n Bedford River Festival – one of the UK’s largest outdoor events

n Bedford Italian Festival – offering food stalls and live music

n Bedford by the Sea – the town centre is filled with sand every August, so you can get involved in some traditional seaside fun

n Bedford International Games (BIG) – the largest non-televised event in the athletic calendar

n The Bedford Regatta – Britain’s largest one-day river regatta where you can see the crews race

n The Bedford Corn Exchange – showing live events and home to the Philharmonia Orchestra

The best of Buckinghamshire Aylesbury and High Wycombe offer a variety of activities:

n The Roald Dahl Festival – with stories of Roald Dahl and a parade featuring giant puppets

n Wycombe Museum – is a fascinating 18th-century house which displays the famous collection of Windsor chairs

Loads to love in London If none of the activities in Luton, Bedford, and Buckinghamshire get you going, why not head on over to the Big City instead and visit:

n Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre – a reconstruction of Shakespeare’s open-air playhouse

n Buckingham Palace – the Queen’s official residence

n Changing of the Guard – no visit to London is complete without seeing this military tradition

n The Tate Modern, the National Gallery and the National Portrait Gallery – most of which are free

At a glance...n From comedy to carnivals – dive

into a buzzing local arts scene in Luton, Bedford and Aylesbury

n Entertainment right on your doorstep

n Easy access to all the attractions of London

Get involved... ...in culture and the arts

There’s much more at www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife

Luton International Carnival

197

Get

invo

lved

– c

ult

ure

an

d t

he

arts

//

in t

he

Un

iver

sity

Whether you would like to pursue an existing interest or try something new, we offer plenty of opportunities to get involved in all sorts of extra-curricular activities to enrich your student experience and enhance your CV.

To acknowledge the extra-curricular activities undertaken during your studies, the University has also introduced a new Bedfordshire Edge Award which demonstrates employability-related learning to prospective employers, helping to give you the edge when moving up in your career.

Music in the making If you have a musical talent, you can join the University of Bedfordshire’s resident orchestra – Symphonia Academica – which plays everything from Baroque classics through to music from the charts.

Take centre stage The University’s Bedford campus has opened its 280-seat theatre to the public, giving you the chance to get involved behind the scenes and learn about lighting, sound and stage management. Volunteers are also needed to usher and work in the box office. Plus, students, graduates and local residents can sign up to our Dance and Performing Arts Evening School, for a small fee, and try out varied dance styles.

The write stuff If you are the creative type, you can get involved in eLife, our international e-zine. Or you can also help produce The Blend – a monthly newspaper produced by students, for students – as a reporter, photographer or sub-editor. You could write reviews on music, travel and restaurants, or cover the latest news on pubs, clubs and university life.

Simply sports The University has a great reputation for sports, and offers a vast array of teams to suit all interests – from badminton and basketball to martial arts and athletics. See page 199 to find out more. Or if sport is not your thing, then check out the many other clubs and societies the Students’ Union has at the ready, see page 198.

Be a volunteer Our Volunteering service enables students to get hands-on experience and make a difference to their local community. We can even help you find voluntary work related to your studies.

Win-win situation The University helps organise successful events and competitions such as the Flux National, and the i-Factor business concept competition – all providing students with the chance to impress employers and get direct industry feedback.

Students can also get involved in running the Students’ Union through elections or the course representative system, or on one of the committees which shape the Union’s policy – see page 198 for more information.

Get involved... ...in the University

Discover more at www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife The range of activities you can get

involved in at the University

www.beds.ac.uk198

Postgraduate student life is an opportunity for you to make new friends and experience new things. At the University of Bedfordshire Students’ Union (Beds SU) your social life and interests are all catered for.Beds SU is the official representative body for students at the University. Free to join and run by students for students, it organises events and activities to bring students together, including international nights, themed events and a variety of other entertainment encouraging you to get involved.

Beds SU objectives are to:

n Represent and promote your interests

n Act as the main channel of communication between you and the University

n Enrich your student experience at the University by being the focus of the student community, providing support, opportunity and representation

Beds SU has a presence on both main campuses – Luton and Bedford.

What’s more, in Luton, the SU is based in brand-new facilities in our new Campus Centre. Beds SU also holds a fortnightly surgery session at the new Buckinghamshire campus in Aylesbury.

Join our club Beds SU is here to help you make the most of your time at Bedfordshire and connect with a diverse range of people. They have more than 50 cultural, religious, arts and sports-based societies, some of which run special events. From the Indian Student Association to the Creative Writing and the Squash societies, there is always something going on; or you can set up your own society with the SU’s full support.

Beds SU organises annual Raise and Give (RaG) events to raise money for a number of charities in fun and exciting ways, as well as running the Give It A Go taster sessions which give you the opportunity to try new things like snowboarding and ultimate frisbee.

Take the lead The Union is run by elected officers who are there to represent the students of

the University – these elected officials are current students when they run for election. To find out how you can get involved, visit the Beds SU website: www.bedssu.co.uk

Get together in Luton As well as reasonably priced food and drink, Beds SU offers a variety of events, including salsa classes, film screenings, speed friendship dating, quizzes, open-mic nights, poker and the latest sporting events on big screens. The Union also has close links with local nightclubs and provides official nights out at a discount.

Get together in Bedford The Bedford campus has the Hub – the perfect place for gatherings and socialising with friends. The Students’ Union also works closely with local hot spots to provide special student nights. See page 197 for more entertainment ideas.

Get advice If you have questions or concerns about your studies or general welfare, you can seek advice from the Union’s Welfare and Advice Service. It offers support relating to accommodation, finance, plagiarism, employment, health and wellbeing, personal safety and more.

As member of Beds SU you also qualify for the National Union of Students card which brings you great discounts on clothes, food, music, clubs, cinema and travel.

To find out more, visit: www.bedssu.co.uk

Get involved... ...in the Students’ Union

199

Game for it If you have an existing interest in a sport or want to try out something new, we have sports teams to suit you at both our Luton and Bedford campuses. To find out more or visit: www.bedssu.co.uk.

If you would rather watch from the sidelines, come and cheer on the Bedfordshire Bulls (the joint name for all our teams), or see the professionals – Luton Town FC, Bedford Blues Rugby Club, and the Milton Keynes Lions basketball team are all based nearby.

Sport it out Our Bedford campus has great facilities on offer, including an £8m hi-tech Physical Education and Sport Science Centre. This houses a Human Performance Laboratory, two gyms and spectator gallery. And close to campus is the Alexander Sports Hall (ASH), which has playing fields and an indoor, multipurpose sports hall.

However, our students also have access to sporting activities in the towns of Luton, Bedford and Buckinghamshire.

Luton Luton offers lots of first-rate facilities to cater for all of your sporting needs:

n Vauxhall Recreation Club

this facility is only five minutes from the Luton campus and houses a Lifelines Fitness Studio

n Bedfordshire County Tennis Centre the Centre boasts six superb outdoor all weather courts and two indoor courts, where the surface is geared for a faster bounce

n Wardown Leisure Centre located half a mile from town, this sport facility offers the largest pool in Luton. It’s also home to the Luton Swimming Club

n Stockwood Park Athletics Centre the Athletics Centre offers a 400m eight lane track, long jump pits, a shot put area, weight rooms, and spectator seating

Bedford Paula Radcliffe, one of the UK’s top female long-distance runner is based at the Bedford and County Athletics Club. But Bedford isn’t just known for its famous sporting stars, it offers:

n Priory Marina set in 250 acres of Country Park, the Marina provides canoeing, boat hire, sailing and cycle hire. It’s also home to the Bedford Rowing Club

n Bedford Athletics Stadium boasts an international standard, eight lane floodlit track and athletics fields

n Robinson Pool Bedfordshire’s premier swimming facility offers a six-lane competition pool, diving pool, scuba diving club, and aerobics exercise studio

Aylesbury Sport is also well catered for in Aylesbury and High Wycombe. You can train or try something new at Aylesbury College’s fully equipped gyms, sports suite and fitness centre, or head over to the Vale of Aylesbury Athletics Club, and Aqua Vale Swimming and Fitness Centre.

Take it to the extreme The University is close to a variety of extreme and water sports venues where you can try wakeboarding, waterskiing, rowing, kayaking, power boating or sailing. Xscape, in nearby Milton Keynes, offers you year-round indoor skydiving, skiing, snowboarding and tobogganing, as well as rock climbing.

Get

invo

lved

– in

th

e S

tud

ents

’ Un

ion

– in

Sp

ort

Whether you are studying in Luton, Bedford or Aylesbury, you will discover a wealth of sporting pursuits to keep you fit, active and busy. From spectator sports, to competitive sport, each town has a large variety of venues.

Get involved... ...in Sport

To find out more, visit: www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife

200 www.beds.ac.uk

At Bedfordshire we are fully committed to raising student employability and to ensuring that you develop the advanced knowledge, skills and confidence to achieve your aspirations and enjoy outstanding success. Whether you are looking to further your career or manage the transition to a new one, we will help you to strategically position yourself in the global job market.

Investing in your career

Over the last five years the University has delivered award-winning work in knowledge-transfer and skills development, and built strong relationships with employers and business. And because employers look for evidence of your ability, we provide you with plenty of opportunities to put theory into practice.

The Careers and Employment Service We understand the issues and concerns that postgraduate students have when it comes to career planning. Our employability advisers are always available to offer students tailored guidance and support. We provide:

n Dedicated employability advisers for each subject area

n Recruitment Services, our in-house agency who work directly with employers looking to recruit our graduates

n Career-focused events covering generic and subject-specific topics

n Part-time jobs and volunteering opportunities

n First-hand advice from successful graduates across a range of sectors

n ‘JobSaaviGrad’, our new online jobs search engine and applications management system, offering lifetime access and support in one place

Remember, once you have graduated you can continue to use our service for as long as you need us!

Employer contact We work closely with industry to ensure that our courses and teaching methods are aligned to employer requirements. Our courses have a high level of involvement from prospective employers and professional bodies – whether to provide accreditation, a skills framework or work experience opportunities, or simply to offer our students first-hand industry advice. You will benefit from:

n Accreditation from professional bodies – the main route of entry into some professions – including the British Psychological Society, the General Social Care Council, Qualified Teacher Status, the Chartered Management Institute, the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants

n Practice placements in local hospitals and the community

n Consultancy projects for real employers

n Masterclasses from industry professionals

n Workshops and events to support your career planning

n Special programmes designed to encourage entrepreneurship

The Higher Education Achievement Report (HEAR) A postgraduate degree from Bedfordshire will hold you in good stead in your career for life. The HEAR will show potential employers your verified course and extra-curricular achievements recorded during your studies, demonstrating your employability and potential.

University of Bedfordshire Alumni Association After graduating, you will automatically become a member of our Alumni Association, an ever-growing network of more than 46,000 former students who represent some 100 countries. This means that we will help you stay in touch with friends, classmates and lecturers plus you can continue to use our extensive learning resources for free.

At a glance...n Extensive online and dedicated

one-to-one support

n In-house recruitment services

n A new online job search and application management system

n A lifelong commitment to supporting our graduates

To find out more about our careers service visit:www.beds.ac.uk/

careers

201

Inve

stin

g in

yo

ur

care

er /

/ Tak

e m

e to

Bed

s

Stopsley

LondonLuton Airport

Butterfield Park Putteridge Bury

Luton AirportParkwayStation

LutonStation

M1

A5065A505

B579

A6

A6

A5228

A5228

A505

Gipsy Ln

Chap

el S

t

Farley H

ill

Hatters Way

Dunstable

Waller

Ave

Leagrave Rd

Marsh Rd

New

Bedford Rd

Bedford Campus20 miles/31km

StockingstoneRd

Hitc

hin

Rd

Craw

ley G

reen

Rd

Stop

sley

Way

Hitc

hin

Rd

Vauxhall Way

Airpor

t Way

George St

A505A6

0 1

Kilometre

0 2000

Ft

London30 miles/48km

= Halls of Residence

Park St

VauxhallRecreationCentre

WardownPark

StopsleyCommon

StockwoodPark

A505 Eaton Green Rd

Luton campusArndale Shopping Centre

TownHall

Park Viaduct

N

Vica

rage

Stre

et

Bedfordcampus

BedfordStation

HarpurShoppingCentre

The Broadway

NOT TO SCALE

Northampton/Milton KeynesM1 Jn 13/14

Shakespeare Rd

AlexanderSports Hall

A5141

A5141A428

BromhamRd Ashburnham

RdW

oburn Rd Midland Rd

A6

Greyfriars BusStation

A428

Clapham Rd

A6

A6

A6

Tavistock St

Dame Alice St High St

St Peter’s St

A428

Kim

bolto

n Rd

B660

Goldington Rd A428

Polhill Ave

A5140

New

nham

AveCastle Rd

A5140

LongholmeWay

The Embankment

St Mary’s St

Cauldwell St

Prebend St

A5141

Luton & M1Jn 13/14London 46 miles/74km

BedfordPark

= Halls of Residence

N

River GreatOuse

AylesburyStation

Bicester18m/29km& M40

Stoke MandevilleSports Stadium

BusStation

A418

A418

B4443

A413

A41

A4157 A418

A4156

A41

StokeMandeville

Hospital

Vale Park

Aylesbury Park& Golf Club

TownCouncil

Friars SquareShoppingCentre

Hale LeysShoppingCentre

Buckingham18m/29km

Luton Campus23m/37km

Victoria Park Oak Farm Park

London & M2540m/64km

WestonTurvillePark= Halls of Residence High Wycombe

15m/24km

Oxford23m/37km& M40

B4443

Grand Union Canal

Friarage Road

Gatehouse Road

Bicester Road

High Street

Oxford

Roa

d

Churchill Ave

Fowler Rd

NOT TO SCALE

N

Walton

Street

Wal

ton

Road

Buckinghamshire campus

Our campuses are easy to get to whether you are coming from the UK or abroad.We are conveniently located for national and international transport networks whether you are travelling by road, rail or air.

Luton

Bedford

Aylesbury

Luton campus:Situated just 30 miles north of London, the University’s Luton campus boasts superb road, rail and air links.

n Luton is just off the M1 at junction 10, northbound and junction 11, southbound

n Luton railway station is a five-minute walk from the Luton campus and is served by First Capital Connect trains from London St Pancras International Station and Bedford Station

n London Luton Airport is three miles away and has easy access by taxi or airport bus

Bedford campus:Bedford lies 46 miles north of London on the main A6 route and offers easy access from both the north and the south.

n From the north, leave the M1 at junction 14 and take the A422

n From the south, leave the M1 at junction 13 and then follow the A421

n Frequent train links to and from London (40 minutes)

Aylesbury (Buckinghamshire) campus:Aylesbury lies 33 miles north-west of London and can be reached via the M40, exiting at junction 4 if travelling from the south or junction 8a if travelling from the north.

n Aylesbury is located within easy reach of London

n There are frequent trains to/from London Marylebone

n Great travel links via A41, M40 and M25

Take me to Beds: directions

For travel information and directions to all University locations visit: www.beds.ac.uk/

directions

202 www.beds.ac.uk

A-Z course index *Subject to approval

AAccounting & Finance 37Advanced Nursing Studies 102Advanced Nursing Studies with ONP 103Advanced Practice 104Advanced Professional Certificate in Education 86Applied Computing & Information Technology 66Applied Linguistics (TEFL) 38Applied Public Policy: Children’s & Young People’s Services 169Applied Social Work Practice: Children & Families 170Applied Social Work: Practice Education 168Art & Design 148Art, Design & Internet Technologies 149Association of Chartered Certified Accountants 54

BBiomedical Engineering 105Biotechnology 106Business & Management 29Business Information Systems 67Business Web Analytics & Management 30

CCertificate & Professional Graduate Certificate in Post-Compulsory Education 80Certificate in ELT 41Chemistry Subject Knowledge Enhancement 81Children & Young People’s Services Leadership (Professional Doctorate) 175Clinical Exercise Physiology 126Coaching Psychology* 171Community Dance Leadership 151Community Sport Management 127Computer Animation & Games Technology 69Computer Networking 70Computer Science 71Computer Security & Forensics 72Corporate Law 40Creative Digital Film Production* 152

DDance Performance & Choreography 153Dance Science 154Dental Education 107Dental Law & Ethics 108Diabetes 109Digital Film Technologies & Production* 155Documentary 156

EEducation 83Education (e-Learning) 83Education Key Stage 2/3 Middle Years 87Education (Leadership & Management) 83Education (Primary Education) 83Education (Special Educational Needs) 83Education (Specialist Mathematics Teaching) 83Education Studies (International) 84ELT Management 42Embedded Systems Engineering 73Engineering Business Management 43Enhancing Quality Through Patient Safety 110Environmental Management* 111Executive MBA 56Executive MBA (Healthcare) 57Executive MBA (Information Technology Management) 57

FFashion Design, Styling & Promotion* 157Finance & Business Management 31Forensic Psychology 172

GGraduate Teacher Programme 82

HHealth Psychology 173Health Related Studies (Professional Doctorate) 121Health Studies 112Hospitality & Hotel Business Management 32Human Resource Management 58,59

IInformation Management & Security 74Information Systems & Business Management 33Intercultural Communication 44International Business & Management 34International Cinema 158International Commercial Law 45International Finance & Banking 46International Human Resource Management 47International Journalism 159International Relations 48International Tourism & Hospitality Management 138International Tourism Management 139Investment & Finance 49

JJournalism, Media, Cinema or Television (Professional Doctorate) 163

LLogistics & Supply Chain Management 50

MManagement 60Marketing & Business Management 35Marketing Communications 51Mass Communications 160Master of Business Administration 26Master of Business Administration (Brand Management) 27Master of Business Administration (Educational Leadership)* 27Master of Business Administration (Finance) 27Master of Business Administration (Hospital & Health Services Management) 27Master of Business Administration (Human Resource Management) 28Master of Business Administration (Information Technology Management) 28Master of Business Administration (Marketing) 28Master of Professional Social Work 174Mathematics Subject Knowledge Enhancement 96Media, Culture & Technology 161Medical Education 113Medical Education Leadership 114Medical Simulation 115Molecular & Cellular Exercise Physiology 130

OOsteopathy 116

PPerforming Before the Camera 162Pharmacology 117Physical Activity, Nutrition & Health Promotion 128Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy 129Postgraduate Certificate in Education Studies 85Postgraduate Certificate in e-Learning 85Postgraduate Certificate in Strategic Leadership & Management in Education 85Postgraduate Certificate in Special Educational Needs, Inclusion & Disability 85Postgraduate Certificate in Primary Education 85Postgraduate Certificate in

Education (National Award for Special Educational Needs Coordinators) 85Postgraduate Certificate in Specialist Mathematics Teaching 85Postgraduate Certificate in Academic Practice 85Postgraduate Certificate in Behavioural Issues in Schools 85Postgraduate Certificate in Difficulties in Literacy Development & Dyslexia 85Pre-Masters in Business 36Primary Education 88Primary Education with Early Years 89Project Management 52Psychological Approaches to Health & Management 177Public Health 118Public Relations 53Public Service Interpreting Diploma 55

RResearch in Business 39Research in Computing 68Research in Media 150Research Methods 119

SSecondary Education 14-19 Applied ICT 97Secondary Education Dance 90Secondary Education English 91Secondary Education Mathematics 92Secondary Education Modern Languages 93Secondary Education Physical Education 94Secondary Education Science 95 Social Work 178Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting) 120Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (School Nursing) 120Specialist Community (District) Nursing 120Specialist Social Work 179Sport & Exercise Rehabilitation 131Sport Development Management 132Sports Performance 133Sport Tourism Management 140Systemic Practice (Professional Doctorate) 176

TTelecommunications Management 75Tourism & Events Management 141Tourism & Environmental Management 142

203

Un

iver

sity

of

Bed

ford

shir

e 20

13A

-Z c

ou

rse

ind

ex /

/ C

on

dit

ion

s an

d r

egu

lati

on

s

Conditions and regulationsThis prospectus describes the courses and services offered by the University of Bedfordshire. While all reasonable care and diligence has been taken to ensure the accuracy of the information in this prospectus, the University of Bedfordshire does not warrant its accuracy and disclaims any liability, legal or otherwise, resulting in any injury (except death or personal injury arising from the negligence of the University of Bedfordshire), damage, direct or indirect loss, consequential or economic loss or any other loss suffered as a result of the use or reliance upon information contained in this prospectus to the maximum extent permitted by law. This provision does not exclude liability for fraudulent misrepresentation or misrepresentation as to a fraudulent matter nor any other liability which cannot be excluded or limited under an applicable law.

n The University of Bedfordshire takes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this prospectus. The University does not, however, guarantee the provision of such services and disclaims any liability, legal or otherwise, to the extent as outlined above

n The University reserves the right to withdraw, amend or restructure any courses or units listed from time to time without liability in accordance with the University’s published policies and regulations

n The University reserves the right to change its name without liability

n The University draws the attention of all prospective students to the University’s published policies and regulations that form part of the contract between the student and the University. These policies and regulations are available to view at: www.beds.ac.uk/aboutus/qa/students

n The University reserves the right to exclude students where monies owed to the University are not repaid

n If a payment is missed or defaulted upon, the University reserves the right to apply immediate sanctions which might include, but not be limited to, withholding of references, degree certificates or transcripts

n All contracts and agreements made between the University of Bedfordshire and the student are governed by English law and the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts

n Tuition Fees are reviewed at the beginning of each academic session so that the revised rates may apply in the second or subsequent year of your course. Please note that fees are not refundable except in accordance with the University’s current published refund policy. See: www.beds.ac.uk for details

n Equality and Diversity Statement: ‘The University of Bedfordshire is

committed to providing equality of access to all our prospective and existing students and staff to ensure that they are able to reach their full potential in the course of the student admission or staff recruitment process and during their studies, employment and pursuit of future goals in the wider economy and external environment. It takes its responsibilities seriously and aims to ensure that no one is unlawfully discriminated against, bullied or harassed on the basis of age, race, gender, trans status, pregnancy or maternity status, religion or belief, marriage or civil partnership status, sexual orientation or disability’

n Single Equality Scheme:

The University’s Single Equality Scheme can be found on the University’s website or is available on request. The University’s disability policy can be visited at: www.beds.ac.uk/studentlife/current/disabilities/policy. If required this can be provided in alternative format – e.g. large print, braille and audio

n Smoking is only permitted in designated areas and is not permitted in any buildings

n Like all other universities, the quality of the University’s academic provisions is reviewed by the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education. Copies of its reports are available from the University’s Quality Directorate

The English courts will have exclusive jurisdiction over any claims arising from or related to this prospectus. This prospectus and any dispute arising out of or in connection with it, its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales.

Published by: The University of Bedfordshire.

Marketing Manager: Sarah FosterMarketing Officer: Sarah HamptonMarketing Assistant: Lauren Hague

Designed by Aura Creative Communications Ltd www.aura-online.com

Thank you to all the staff and students who helped in the production of this prospectus.

© University of Bedfordshire 2012. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or part is strictly prohibited without the permission of the publisher. Views expressed are not necessarily those of the University of Bedfordshire. Prices and information correct at the time of publishing but subject to change.

Luton campusPark Square Luton BedfordshireLU1 3JUUK

Bedford campusPolhill Avenue Bedford Bedfordshire MK41 9EA UK

Buckinghamshire campusOxford House Oxford Road Aylesbury Buckinghamshire HP21 8SZ UK

Keep in touch:

www.beds.ac.uk/facebook

@uniofbeds @uobelife

www.youtube.com/uobvideos www.beds.ac.uk

UK contact: 01582 743500EU/International contact: +44 (0)1582 489326

SUBSCRIBE TO OUR POSTGRADUATE E-ZINEbeds.ac.uk/pglife

SUBSCRIBE TO OUR INTERNATIONAL E-ZINEbeds.ac.uk/elife

Un

iversity of Bedfordsh

ire

ww

w.b

ed

s.ac.u

k P

ostgraduate P

rospectu

s 20

13

pg prospectus 2013

Documents